UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION


Washington, D.C.  20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


For the fiscal year ended February 1, 2008

January 28, 2011


Commission file number: 001-11421


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION


(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



TENNESSEE


(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

61-0502302


(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

100 MISSION RIDGE


GOODLETTSVILLE, TN  37072

(Address of principal executive offices, zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (615) 855-4000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:None

Title of each class

Name of the exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.875 per share

New York Stock Exchange


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes [[X ]   No [X]

[  ]


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  Yes [   ] No [X]


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [    ]





Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes [   ] No [X]

[   ]


Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

[   ]





Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer[  ]   Accelerated filer[  ]
Non-accelerated Filer[X] Smaller reporting company[  ]


Large accelerated filer [X]

Accelerated filer [   ]


Non-accelerated filer [   ]

Smaller reporting company [  ]


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes [  ]  No [X]


The aggregate fair market value of the registrant’s common stock outstanding and held by non-affiliates as of August 3, 2007July 30, 2010 was $663,400, all$2,057,296,011 calculated using the closing market price of which was owned by employees ofour common stock as reported on the registrant and not tradedNYSE on a public market.such date ($29.18). For this purpose, directors, executive officers and greater than 10% record shareholders are considered the affiliates of the registrant.


The registrant had 555,481,897341,521,858 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 16, 2011.



DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE


Certain of the information required in Part III of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on March 17, 2008.

May 25, 2011.




INTRODUCTION


General


This report contains references to years 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003,2006, which represent fiscal years ending or ended February 3, 2012, January 28, 2011, January 29, 2010, January 30, 2009, February 1, 2008 and February 2, 2007, February 3, 2006, January 28, 2005, and January 30, 2004, respectively. All of the discussion and analysis in this report should be read with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.


Forward Looking

Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames referred to in this document may appear without the ® or TM symbol, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right to these trademarks and tradenames.


Cautionary Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements


“Forward-looking

We include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws are included throughout this report, particularly under the headings “Business” and“Business,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation,Operations,” and “Note 9 Commitments and Contingencies,” among others. You can identify these statements because they are not solely statements oflimited to historical fact or they use words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,“could,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “project,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “objective,” “forecast,” “goal,” “potential,” “opportunity,” “intend,” “will likely result,” or “will continue” and similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans, intentions or intentions.beliefs about future occurrences or results. For example, all statements relating to our estimated and projected earnings, costs, expenditures, cash flows, results of operations, financial condition and financial results,liquidity; our plans, objectives and objectivesexpectations for future operations, growth or initiatives,initiatives; or the expected outcome or impacteffect of pending or threatened litigation or audits are forward-looking statements.


All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may change at any time, so our actual results may differ materially from those that we expected. We derive many of these statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based on many detailed assumptions that we believe are reasonable. However, it is very difficult to predict the impacteffect of known factors, and we cannot anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results.


Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements are disclosed under “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and elsewhere in this document (including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements themselves and under the heading “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates”). All written and oral forward-looking statements we make in the future are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well asand other cautionary statements that we make from time to time in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate all of our forward-looking statements in the context of these risks and uncertainties.


The important These factors referenced above may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, weWe cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or



1



anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect.


The forward-looking statements included in this report are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.


1

2



PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS


ITEM 1.

BUSINESS


General


We are the largest discount retailer in the United States by number of stores, with 8,2229,414 stores located in 35 states as of February 25, 2011, primarily in the southern, southwestern, midwestern and eastern United States, as of February 29, 2008.  We serve a broad customer base and offer a focused assortment of everyday items, including basic consumable merchandise and other home, apparel and seasonal products.  A majority of our products are priced at $10 or less and approximately 30% of our products are priced at $1 or less.


States. We offer a compelling value proposition forbroad selection of merchandise, including consumables, seasonal, home products and apparel. Our merchandise includes high quality national brands from leading manufacturers, as well as comparable quality private brand selections with prices at substantial discounts to national brands. We offer our customers based on convenient store locations, easy in and out shopping and quality name brand and private label merchandise at highly competitive everyday low prices. We believeprices (typically $10 or less) through our combination of value and convenience distinguishes us from other discount, convenience and drugstore retailers, who typically focus on either value or convenience. convenient small-box (approximately 7,200 square feet) locations.

Our business model is focused on strong and sustainable sales growth, attractive margins and limited maintenance capital expenditure and working capital needs, which results in significant cash flow from operations (before interest).


We wereHistory

J.L. Turner founded our Company in 1939 as J.L. Turner and Son, Wholesale. We opened our first dollar store in 1955, when we were first incorporated as a Kentucky corporation under the name J.L. Turner & Son, Inc. in 1955, when we opened our first Dollar General store. We changed our name to Dollar General Corporation in 1968 and reincorporated in 1998 as a Tennessee corporation in 1998.


We have expanded rapidly in recent years, increasing our total number of stores from 5,540 as of February 1, 2002, to 8,229 as of February 2, 2007, an 8.2% compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”).  Over the same period, we grew our net sales from $5.3 billion to $9.2 billion (11.5% CAGR), driven by growth in number of stores as well as same store sales growth. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we announced our plans to slow new store growth in 2007 and to close approximately 400 stores in order to improve our profitability and to enable us to focus on improving the performance of existing stores. In 2007, we opened 365 new stores and closed 400 stores. We also relocated or remodeled 300 existing stores. We generated net sales in 2007 of $9.5 billion, an increase of 3.5% over 2006, including a same-store sales increase of 2.1%.

Merger with KKR

On July 6, 2007, we completed a merger (the “Merger”) in which our former shareholders received $22.00 in cash, or approximately $6.9 billion in total, for each share of ourcorporation. Our common stock held. In addition, fees and expenses related to the Merger and the related financing transactions totaling $102.6 million, principally consisting of investment banking fees, management fees, legal fees and stock compensation expense ($39.4 million), are reflected in thewas publicly traded from 1968 until July 2007, results of operations. As a result of the Merger,when we are a subsidiary of Buck Holdings, L.P. (“Parent”), a Delaware limited partnershipmerged with an entity controlled by investment funds affiliated with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., L.P. (“KKR” or “Sponsor”). KKR, GS Capital Partners VI
2

Fund, L.P. and affiliated funds (affiliatesKKR. On November 13, 2009 our common stock again became publicly traded upon our completion of Goldman, Sachs & Co.), Citi Private Equity, Wellington Management Company, LLP, CPP Investment Board (USRE II) Inc., and other equity co-investors (collectively, the “Investors”) indirectly own a substantial portionan initial public offering of 39,215,000 shares of our capitalcommon stock, through their investment in Parent.

The Merger consideration was funded through the useincluding 22,700,000 newly issued shares. We are majority owned by Buck Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership controlled by KKR, which beneficially owns approximately 71% of our available cash, cash equity contributions from the Investors, equity contributionsoutstanding common stock.

Our Business Model

Our long history of certain membersprofitable growth is founded on a commitment to a relatively simple business model: providing a broad base of customers with their basic everyday and household needs, supplemented with a variety of general merchandise items, at everyday low prices in conveniently located, small-box stores.

Fiscal year 2010 represented our 21st consecutive year of same-store sales growth. This growth, regardless of economic conditions, suggests that we have a less cyclical model than most retailers and, we believe, is a result of our management and the debt financings discussed below. Our outstanding common stock is now owned by Parent and certain members of management. Our common stock is no longer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and is no longer traded on a national securities exchange.


We entered into the following debt financings in conjunction with the Merger:

·  
We entered into a credit agreement and related security and other agreements consisting of a $2.3 billion senior secured term loan facility, which matures on July 6, 2014 (the “Term Loan Facility”).
·  
We entered into a credit agreement and related security and other agreements consisting of a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility of up to $1.125 billion (of which $432.3 million was drawn at closing and $132.3 million was paid down on the same day), subject to borrowing base availability, which matures July 6, 2013 (the “ABL Facility” and, with the Term Loan Facility, the “New Credit Facilities”).
· We issued $1.175 billion aggregate principal amount of 10.625% senior notes due 2015, which mature on July 15, 2015, and $725 million aggregate principal amount of 11.875%/12.625% senior subordinated toggle notes due 2017, which mature on July 15, 2017. We repurchased $25 million of the 11.875%/12.625% senior subordinated toggle notes due 2017 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007.
Overall Business Strategy

Our mission is “Serving Others.” To carry out this mission, we have developed a business strategy of providing our customers with a focused assortment of everyday low priced merchandise in a convenient, small-store format.

Our Customers.  In general, we locate our stores and base our merchandise selection on the needs of households seekingcompelling value and convenience with an emphasis on ruralproposition. Both customer traffic and small markets. However, much of our merchandise, intended to serve the basic consumable, household, apparelaverage transaction amount increased during 2009 and seasonal needs of these targeted customers, also appeals to2010 despite a much broader and higher income customer base.

Our Stores. The traditional Dollar General® store has, on average, approximately 6,900 square feet of selling space and generally serves customers who live within five miles of the store.  Of our 8,222 stores operating as of February 29, 2008, more than half serve communities
3

with populations of 20,000 or less.very difficult economic environment. We believe that our target customers prefer the convenience of a small, neighborhood storerecognize our efforts to provide them with a focused merchandise assortment at value prices. Our Dollar General Market® stores are larger than the average Dollar General store, having on average approximately 17,000 square feet of selling space, and carry, among other items, an expanded assortment of grocery products and perishable items.  As of February 29, 2008, we operated 57 Dollar General Market stores.

Our Merchandise.  Our merchandising strategy combines a low-cost operating structurepleasant, efficient shopping experience along with a focused assortment of products, consisting of quality basic consumable, household, apparel and seasonal merchandise at competitiveour ongoing commitment to meet their everyday low prices. Our strategic combination of name brands, quality private label products and other great value brands allows usneeds, which encourages them to offer our customers a compelling value proposition. We believe our merchandising strategy and focused assortment generate frequent repeat customer purchases and encourage customerscontinue to shop at our stores for their everyday household needs.

Our Prices.  We distribute quality, consumable merchandise at everyday low prices.  Our strategy of a low-cost operating structure and a focused assortment of merchandise allowswith us to offer quality merchandise at competitive prices.  As part of this strategy, we emphasize even-dollar prices on many of our items.  In the typical Dollar General store, the majority of the products are priced at $10 or less, with approximately 30% of the products priced at $1 or less.

Our Cost Controls. We aggressively manage our overhead cost structure and typically seek to locate stores in neighborhoods where rental and operating costs are relatively low.  Our stores typically have low fixed costs, with lean staffing of usually two to three employees in the future.

Our attractive store at any time.  In 2005economics, including a relatively low initial investment and 2006, we implemented “EZstoreTM”, our initiative designed to improve inventory flow from our distribution centers, or DCs, to consumers. EZstore hassimple, low cost operating model, have allowed us to reallocate store labor hours to more customer-focused activities, improving the work content in our stores.


We also attempt to control operating costs by implementing new technology when feasible, including improvements in recent years to our store labor scheduling and store replenishment systems in addition to other improvements to our supply chain and warehousing systems.

Recent Strategic InitiativesProject Alpha.  In 2007, we executed strategic initiatives launched in the fourth quarter of 2006 aimed at improving our merchandising and real estate strategies, which we refer to collectively as “Project Alpha.” Project Alpha was based upon a comprehensive analysis of the performance of each of our stores and the impact of our inventory management model on our ability to effectively serve our customers.

The execution of this merchandising initiative has moved us away from our traditional inventory packaway model, where unsold seasonal, apparel and home products inventory items were stored on-site and returned to the sales floor to be sold year after year, until the items were eventually sold, damaged or discarded.  Project Alpha is an attempt to better meet our customers’ needs and to ensure an appealing, fresh merchandise selection. In connection with this initiative, in fiscal 2007 we began taking end-of-season markdowns on current-year non-replenishable
4

merchandise. With limited and planned exceptions, we eliminated, through end-of-season and other markdowns, our seasonal, home products and basic clothing packaway merchandise and out of season current year merchandise by the end of fiscal 2007. In addition to allowing us to carry newer, fresher merchandise, particularly in our seasonal, apparel and home categories, we believe this strategy change has enhanced the appearance of our stores and will continue to positively impact customer satisfaction as well as our store employees’ ability to manage stores.

Project Alpha also encompassed significant improvements to our real estate practices. We are fully integrating the functions of site selection, lease renewals, relocations, remodels and store closings and have defined and are implementing rigorous analytical processes for decision-making in those areas. As a first step in our initiative to revitalizegrow our store base we performed a comprehensive real estate review resulting in the identification of approximately 400 underperforming stores, all of which we closed by mid-2007. These closings were in addition to stores that are typically closed in the normal course of business, which over the last 10 years constituted approximately 1% to 2% of our store base per year. We believe our rate of store closings should return to historic levels in 2008 and future years.  While we believe we have significant opportunities for future store growth, we have moderated our new store growth rate to enable us to focus on improving the performance of existing stores. Those efforts include increasing the number of store remodels and relocations in order to improve productivity and enhance the shopping experience for our customers.

As a result of opening new stores and remodeling existing stores, as of February 29, 2008, over 1,000 stores are operating in our racetrack format, which is designed with improved merchandise adjacencies and wider, more open aisles to enhance the overall guest shopping experience. We plan to continue to enhance this new store layout to further drive sales growth and margin enhancements through improved merchandising.

Our Industry

We compete in the deep discount segment of the U.S. retail industry. Our competitors include traditional “dollar stores,” as well as other retailers offering discounted convenience items. The “dollar store” sector differentiates itself from other forms of retailing in the deep discount segment by offering consistently low prices in a convenient, small-store format. Unlike other formats that have suffered with the rise of Wal-Mart and other discount supercenters, the “dollar store” sector has grown despite the presence of the discount supercenters.  We believe it is our substantial convenience advantage, at prices comparable to those of supercenters, that allows Dollar General to compete so effectively.
We believe that there is considerable room for growth in the “dollar store” sector. According to AC Nielsen, “dollar stores” have been able to increase their penetration across all income brackets in the last 6 years. Though traditional “dollar stores” have high customer penetration, according to Information Resources, Inc. “IRI,” the sector as a whole accounts for only approximately 1.2% of total consumer product goods spending, which we believe leaves ample room for growth. Our merchandising initiatives are aimed at increasing our stores’ share of customer spending.

5

See “Our Competitive Strengths” and “Competition” below for additional information regarding our competitive situation.

Our Competitive Strengths

Market Leader in an Attractive Sector with a Growing Customer Base.  We are the largest discount retailer in the U.S. by number of stores, with 8,2229,400 stores in 35 states, asand provide us significant opportunities to continue our strategy of February 29, 2008.  We are the largest player in the U.S. small box deep discount segment, with sales in excess of 1.4 times that of our nearest competitor in 2007.  We believe we are well positioned to further increase our market share as we continue to execute our business strategyprofitable store growth.



3



Compelling Value and implement our operational initiatives.  Our target customers are those seeking value and convenience.  According to Nielsen Media Research as of mid-2007, approximately 64% of households shopped at least once at a discount store (up from 59% in 2001)Convenience Proposition.


Consistent Sales Growth and Strong Cash Flow Generation. For 18 consecutive years, we have experienced positive annual same store sales growth.  Approximately two-thirds of our net sales come from the sale of consumable products, which are less susceptible to economic pressures (such as increased fuel costs and unemployment), with the remaining one-third comprised mainly of seasonal, basic clothing and home products which are subject to little trend or fashion risk.  We have a low cost operating model with attractive operating margins, low capital expenditures and low working capital needs, resulting in generation of significant cash flow from operations (before interest).

Differentiated Value Proposition. Our ability to deliver highly competitive everyday low prices on national brand and quality private brand products in a convenient locationlocations and our easy in and out shopping format provides our customers withcreate a compelling shopping experience andthat distinguishes us from other discount, retailers,convenience and drugstore retailers. Our slogan, “Save time. Save money. Every day!” summarizes our appeal to customers. We believe our ability to effectively deliver both value and convenience allows us to succeed in small markets with limited shopping alternatives, as well as to profitably coexist alongside larger retailers in more competitive markets. Our compelling value and convenience proposition is evidenced by the following attributes of our business model:

·

Convenient Locations. Our stores are conveniently located in a variety of rural, suburban and drugstoreurban communities, currently with nearly 70% serving communities with populations of less than 20,000. In more densely populated areas, our small-box stores typically serve the closely surrounding neighborhoods. The majority of our customers live within three to five miles, or a 10-minute drive, of our stores. Our close proximity to customers drives customer loyalty and trip frequency and makes us an attractive alternative to large discount and other large-box retail and grocery stores which are often located farther away. Our low cost economic model enables us to serve many areas with fewer than 1,500 households.

·

Time-Saving Shopping Experience. We also provide customers with a highly convenient shopping experience. Our stores’ smaller size allows us to locate parking near the front entrance where shopping carts are located to promote efficient navigation of the store. Our product offering includes most necessities, such as basic packaged and refrigerated food and dairy products, cleaning supplies, paper products, and health and beauty care items, as well as greeting cards, party supplies, apparel, housewares, hardware and automotive supplies, among others. Our typical store hours are 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m., seven days per week. Our convenient hours and broad merchandise offering allow our customers to fulfill their routine shopping requirements and minimize their need to shop elsewhere.

·

Everyday Low Prices on Quality Merchandise. Our research indicates that we offer a price advantage over most food and drug retailers and that our prices are highly competitive with even the largest discount retailers.


Compelling Unit Our ability to offer everyday low prices on quality merchandise is supported by our low-cost operating structure and our strategy to maintain a limited number of stock keeping units (“SKUs”) per category, which we believe helps us maintain strong purchasing power. Most items are priced below $10, with approximately 24% at $1 or less. We offer quality nationally advertised brands at these everyday low prices in addition to offering our own comparable quality private brands at value prices.

Attractive Store Economics.The traditional Dollar General store size, design and location requires an initial investment of approximately $250,000 including inventory. The lowminimal initial investment and low maintenance capital expenditures, when combinedexpenditures. Our typical locations involve a modest, no-frills building, which helps keep our rental and other fixed overhead costs relatively low. When coupled with our new stores’ ability to generally deliver positive cash flow in the first year, this low capital expenditure requirement typically results in pay back of capital in less than two years. Our stringent market analysis, real estate site selection



4



and new store approval processes as well as our new store marketing programs help us optimize financial returns and minimize the risks of opening unprofitable stores.

Our lean store staffing model and centralized management of utilities, maintenance and supplies procurement contribute to our relatively low operating costs and efficient store operations.

Substantial Growth Opportunities. We believe that we have substantial growth opportunities through both improved profitability of existing stores and new store openings. We are pursuing a number of initiatives which we expect to continue to improve the profitability of our existing store base. In addition, we have identified significant opportunities to add new stores in both existing and new markets. We believe we have the long-term potential in the U.S. to more than double our existing store base while maintaining strong returns on capital. See ‘‘Our Growth Strategy’’ for additional details.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe we have the right strategy and execution capabilities to capitalize on the considerable growth opportunities afforded by our business model. We believe we continue to have significant opportunities to drive profitable growth through increasing same-store sales, expanding our operating profit rate and growing our store base.

Increasing Same-Store Sales. We believe the combination of our necessity-driven product mix and our attractive value proposition, including a well-balanced merchandising approach, provides a strong basis for increased sales. Our average unit volumes, providesales per square foot increased to $201 in 2010 from $195 in 2009 and $180 in 2008. We believe we will continue to have additional opportunities to increase our store productivity through improved in-stock positions, price optimization, continued improvements in space utilization, and additional operating and merchandising initiatives. Among numerous additional projects in 2011, we plan to further expand our frozen and refrigerated food and health and beauty aids offerings. We will also continue to focus on increasing sales in our home, apparel and seasonal categories.

In addition, we plan to relocate or remodel approximately 550 stores in 2011, which we expect to further drive same-store sales growth. In 2010, we remodeled or relocated 504 stores. Remodels and relocations generally consist of updating the stores to our new customer centric format, which we believe appeals to a broader customer base. A relocation typically results in an improved, more visible and accessible location, and usually includes increased square footage. We continue to have opportunities for additional remodels and relocations beyond 2011.

Expanding Operating Profit Rate. Another key component of our growth strategy is improving our operating profit rate through enhanced gross profit and expense reduction initiatives. Our financial results during 2010 and 2009 reflect the favorable impact of our strong category management processes on gross margin improvement and our continued efforts to reduce selling, general and administrative expenses as a quick recoverypercent of sales.

In recent months, we have begun to see many of our product categories impacted by increased costs of commodities, including cotton, wheat, corn, sugar, coffee and resin, as well as increased transportation fuel costs, which have increased significantly in early 2011. These



5



increases pose a challenge to our continued priority of improving our gross profit rate. However, we believe we have options available to mitigate the impact of these increases, including our price optimization, changes to our product selection, such as alternate national brands and the expansion of our private brands, and modifications to our packaging and product size, including items in our planned expansion of merchandise selections priced at $1.00. In addition, we continue to focus on reducing inventory shrinkage and improving distribution efficiencies.

We intend to continue to drive our private brand penetration going forward. Our private brand program complements our model of offering customers nationally branded consumables merchandise at everyday low prices. Generally, private brand items have higher gross profit margins than similar national brand items, and in 2010 represented approximately 22% of our consumables sales. In 2010, we made significant progress in expanding our private brand efforts to our non-consumable offerings, dramatically improving the visual impact of our many non-consumables, including housewares, domestics, lawn and garden tools and summer toys.

We believe we have the potential to directly source a larger portion of our products at significant savings to current costs. In 2010, we imported approximately $750 million of goods, or 8% of total purchases, at cost.

We continually look for ways to improve our cost structure and enhance efficiencies throughout the organization. In 2010, we centralized our procurement system which we expect to aid us in reducing the cost of purchases throughout the company in 2011 and beyond. In addition, we have begun to implement a store start-up costs.labor management and work simplification program, and we are continuing our store rent reduction initiative.

Growing Our Store Base. Based on a detailed, market-by-market analysis, we believe we have the potential to at least double our current number of stores through expansion in both existing and new markets. In 2011, we plan to enter three new states, Connecticut, New Hampshire and Nevada. We have confidence in our real estate disciplines and in our ability to identify, open and operate successful new stores. As a result, we believe that at least our present level of new store growth is sustainable for the foreseeable future. In addition, we continue to believe that in the current real estate market environment there may be opportunities to negotiate lower rent than would have previously been available, allowing us to continue to improve the overall quality of our sites at attractive rental rates.

Our Merchandise

We offer a focused assortment of everyday necessities, which drive frequent customer visits, and key items in a broad range of general merchandise categories. Our product assortment provides the opportunity for our customers to address most of their basic shopping needs with one trip. We sell high quality national brands from leading manufacturers such as Procter & Gamble, Kimberly Clark, Unilever, Kellogg’s, General Mills, Nabisco, Coca-Cola and PepsiCo, which are typically found at higher retail prices elsewhere. Additionally, our private brand selections offer consumers even greater value with options to purchase value items and national brand equivalent products at substantial discounts to the national brand.



6



Our stores generally offer approximately 10,000 total SKUs per store. The abilitynumber of SKUs in a given store can vary based upon the store’s size, geographic location, merchandising initiatives, seasonality, and other factors. Most of our products are priced at $10 or less, with approximately 24% at $1 or less. We separate our merchandise into four categories: 1) consumables; 2) seasonal; 3) home products; and 4) apparel.

Consumables is our largest category and includes paper and cleaning products (such as paper towels, bath tissue, paper dinnerware, trash and storage bags, laundry and other home cleaning supplies); food, including packaged food and perishables (such as cereals, canned soups and vegetables, sugar, flour, milk, eggs and bread); beverages and snacks (including candy, cookies, crackers, salty snacks and carbonated beverages); health and beauty (including over-the-counter medicines and personal care products, such as soap, body wash, shampoo, dental hygiene and foot care products); and pet (including pet supplies and pet food).

Seasonal products include decorations, toys, batteries, small electronics, greeting cards, stationery, prepaid cell phones and accessories, gardening supplies, hardware, automotive and home office supplies.

Home products includes kitchen supplies, cookware, small appliances, light bulbs, storage containers, frames, candles, craft supplies and kitchen, bed and bath soft goods.

Apparel includes casual everyday apparel for infants, toddlers, girls, boys, women and men, as well as socks, underwear, disposable diapers, shoes and accessories.

The percentage of net sales of each of our four categories of merchandise for the fiscal years indicated below was as follows:


 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

Consumables

71.6

%

 

70.8

%

 

69.3

%

Seasonal

14.5

%

 

14.5

%

 

14.6

%

Home products

7.0

%

 

7.4

%

 

8.2

%

Apparel

6.9

%

 

7.3

%

 

7.9

%


Our home products and seasonal categories typically account for the highest gross profit margins, and the consumables category typically accounts for the lowest gross profit margin.

The Dollar General Store


The average Dollar General store has approximately 7,200 square feet of selling space and is typically operated by a manager, an assistant manager and three or more sales clerks. Approximately 58% of our stores are in freestanding buildings, 41% in strip shopping centers and 1% are in downtown buildings. Most of our customers live within three to generatefive miles, or a 10 minute drive, of our stores. Our store strategy features low initial capital expenditures, limited maintenance capital, low occupancy and operating costs, and a focused merchandise offering within a broad range of categories, allowing us to deliver low retail prices while generating strong cash flows with minimaland investment resultsreturns. In 2010, the average cost of equipment and fixtures in our leased stores was approximately $165,000. Initial inventory, net of payables, increases the investment in a short payback period.

new store by approximately $75,000.


Efficient Supply Chain.  

7



We generally have not encountered difficulty locating suitable store sites in the past. Given the size of the communities that we target, we believe that there is ample opportunity for new store growth in existing and new markets. In addition, the current real estate market is providing an opportunity for us to access higher quality sites at lower rates than in recent years. Also, we believe we have significant opportunities available for our relocation and remodel programs. We spend approximately $75,000 for equipment and fixtures to remodel a store and approximately $140,000 to relocate one. We remodeled or relocated 504 stores in 2010, 450 in 2009 and 404 in 2008.

Our recent store growth is summarized in the following table:


Year

Stores at
Beginning
of Year

Stores
Opened

Stores
Closed

Net
Store
Increase/(Decrease)

Stores at
End of Year

2008

8,194

207

39

168 

8,362

2009

8,362

500

34

466 

8,828

2010

8,828

600

56

544 

9,372

Our Customers

Our customers seek value and convenience. Depending on their financial situation and geographic proximity, customers’ reliance on Dollar General varies from fill-in shopping to periodic routine trips in order to stock up on household items, to weekly or more frequent trips to meet most essential needs. We believe that our value and convenience proposition attracts customers from a wide range of income brackets and life stages. In the last year, we have seen increases in the annual number of shopping trips that our customers make to Dollar General as well as the amount spent during each trip.

We continue to focus on the quality, selection and pricing of our merchandise, targeted advertising, improved store standards and site selection processes, among other initiatives, to attract new and retain existing customers.

Our Suppliers

We purchase merchandise from a wide variety of suppliers and maintain direct buying relationships with many producers of national brand merchandise, such as Procter & Gamble, Kimberly Clark, Unilever, Kellogg’s, General Mills, Nabisco, Coca-Cola and PepsiCo. Despite our broad offering, we maintain only a limited number of SKUs per category, giving us a pricing advantage in dealing with our suppliers. Approximately 9% and 7% of our purchases in 2010 were from our largest and second largest suppliers, respectively. Our private brands come from a diversified supplier base. We directly imported approximately 8% of our purchases at cost (13% of our purchases at retail) in 2010. Our vendor arrangements generally provide for payment for such merchandise in U.S. dollars.

We have not experienced any difficulty in obtaining sufficient quantities of core merchandise and believe that, if one or more of our current sources of supply became unavailable, we would generally be able to obtain alternative sources without experiencing a substantial disruption of our business. However, such alternative sources could increase our



8



merchandise costs or reduce the quality of our merchandise, and an inability to obtain alternative sources could adversely affect our sales.

Distribution, Transportation and Inventory Management

Our stores are supported by nine distribution centers located strategically throughout our geographic footprint. Of these nine, we own six and lease the other three. We lease additional temporary warehouse space as necessary to support our distribution network is an integral component of our efforts to reduce transportation expenses and effectivelyneeds. To support our growth.  In recentgrowth, we are in the process of constructing our tenth distribution center near Birmingham, Alabama. We expect this new distribution center to be operational in 2012. Over the past few years we have made significant investments in facilities, technological improvements and upgrades, and we continue to improve work processes, all of which have increasedincrease our efficiency and capacityability to support our merchandising and operations initiatives as well as futureour new store growth.


Experienced We continually analyze and Motivated Management Team.  In January 2008, we hired Richard Dreiling, who has 38 yearsrebalance the network to ensure that it remains efficient and provides the service our stores require. See ‘‘—Properties’’ for additional information pertaining to our distribution centers.

Most of retail experience,our merchandise flows through our distributions centers and is delivered to serve as our Chief Executive Officer.  Over the past two years we strengthenedstores by third-party trucking firms, utilizing our management teamtrailers. Our agreements with these trucking firms are based on estimated costs of diesel fuel, with the hiringdifference in estimated and current market fuel costs passed through to us. The costs of David Beré,diesel fuel are significantly influenced by international, political and economic circumstances, and have risen in recent months, including considerable increases in early 2011. If such increased prices remain in effect, or if further price increases were to arise for any reason, including fuel supply shortages or unusual price volatility, the resulting higher fuel prices could materially increase our Presidenttransportation costs.


In addition, we believe that there remains opportunity to improve our inventory turns. Initiatives in process include operational efforts to optimize presentation levels and Chief Operating Officer.decrease excess quantities shipped to our stores. We also replaced a majority of our senior merchandising and real estate teams.  In connection with the Merger, we entered into agreements with certain

6

members of management pursuantcontinue to which they elected to invest in Dollar Generalfocus on SKU optimization in an aggregate amountattempt to ensure that we can meet our customers’ demands for our most popular products as well as for product assortment. We are also in the early stages of implementing an improved supply chain solution to assist in ordering, monitoring and tracking inventory from purchase order to receipt to maintain efficient levels of inventory. We turned our inventory approximately $10.4 million.

5.2 times over the most recent four quarters.

Seasonality


Our business is seasonal to a certain extent. Generally, our highest sales volume occurs in the fourth quarter, which includes the Christmas selling season, and the lowest occurs in the first quarter. In addition, our quarterly results can be affected by the timing of new store openings and store closings, the amount of sales contributed by new and existing stores, as well as the timing of certain holidays. We purchase substantial amounts of inventory in the third quarter and incur higher shipping costs and higher payroll costs in anticipation of the increased sales activity during the fourth quarter. In addition, we carry merchandise during our fourth quarter that we do not carry during the rest of the year, such as gift sets, holiday decorations, certain baking items, and a broader assortment of toys and candy.



9



The following table reflects the seasonality of net sales, gross profit, and net income (loss) by quarter for each of the quarters of the current fiscal year as well as each of the quarters of the twoour three most recent fiscal years. All of the quarters reflected below are comprised of 13 weeks with the exceptionweeks.

(in millions)

1st
Quarter

2nd
Quarter

3rd
Quarter

4th
Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended January 28, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

3,111.3 

$

3,214.2 

$

3,223.4 

$

3,486.1 

Gross profit

 

999.8 

 

1,036.0 

 

1,010.7 

 

1,130.2 

Net income

 

136.0 

 

141.2 

 

128.1 

 

222.5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended January 29, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

2,779.9 

$

2,901.9 

$

2,928.8 

$

3,185.8 

Gross profit

 

855.4 

 

906.0 

 

903.1 

 

1,025.4 

Net income (a)

 

83.0 

 

93.6 

 

75.6 

 

87.2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended January 30, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

2,403.5 

$

2,609.4 

$

2,598.9 

$

2,845.8 

Gross profit

 

693.1 

 

758.0 

 

772.3 

 

837.7 

Net income (loss) (b)

 

5.9 

 

27.7 

 

(7.3)

 

81.9 


(a)

Includes expenses, net of income taxes, of $82.9 million related to our initial public offering during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended February 3, 2006, which was comprised2009.

(b)

Includes expenses, net of 14 weeks.


(in millions) 
1st
Quarter
  
2nd
Quarter
  
3rd
Quarter
  
4th
Quarter
 
             
Year Ended February 1, 2008(a)            
Net sales $2,275.3  $2,347.6  $2,312.8  $2,559.6 
Gross profit(b)  633.1   623.2   646.8   740.4 
Net income (loss)(b)  34.9   (70.1)  (33.0)  55.4 
                 
Year Ended February 2, 2007                
Net sales  2,151.4   2,251.1   2,213.4   2,554.0 
Gross profit(b)  584.3   611.5   526.4   646.0 
Net income (loss)(b)  47.7   45.5   (5.3)  50.1 
                 
Year Ended February 3, 2006                
Net sales  1,977.8   2,066.0   2,057.9   2,480.5 
Gross profit  563.3   591.5   579.0   730.9 
Net income   64.9   75.6   64.4   145.3 
(a)
For comparison purposes, the 2nd quarter includes the results of operations for Buck Acquisition Corp. for the period priorincome taxes, of $37.4 million related to the Merger from March 6, 2007 (its formation) through July 7, 2007 (reflecting the change in fair value of interest rate swaps), and the 2nd quarter reflects the combination of pre-Merger and post-Merger results of Dollar General Corporation for the period from May 5, 2007 through August 3, 2007. We believe this presentation provides a more meaningful understanding of the underlying business.
(b)
Results for the 3rd and 4th quarters of 2006 and all quarters of 2007 reflect the impact of Recent Strategic Initiatives as discussed in further detail in “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

7

Merchandise

We separate our merchandise into the following four categories for reporting purposes: highly consumable, seasonal, home products, and basic clothing. Highly consumable consists of packaged food, candy, snacks and refrigerated products, health and beauty aids, home cleaning supplies and pet supplies; seasonal consists of seasonal and other holiday-related items, toys, stationery and hardware; and home products consists of housewares and domestics. The percentage of net sales of each of our four categories of merchandise for the period indicated below was as follows:

  2007  2006  2005 
Highly consumable  66.5%  65.7%  65.3%
Seasonal  15.9%  16.4%  15.7%
Home products  9.2%  10.0%  10.6%
Basic clothing  8.4%  7.9%  8.4%

Our home products and seasonal categories typically account for the highest gross profit margin, and the highly consumable category typically accounts for the lowest gross profit margin.

We currently maintain approximately 5,400 core stock-keeping units, or SKUs, per store and an additional 3,000 non-core SKUs that get rotated in and out of the store over the coursesettlement of a year.  In 2007, we reducedshareholder lawsuit during the numberthird quarter of non-core SKUs.
2008.


We purchase our merchandise from a wide variety of suppliers. Approximately 12% of our purchases in 2007 were from The Procter & Gamble Company.  

Our next largest supplier accounted for approximately 6% of our purchases in 2007.  We directly imported approximately 9% of our purchases at cost (15% at retail) in 2007.


The Dollar General Store

The average Dollar General store has approximately 6,900 square feet of selling space and is typically operated by a manager, an assistant manager and two or more sales clerks.  Approximately 47% of our stores are located in strip shopping centers, 51% are in freestanding buildings and 2% are in downtown buildings. We attempt to locate primarily in small towns or in neighborhoods of more densely populated areas where occupancy expenses are relatively low.

We generally have not encountered difficulty locating suitable store sites in the past, and management does not currently anticipate experiencing material difficulty in finding future suitable locations.

8

Our recent store growth is summarized in the following table:
Year
Stores at
Beginning
of Year
Stores
Opened
Stores
Closed
Net
Store
Increase/(Decrease)
Stores at
End of Year
20057,320734125(a)6097,929
20067,929537237(b)3008,229
20078,229365400(b) (35)8,194
(a)Includes 41 stores closed as a result of hurricane damage.
(b)Includes 128 stores in 2006 and 275 stores in 2007 closed as a result of certain recent strategic initiatives.
Employees

As of February 29, 2008, we employed approximately 71,500 full-time and part-time employees, including divisional and regional managers, district managers, store managers, and DC and administrative personnel.  Management believes our relationship with our employees is generally good, and we currently are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements.

Competition

We operate in the basic discount retail merchandise business,consumer goods market, which is highly competitive with respect to price, store location, merchandise quality, assortment and presentation, in-stock consistency, and customer service. We compete with discount stores and with many other retailers, including mass merchandise, grocery, drug, convenience, variety and other specialty stores. These other retail companies operate stores in many of the areas where we operate, and many of them engage in extensive advertising and marketing efforts. Our direct competitors in the dollar store retail category include Family Dollar, Dollar Tree, Fred’s, 99 Cents Only and various local, independent operators. Competitors from other retail categories include Wal-Martoperators, as well as Walmart, Walgreens, CVS, Rite Aid, Target and Costco, among others. Certain of our competitors have greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources than we do.


The dollar store category differentiates itself

We differentiate ourselves from other forms of retailing by offering consistently low prices in a convenient, small-store format. We believe that our prices are competitive due in part to our low cost operating structure and the relatively limited assortment of products offered. Historically, we have minimized labor by offering fewer price points and a reliance on simple merchandise presentation. We maintain strong purchasing power due to our leadership position in the dollar store retail category andPurchasing large volumes of merchandise within our focused assortment in each merchandise category allows us to keep our average costs low, contributing to our ability to offer competitive everyday low prices to our customers. See “—Our Business Model” above for further discussion of merchandise.


Trademarks

Through our subsidiary, Dollar General Merchandising, Inc.,competitive situation.



10



Our Employees

As of February 25, 2011, we employed approximately 85,900 full-time and part-time employees, including divisional and regional managers, district managers, store managers, other store personnel and distribution center and administrative personnel. We have increasingly focused on recruiting, training, motivating and retaining employees, and we believe that the quality, performance and morale of our employees have increased as a result. We currently are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements.

Our Trademarks

We own marks that are registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and are protected under applicable intellectual property laws, including without limitation the trademarks Dollar General®, Dollar General Market®, Clover Valley®, American Value®DG®, DG Guarantee®, Smart & Simple®, trueliving®, Sweet Smiles® and the Dollar General price point designs, along with variations and formatives of these trademarks as well as certain other trademarks. We attempt to obtain registration of our trademarks whenever practicable and to pursue vigorously any infringement of those marks. Our trademark registrations have various expiration dates; however, assuming that the trademark registrations are properly renewed, they have a perpetual duration.



9

We also hold licenses to use various trademarks owned by third parties, including an exclusive license to the Bobbie Brooks brand for clothing through March 31, 2011, with the option to renew such license on a year-to-year basis, a license to the Fisher Price brand for certain items of children’s clothing through December 31, 2013, and an exclusive license to the Rexall brand through March 5, 2020.

Available Information


Our Web site address is www.dollargeneral.com. We make available through this address, without charge, ourfile with or furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) annual reportreports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, filedproxy statements and annual reports to shareholders, and, from time to time, registration statements and other documents. These documents are available free of charge to investors on or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d)through the Investor Information portion of the Exchange Actour Web site as soon as reasonably practicable after they arewe electronically filedfile them with or furnishedfurnish them to the SEC.

ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS
Investing in our securities involves a degree In addition, the public may read and copy any of risk. Persons buying our securitiesthe materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, such as Dollar General, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that Web site is http://www.sec.gov.




ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information contained in this report and other filings that we make from time to time with the SEC, including our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.operations or liquidity. In addition, the risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additionalwe face. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity could also be adversely affected by additional factors that apply to all companies generally, as well as other risks and uncertaintiesthat are not currently known to us or thosethat we currently view to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In any such case, the trading price of our securities could decline orimmaterial. While we may not be ableattempt to make payments of principal and interest on our outstanding notes, and you may lose all or part of your original investment.


The fact that we have substantial debt could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate riskmitigate known risks to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our outstanding debt securities.

We have substantial debt which could have important consequences, including:

·  making it more difficult for us to make payments on our outstanding debt;
·  increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;
·  
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability
to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;
·  exposing us to the risk of interest rate fluctuations as certain of our borrowings bear interest based on market interest rates;
·  limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and
·  limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

10

In addition, the borrowings under our New Credit Facilities bear interest at variable rates and other debt we incur also could be variable-rate debt.  If market interest rates increase, variable-rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow.  While we have and may in the future enter into agreements limiting our exposure to higher interest rates, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.  We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our New Credit Facilities and the indentures governing our debt securities.  If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our New Credit Facilities and the indentures governing our debt securities contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions.  These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

·  incur additional indebtedness, issue disqualified stock or issue certain preferred stock;
·  pay dividends and make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments;
·  create certain liens or encumbrances;
·  sell assets;
·  enter into transactions with our affiliates;
·  limit the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make payments to us;
·  merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and
·  designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the agreement governing such indebtedness.  Upon our failure to maintain compliance with these covenants, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding thereunderbelieve to be immediately duepracticable and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit thereunder.  If the lenders under such indebtedness accelerate the repayment of borrowings,reasonable, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets to repay those borrowings, as well as our other indebtedness, including our outstanding debt securities.  We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under our New Credit Facilities.  If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under our New Credit Facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. Additional borrowings under the ABL Facility will, if excess availability under
11

that facility is less than a certain amount, be subject to the satisfaction of a specified financial ratio.  Our ability to meet this financial ratio can be affected by events beyond our control,provide no assurance, and we cannot assure youmake no representation, that weour mitigation efforts will meet this ratiobe successful.


Current economic conditions and other covenants.


General economic factors may adversely affect our financial performance.
performance and other aspects of our business.


General economic conditions in one

We believe that many of our customers are on fixed or more of the markets we serve may adversely affect our financial performance.low incomes and generally have limited discretionary spending dollars. A generalfurther slowdown in the economy, higher interest rates, higher than expectedor a delayed recovery, or other economic conditions affecting disposable consumer income, such as increased unemployment or underemployment levels, inflation, increases in fuel andor other energy costs inflation, higher levelsand interest rates, lack of unemployment, higheravailable credit, consumer debt levels, higher tax rates and other changes in tax laws, tightening of the credit markets, and other economic factors couldfurther erosion in consumer confidence, may adversely affect consumer demand for theour business by reducing our customers’ spending or by causing them to shift their spending to products we sell, change our sales mixother than those sold by us or to products sold by us that are less profitable than other product choices, all of products to one with a lower average gross profit andwhich could result in slowerlower net sales, decreases in inventory turnover, and greater markdowns on inventory. Higher interestinventory, and a reduction in profitability due to lower margins. Many of those factors, as well as commodity rates, higher commodities rates, higher fuel and other energy costs, transportation costs inflation, higher(including the costs of diesel fuel), costs of labor, insurance and healthcare, foreign exchange rate fluctuations, higher tax rates and other changes in tax laws,lease costs, measures that create barriers to or increase the costs associated with international trade, changes in other laws and regulations and other economic factors, increasealso affect our cost of salesgoods sold and our selling, general and administrative expenses, and otherwisewhich may adversely affect our sales or profitability. We have limited or no ability to control many of these factors. We saw product costs begin to escalate in our 2010 fourth quarter as a result of increases in the operationscosts of certain commodities (including cotton, wheat, corn, sugar, coffee, resin), and operating resultsincreasing diesel fuel costs. We will be diligent in our efforts to keep product costs as low as possible in the face of these increases while still working to optimize gross profit and meet the needs of our stores.

customers.


In addition, many of the factors discussed above, along with current global economic conditions and uncertainties, the potential for additional failures or realignments of financial institutions, and the related impact on available credit may affect us and our suppliers and other business partners, landlords and service providers in an adverse manner including, but not limited to, reducing access to liquid funds or credit, increasing the cost of credit, limiting our ability to manage interest rate risk, increasing the risk of bankruptcy of our suppliers, landlords or counterparties to or other financial institutions involved in our credit facilities and our derivative and other contracts, increasing the cost of goods to us, and other adverse consequences which we are unable to fully anticipate or control.




12



Our plans depend significantly on initiatives designed to increase sales and improve the efficiencies, costs and effectiveness of our operations, and failure to achieve or sustain these plans could affect our performance adversely.


We have had, and expect to continue to have initiatives (such as those relating to marketing, merchandising, promotions, sourcing, shrink, private label,brand, store operations and real estate) in various stages of testing, evaluation, and implementation, upon which we expect to rely to continue to improve our results of operations and financial condition.condition and to achieve our financial plans. These initiatives are inherently risky and uncertain, even when tested successfully, in their application to our business in general. It is possible that successful testing can result partially from resources and attention that cannot be duplicated in broader implementation. Testingimplementation, particularly in light of the diverse geographic locations of our stores and generalthe fact that our field management is so decentralized. General implementation also canmay be negatively affected by other risk factors described herein that reduce the results expected.herein. Successful systemwide implementation relies on consistency of training, stability of workforce, ease of execution, and the absence of offsetting factors that can influence results adversely. Failure to achieve successful implementation of our initiatives or the cost of these initiatives exceeding management’s estimates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.


Because our business is seasonal to a certain extent, with

In addition, the highest volume of net sales during the fourth quarter, adverse events during the fourth quarter could materially affect our financial statements as a whole.


We generally recognize our highest volume of net sales during the Christmas selling season, which occurs in the fourth quartersuccess of our fiscal year. In anticipation of this holiday,merchandising initiatives, particularly those with respect to non-consumable merchandise, depends in part upon our ability to predict consistently and successfully the products our customers will demand and to identify and timely respond to evolving trends in demographics and consumer preferences, expectations and needs. If we purchase substantial amounts of seasonal inventoryare unable to select products that are attractive to customers, to obtain such products at costs that allow us to sell them at a profit, or to effectively market such products, our sales, market share and hire many temporary employees. A seasonal merchandise inventory imbalance could result if for any reason our net sales during the Christmas selling season were to fall below either seasonal norms or expectations. If for any reason our fourth quarter results were substantially below expectations, our financial
12

performance and operating resultsprofitability could be adversely affected. If our merchandising efforts in the non-consumables area are unsuccessful, we could be further adversely affected by unanticipated markdowns, especially in seasonal merchandise. Lower than anticipated sales inour inability to offset the Christmas selling season would also negatively affectlower margins associated with our ability to absorb the increased seasonal labor costs.
consumables business.


We face intense competition that could limit our growth opportunities and adversely impact our financial performance.


The retail business is highly competitive. We operate in the basic discount retail merchandise business,consumer goods market, which is highly competitive with respect to price, store location, merchandise quality, assortment and presentation, in-stock consistency, and customer service. This competitive environment subjects us to the risk of adverse impact to our financial performance because of the lower prices, and thus the lower margins, required to maintain our competitive position. Also, companies like ours operating in the basic discount retail merchandise sectorconsumer goods market (due to customer demographics and other factors) may have limited ability to increase prices in response to increased costs (including vendor price increases).without losing competitive position. This limitation may adversely affect our margins and financial performance. We compete for customers, employees, store sites, products and services and in other important aspects of our business with many other local, regional and national retailers. We compete with retailers operating discount, mass merchandise, outlet, warehouse club, grocery, drug, convenience, variety and other specialty stores. Certain of our competitors have greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources than we do.do and may be able to secure better arrangements with suppliers than we can. These other competitors



13



compete in a variety of other ways, including aggressive promotional activities, merchandise selection and availability, services offered to customers, location, store hours, in-store amenities and price. If we fail to respond effectively to competitive pressures and changes in the retail markets, it could adversely affect our financial performance. See “Business—Our Industry, —Competitive Strengths, and —Competition” for additional discussion of our competitive situation.


Competition for customers has intensified in recent years as larger competitors have moved into, or increased their presence in, our geographic markets. In addition, some of our large box competitors are or may be developing small box formats which may produce more competition. We remain vulnerable to the marketing power and high level of consumer recognition of these larger competitors and to the risk that these competitors or others could venture into the “dollar store”our industry in a significant way. Generally, we expect an increase in competition.


Natural disasters, unusually adverse weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, boycotts

Our private brands may not achieve or maintain broad market acceptance and geo-political eventsincrease the risks we face.


We have substantially increased the number of our private brand items, and the program is a sizable part of our future growth plans. We believe that our success in gaining and maintaining broad market acceptance of our private brands depends on many factors, including pricing, our costs, quality and customer perception. We may not achieve or maintain our expected sales for our private brands. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.


A significant disruption to our distribution network or to the timely receipt of inventory could adversely impact sales or increase our transportation costs, which would decrease our profits.


We rely on our distribution and transportation network to provide goods to our stores in a timely and cost-effective manner through deliveries to our distribution centers from vendors and then from the distribution centers or direct ship vendors to our stores by various means of transportation, including shipments by sea and truck. Any disruption, unanticipated expense or operational failure related to this process could affect store operations negatively. For example, unexpected delivery delays or increases in transportation costs (including through increased fuel costs or a decrease in transportation capacity for overseas shipments) could significantly decrease our ability to make sales and earn profits. In addition, labor shortages or work stoppages in the transportation industry or long-term disruptions to the national and international transportation infrastructure that lead to delays or interruptions of deliveries could negatively affect our business.


We maintain a network of distribution facilities and have plans to build new facilities to support our growth objectives. Delays in opening distribution centers could adversely affect our financial performance.

The occurrencefuture operations by slowing store growth, which may in turn reduce revenue growth. In addition, the planned construction of onea new distribution center in 2011, and any future distribution-related construction or more natural disasters,expansion projects, entail risks which could cause delays and cost overruns, such as hurricanesas: shortages of materials; shortages of skilled labor or work stoppages; unforeseen construction, scheduling, engineering, environmental or geological problems; weather interference; fires or other casualty losses; and earthquakes, unusually adverse weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, boycottsunanticipated cost increases. The



14



completion date and geo-political events, such as civil unrest in countries in which our suppliers are located and actsultimate cost of terrorism,this or similar disruptionsfuture projects could differ significantly from initial expectations due to construction-related or other reasons. We cannot guarantee that any project will be completed on time or within established budgets.


Rising fuel costs could materially adversely affect our operationsbusiness.


Fuel prices have risen considerably in recent months and financial performance.are significantly influenced by international, political and economic circumstances. These eventsincreases pose a challenge to our continued priority of improving our gross profit rate. If such increased prices remain in effect, or if further price increases were to arise for any reason, including fuel supply shortages or unusual price volatility, the resulting higher fuel prices could resultmaterially increase our transportation costs, adversely affecting our gross profit and results of operations. In addition, competitive pressures in physical damageour industry may have the effect of inhibiting our ability to one or morereflect these increased costs in the prices of our properties,products. We will be diligent in our efforts to keep product costs as low as possible in the face of these increases in fuel (or other energy) prices,while still working to optimize gross profit and meet the temporary or permanent closure of one or moreneeds of our stores or distribution centers, delays in opening new stores, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, the temporary or long-term disruption in the supply of products from some local and overseas suppliers, the temporary disruption in the transport of goods from overseas, delay in the delivery of goods to our distribution centers or stores, the temporary reduction in the availability of products in our stores and disruption to our information systems. These events also can have

13

indirect consequences such as increases in the costs of insurance following a destructive hurricane season. These factors could otherwise disrupt and adversely affect our operations and financial performance.
customers.


Risks associated with or faced by the domestic and foreign suppliers from whom our products are sourced could adversely affect our financial performance.


The products we sell are sourced from a wide variety of domestic and international suppliers. Approximately 12%In fact, our largest supplier accounted for 9% of our purchases in 2007 were from The Procter & Gamble Company. Our2010, and our next largest supplier accounted for approximately 6%7% of such purchases. We have not experienced any difficulty in obtaining sufficient quantities of core merchandise and believe that, if one or more of our purchases in 2007. current sources of supply became unavailable, we would generally be able to obtain alternative sources without experiencing a substantial disruption of our business. However, such alternative sources could increase our merchandise costs and reduce the quality of our merchandise, and an inability to obtain alternative sources could adversely affect our sales.


We directly imported approximately 9%8% of our purchases (measured at costcost) in 2007,2010, but many of our domestic vendors directly import their products or components of their products. PoliticalChanges to the prices and flow of these goods for any reason, such as political and economic instability in the countries in which foreign suppliers are located, the financial instability of suppliers, suppliers’ failure to meet our supplier standards, issues with labor practices of our suppliers or labor problems experienced by our suppliers,they may experience (such as strikes), the availability and cost of raw materials to suppliers, merchandise quality or safety issues, currency exchange rates, transport availability and cost, inflation, and other factors relating to the suppliers and the countries in which they are located or from which they import, are beyond our control.control and could adversely affect our operations and profitability. Because a substantial amount of our imported merchandise comes from China, a change in the Chinese currency or other policies could negatively impact our merchandise costs. In addition, the United States’ foreign trade policies, tariffs and other impositions on imported goods, trade sanctions imposed on certain countries, the limitation on the importation of certain types of goods or of goods containing certain materials from other countries and other factors relating to foreign trade are beyond our control. Disruptions due to labor stoppages, strikes or slowdowns, or other disruptions involving our vendors or the transportation and handling industries also may negatively affect our ability to receive



15



merchandise and thus may negatively affect sales. These and other factors affecting our suppliers and our access to products could adversely affect our financial performance. In addition,As we increase our imports of merchandise from foreign vendors, the risks associated with foreign imports will increase.


Product liability and food safety claims could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial performance.


Despite our best efforts to ensure the quality and safety of the products we sell, we may be subject to product liability claims from customers or penalties from government agencies relating to products, including food products, that are recalled, defective or otherwise alleged to be harmful. Such claims may result from tampering by unauthorized third parties, product contamination or spoilage, including the presence of foreign objects, substances, chemicals, other agents, or residues introduced during the growing, storage, handling and transportation phases. All of our vendors and their products must comply with applicable product and food safety laws. We generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from our suppliers. However, if we do not have adequate contractual indemnification and/or insurance available, such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to obtain indemnification from foreign suppliers may be hindered by the manufacturers’ lack of understanding of U.S. product liability or other laws, which may make it more likely that we may be required to respond to claims or complaints from customers as if we were the manufacturer of the products. As weEven with adequate insurance and indemnification, such claims could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in our products. Our litigation expenses could increase our imports of merchandise from foreign vendors, the risks associated with foreign imports will increase.


We are dependent on attracting and retaining qualified employees whileas well, which also controlling labor costs.

Our future performance dependscould have a materially negative impact on our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified employees. Manyresults of these employees are in entry-leveloperations even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or part-time positions with historically high rates of turnover. Availability of personnel varies widely from location to location. Our ability to meet our labor needs generally, including our ability to find qualified personnel to fill positions that become vacant at our existing stores and distribution centers, while controlling our labor costs, is subject to numerous external factors, including the level of competition for such personnel in a given market, the availability of a sufficient number of qualified persons in the work force of the markets in which we are located, unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates and changes in minimum wage laws, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs and changes in employment legislation. Increased turnover also can have significant indirect costs, including more recruiting and training needs, store disruptions due to management changeover and potential delays in new store openings or adverse customer
14

reactions to inadequate customer service levels due to personnel shortages. Competition for qualified employees exerts upward pressure on wages paid to attract such personnel. In addition, to the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, or attempts to unionize, our labor costs could increase. Our ability to pass along those costs is constrained.

Also, our stores are decentralized and are managed through a network of geographically dispersed management personnel. Our inability to effectively and efficiently operate our stores, including the ability to control losses resulting from inventory and cash shrinkage, may negatively affect our sales and/or operating margins.

Our planned future growth will be impeded, which would adversely affect sales, if we cannot open new stores on schedule or if we close a number of stores materially in excess of anticipated levels.

Our growth is dependent on both increases in sales in existing stores and the ability to open new stores. Our ability to timely open new stores and to expand into additional market areas depends in part on the following factors: the availability of attractive store locations; the absence of occupancy delays; the ability to negotiate favorable lease terms; the ability to hire and train new personnel, especially store managers; the ability to identify customer demand in different geographic areas; general economic conditions; and the availability of sufficient funds for expansion. In addition, many of these factors affect our ability to successfully relocate stores. Many of these factors are beyond our control. In addition, our substantial debt, particularly combined with the recent tightening of the credit markets, has made it more difficult for our real estate developers to obtain loans for our build-to-suit stores and to locate investors for those properties after they have been developed. If this trend continues, it could materially adversely impact our ability to open build-to-suit stores in desirable locations.

Delays or failures in opening new stores, or achieving lower than expected sales in new stores, or drawing a greater than expected proportion of sales in new stores from existing stores, could materially adversely affect our growth. In addition, we may not anticipate all of the challenges imposed by the expansion of our operations and, as a result, may not meet our targets for opening new stores or expanding profitably.
fully pursued.


Some of our new stores may be located in areas where we have little or no meaningful experience. Those markets may have different competitive conditions, market conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets, which may cause our new stores to be less successful than stores in our existing markets.

Some of our new stores will be located in areas where we have existing units. Although we have experience in these markets, increasing the number of locations in these markets may cause us to over-saturate markets and temporarily or permanently divert customers and sales from our existing stores, thereby adversely affecting our overall financial performance.
15

We are dependent upon the smooth functioning of our distribution network, the capacity of our distribution centers, and the timely receipt of inventory.
We rely upon the ability to replenish depleted inventory through deliveries to our distribution centers from vendors and from the distribution centers to our stores by various means of transportation, including shipments by sea and truck. Labor shortages in the transportation industry and/or labor inefficiencies associated with certain “driver hours of service” regulations adopted by the Federal Motor Carriers Safety Administration could negatively affect transportation costs. In addition, long-term disruptions to the national and international transportation infrastructure that lead to delays or interruptions of service would adversely affect our business.

The efficient operation of our business is heavily dependent upon our information systems.

We depend on a variety of information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business. We rely on certain software vendors to maintain and periodically upgrade many of these systems so that they can continue to support our business. The software programs supporting many of our systems were licensed to us by independent software developers. The inability of these developers or us to continue to maintain and upgrade these information systems and software programs would disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations if we were unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner. In addition, costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations. We also rely heavily on our information technology staff. If we cannot meet our staffing needs in this area, we may not be able to fulfill our technology initiatives while continuing to provide maintenance on existing systems.

We are subject to governmental regulations, procedures and requirements. A significant change in, or noncompliance with, these regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.


Our business is subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations. ChangesWe routinely incur costs in complying with these regulations. New laws or regulations, particularly those dealing with healthcare reform, product safety, and labor and employment, among others, or changes in existing laws and regulations, particularly those governing the sale of products, may result in significant added expenses or may require extensive system and operating changes that may be difficult to implement andand/or could materially increase our cost of doing business. In addition, such changes or new laws may require the write off and disposal of existing product inventory, resulting in significant adverse financial impact to us. Untimely compliance or noncompliance with applicable regulations or untimely or incomplete execution of a required product recall can result in the imposition of penalties, including loss of licenses or significant fines or monetary penalties, in addition to reputational damage.




Our current insurance program may expose us to unexpected costs and negatively affect our financial performance.

Historically, our insurance coverage has reflected deductibles, self-insured retentions, limits of liability and similar provisions that we believe are prudent based on the dispersion of our operations. However, there are types of losses we may incur but against which we cannot be insured or which we believe are not economically reasonable to insure, such as losses due to acts of war, employee and certain other crime and some natural disasters. If we incur these losses, our business could suffer. Certain material events may result in sizable losses for the insurance industry and adversely impact the availability of adequate insurance coverage or result in
16

excessive premium increases. To offset negative insurance market trends, we may elect to self-insure, accept higher deductibles or reduce the amount of coverage in response to these market changes. In addition, we self-insure a significant portion of expected losses under our workers’ compensation, automobile liability, general liability and group health insurance programs. Unanticipated changes in any applicable actuarial assumptions and management estimates underlying our recorded liabilities for these losses, including expected increases in medical and indemnity costs, could result in materially different amounts of expense than expected under these programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Although we continue to maintain property insurance for catastrophic events, we are effectively self-insured for losses up to the amount of our deductibles. If we experience a greater number of these losses than we anticipate, our financial performance could be adversely affected.

Litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, consumers, suppliers, competitors, shareholders, government agencies orand others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation. The number of employment-related class actions filed each year has continued to increase, and recent changes and proposed changes in Federal and state laws may cause claims to rise even more. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits, and regulatory actions and intellectual property claims, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to these lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. In addition, certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely to us or settled by us, may result in liability material to our financial statements as a whole or may negatively affect our operating results if changes to our business operation are required. The cost to defend future litigation may be significant. There also may be adverse publicity associated with litigation that could negatively affect customer perception of our business, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable. As a result, litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. See Part I, Item 3 “Legal Proceedings”Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding certain of these pending matters.


If we cannot open new stores profitably and on schedule, our planned future growth will be impeded, which would adversely affect sales.


Our ability to open profitable new stores is a key component of our planned future growth. Our ability to timely open such stores and to expand into additional market areas depends in part on the following factors: the availability of attractive store locations; the absence of occupancy delays; the ability to negotiate acceptable lease and development terms; the ability to hire and train new personnel, especially store managers, in a cost effective manner; the ability to identify customer demand in different geographic areas; general economic conditions; and the availability of sufficient funds for expansion. Many of these factors affect our ability to successfully relocate stores, and many of them are beyond our control. In addition, our credit ratings, combined with tighter lending practices, have made financing more challenging for our real estate developers in today’s market. These unfavorable lending trends could potentially impact the timing of our store openings and build-to-suit program.

Delays or failures in opening new stores, or achieving lower than expected sales in new stores, or drawing a greater than expected proportion of sales in new stores away from timeexisting stores, could materially adversely affect our growth and/or profitability. In addition, we may not anticipate all of the challenges imposed by the expansion of our operations and, as a result, may not meet our targets for opening new stores, remodeling or relocating stores or expanding profitably.


Some of our new stores may be located in areas where we have little or no meaningful experience or brand recognition. Those markets may have different competitive conditions, market conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing



17



markets, which may cause our new stores to time, third partiesbe less successful than stores in our existing markets.


Many of our new stores will be located in areas where we have existing units. Although we have experience in these markets, increasing the number of locations in these markets may claim thatresult in inadvertent over-saturation of markets and temporarily or permanently divert customers and sales from our trademarks or product offerings infringe upon their proprietary rights. Any such claim, whetherexisting stores, thereby adversely affecting our overall financial performance.


Natural disasters (whether or not it has merit,caused by climate change), unusual weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts, and global political events could cause permanent or temporary distribution center or store closures, impair our ability to purchase, receive or replenish inventory, or decrease customer traffic, all of which could result in lost sales and otherwise adversely affect our financial performance.


The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as hurricanes, fires, floods, and earthquakes (whether or not caused by climate change), unusual weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts or disruptive global political events, such as civil unrest in countries in which our suppliers are located, or similar disruptions could adversely affect our operations and financial performance. To the extent these events result in the closure of one or more of our distribution centers, a significant number of stores, or our corporate headquarters or impact one or more of our key suppliers, our operations and financial performance could be time-consumingmaterially adversely affected through an inability to make deliveries or provide other support functions to our stores and distracting for executive management,through lost sales. In addition, these events could result in costly litigation, cause changesincreases in fuel (or other energy) prices or a fuel shortage, delays in opening new stores, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, the temporary or long-term disruption in the supply of products from some domestic and overseas suppliers, the temporary disruption in the transport of goods from overseas, delay in the delivery of goods to our private label offeringsdistribution centers or delaysstores, the temporary reduction in introducing new private label offerings,the availability of products in our stores and disruption of our utility services or require us to enter into royaltyour information systems. These events also can have indirect consequences such as increases in the costs of insurance if they result in significant loss of property or licensing agreements. Asother insurable damage.


Material damage to, or interruptions to, our information systems as a result any such claimof external factors, staffing shortages and difficulties in updating our existing technology or developing or implementing new technology could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.


We depend on a variety of information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business. Such systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches and natural disasters. Damage or interruption to these systems may require a significant investment to fix or replace them, and we may suffer interruptions in our operations in the interim. Any material interruptions may have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.


We also rely heavily on our information technology staff. Failure to meet these staffing needs may negatively affect our ability to fulfill our technology initiatives while continuing to provide maintenance on existing systems. We rely on certain vendors to maintain and



18



periodically upgrade many of these systems so that they can continue to support our business. The software programs supporting many of our systems were licensed to us by independent software developers. The inability of these developers or us to continue to maintain and upgrade these information systems and software programs would disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations if we were unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner. In addition, costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology, such as the implementation of our new supply chain solution, or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations.

Failure to attract and retain qualified employees, particularly field, store and distribution center managers, and to control labor costs, as well as other labor issues, could adversely affect our financial performance.


Our future growth and performance depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified employees, many of whom are in positions with historically high rates of turnover such as field managers and distribution center managers. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling our labor costs, is subject to many external factors, including competition for and availability of qualified personnel in a given market, unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, health and other insurance costs, and changes in employment and labor laws (including changes in the process for our employees to join a union) or other workplace regulation (including changes in entitlement programs such as health insurance and paid leave programs). To the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, or attempts to unionize, our labor costs could increase. In addition, we are evaluating the potential future impact of recently enacted comprehensive healthcare reform legislation, which will likely cause our healthcare costs to increase. While the significant costs of the healthcare reform legislation will occur after 2013 due to provisions of the legislation being phased in over time, changes to our healthcare costs structure could have a significant negative effect on our business. Our ability to pass along labor costs to our customers is constrained by our low price model.


Our profitability may be negatively affected by inventory shrinkage.


We are subject to the risk of inventory loss and theft. We experience significant inventory shrinkage, and we cannot assure you that incidences of inventory loss and theft will decrease in the future or that the measures we are taking will effectively address the problem of inventory shrinkage. Although some level of inventory shrinkage is an unavoidable cost of doing business, if we were to experience higher rates of inventory shrinkage or incur increased security costs to combat inventory theft, our financial condition could be affected adversely.


Our cash flows from operations may be negatively affected if we are not successful in managing our inventory balances.


Our inventory balance represented approximately 45% of our total assets exclusive of goodwill and other intangible assets as of January 28, 2011. Efficient inventory management is a key component of our business success and profitability. To be successful, we must maintain sufficient inventory levels to meet our customers’ demands without allowing those levels to



19



increase to such an extent that the costs to store and hold the goods unduly impacts our financial results. If our buying decisions do not accurately predict customer trends or purchasing actions, we may have to take unanticipated markdowns to dispose of the excess inventory, which also can adversely impact our financial results. We continue to focus on ways to reduce these risks, but we cannot assure you that we will be successful in our inventory management. If we are not successful in managing our inventory balances, our cash flows from operations may be negatively affected.


Because our business is seasonal to a certain extent, with the highest volume of net sales during the fourth quarter, adverse events during the fourth quarter could materially affect our financial statements as a whole.


We generally recognize our highest volume of net sales during the Christmas selling season, which occurs in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. In anticipation of this holiday, we purchase substantial amounts of seasonal inventory and hire many temporary employees. An excess of seasonal merchandise inventory could result if our net sales during the Christmas selling season were to fall below either seasonal norms or expectations. If our fourth quarter sales results were substantially below expectations, our financial performance and operating results could be adversely affected by unanticipated markdowns, especially in seasonal merchandise. Lower than anticipated sales in the Christmas selling season would also negatively affect our ability to absorb the increased seasonal labor costs.


Our current insurance program may expose us to unexpected costs and negatively affect our financial performance.


Our insurance coverage reflects deductibles, self-insured retentions, limits of liability and similar provisions that we believe are prudent based on the dispersion of our operations. However, there are types of losses we may incur but against which we cannot be insured or which we believe are not economically reasonable to insure, such as losses due to acts of war, employee and certain other crime and some natural disasters. If we incur these losses and they are material, our business could suffer. Certain material events may result in sizable losses for the insurance industry and adversely impact the availability of adequate insurance coverage or result in excessive premium increases. To offset negative insurance market trends, we may elect to self-insure, accept higher deductibles or reduce the amount of coverage in response to these market changes. In addition, we self-insure a significant portion of expected losses under our workers’ compensation, automobile liability, general liability and group health insurance programs. Unanticipated changes in any applicable actuarial assumptions and management estimates underlying our recorded liabilities for these losses, including expected increases in medical and indemnity costs, could result in materially different expenses than expected under these programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we are evaluating the potential future impact of recently enacted comprehensive healthcare reform legislation, which may cause our healthcare costs to increase. Although we continue to maintain property insurance for catastrophic events at our store support center and distribution centers, we are effectively self-insured for other property losses. If we experience a greater number of these losses than we anticipate, our financial performance could be adversely affected.




If we fail to protect our brand name, competitors may adopt tradenames that dilute the value of our brand name.


We may be unable or unwilling to strictly enforce our trademarks in each jurisdiction in which we do business. Also, we may not always be able to successfully enforce our trademarks against competitors, or against challenges by others. Our failure to successfully protect our trademarks could diminish the value and efficacy of our brand recognition, and could cause customer confusion, which could, in turn, adversely affect our sales and profitability.


Our success depends on our executive officers and other key personnel. If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, our business may be harmed.


Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive officers and other key personnel. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers, particularly Richard W. Dreiling, our Chief Executive Officer, could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Our future success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel and a failure to attract and retain new qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our operations. We do not currently maintain key person life insurance policies with respect to our executive officers or key personnel.


We face risks related to protection of customers’ credit and debt card data and private data relating to us or our customers or employees.

In connection with credit card sales, we transmit confidential credit and debit card information. We also have access to, collect or maintain private or confidential information regarding our customers and employees, as well as our business. We have procedures and technology in place to safeguard our customers’ debit and credit card information, our employees’ private data, and our confidential business information. However, third parties may have the technology or know-how to breach the security of this information, and our security measures and those of our technology vendors may not effectively prohibit others from obtaining improper access to this information. A security breach of any kind could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation, government enforcement actions and costly response measures, and could seriously disrupt our operations. Any resulting negative publicity could significantly harm our reputation which could cause us to lose market share and have an adverse effect in our financial results.


While we have reduced our debt levels since 2007, we continue to have substantial debt that will need to be repaid or refinanced at or prior to applicable maturity dates which could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations and financial condition.


The Investors control us and may have conflicts of interest with us nowlimit our ability to pursue our growth strategy or other opportunities or to react to changes in the future.
economy or our industry.


The Investors indirectly own, through their investment

At January 28, 2011, we had total outstanding debt (including the current portion of long-term obligations) of $3.29 billion, including a $1.964 billion senior secured term loan facility which matures on July 6, 2014, $864.3 million aggregate principal amount of 10.625% senior notes due 2015 and $450.7 million aggregate principal amount of 11.875% / 12.625% senior



21



subordinated toggle notes due 2017. We also had an additional $959.3 million available for borrowing under our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility of up to $1.031 billion, which matures July 6, 2013. This level of debt and our ability to repay or refinance this debt prior to maturity could have important negative consequences to our business, including:


·

increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions because our debt payment obligations may limit our ability to use our cash to respond to or defend against changes in Parent,the industry or the economy;

·

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities or pay dividends;

·

limiting our ability to pursue our growth strategy;

·

placing us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged and may be better able to use their cash flow to fund competitive responses to changing industry, market or economic conditions;

·

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

·

increasing the difficulty of our ability to make payments on our outstanding debt.


Our variable rate debt exposes us to interest rate risk which could adversely affect our cash flow.


The borrowings under the term loan facility and the senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility comprise our credit facilities and bear interest at variable rates. Other debt we incur also could be variable rate debt. If market interest rates increase, variable rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow. While we have entered and may in the future enter into agreements limiting our exposure to higher interest rates, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that could limit our flexibility in operating our business.


Our credit facilities and the indentures governing our notes contain various covenants that could limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

·

incur additional indebtedness, issue disqualified stock or issue certain preferred stock;

·

pay dividends and make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments;

·

create certain liens or encumbrances;

·

sell assets;

·

enter into transactions with our affiliates;

·

allow payments to us by our restricted subsidiaries;

·

merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and




·

designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.


A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the agreement governing such indebtedness. Upon our failure to maintain compliance with these covenants, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit thereunder. If the lenders under such indebtedness accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets to repay those borrowings, as well as our other indebtedness, including our outstanding notes. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under our credit facilities. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under our credit facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. Additional borrowings under the senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility will, if excess availability under that facility is less than a certain amount, be subject to the satisfaction of a specified financial ratio. Accordingly, our ability to access the full availability under our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility may be constrained. Our ability to meet this financial ratio can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet this ratio, if applicable, and other covenants.


New accounting guidance or changes in the interpretation or application of existing accounting guidance could adversely affect our financial performance.


The implementation of proposed new accounting standards may require extensive systems, internal process and other changes that could increase our operating costs, and may also result in changes to our financial statements. In particular, the implementation of expected future accounting standards related to leases, as currently being contemplated by the convergence project between the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") and the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"), as well as the possible adoption of international financial reporting standards by U.S. registrants, could require us to make significant changes to our lease management, fixed asset, and other accounting systems, and in all likelihood would result in changes to our financial statements.


U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance. The outcome of such changes could include litigation or regulatory actions which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“KKR”), certain affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. (the “GS Investors”), and other equity co-investors (collectively, the "Investors") have significant influence over us, including control over decisions that require the approval of shareholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.


We are controlled by the Investors. The Investors have an indirect interest in approximately 71% of our outstanding common stock.stock through their investment in Buck



23



Holdings, L.P. In addition, the Investors have the ability to elect our entire Board of Directors. As a result, the Investors have control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction and have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires theshareholder approval of shareholders regardless of whether others believe that any such transactions arethe transaction is in our own best interests. For example,As long as the Investors could cause uscontinue to make acquisitionshave an indirect interest in a majority of our outstanding common stock, they will have the ability to control the vote in any election of directors. In addition, pursuant to a shareholders’ agreement that increasewe entered into with Buck Holdings, L.P., KKR and the amount of indebtedness that is secured or that is seniorGS Investors, KKR has a consent right over certain significant corporate actions and KKR and the GS Investors have certain rights to appoint directors to our outstanding debt securities or

17

to sell assets, which may impair our ability to make payments under our outstanding debt securities.
Board and its committees.


Additionally, the

The Investors are also in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. The Investors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may beare complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as the Investors, or other funds controlled by or associated with the Investors, continue to indirectly own a significant amount of theour outstanding shares of our common stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, the Investors will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. The concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.


If we, the Investors or other significant shareholders sell shares of our common stock, the market price of our common stock could decline.


The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of common stock in the market, or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to issue equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. As of January 28, 2011, we had approximately 341.5 million shares of common stock outstanding, of which less than 29% were freely tradable on the New York Stock Exchange.


Pursuant to shareholders agreements, we have granted the Investors the right to cause us, in certain instances, at our expense, to file registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering resales of our common stock held by them or to piggyback on a registration statement in certain circumstances. Certain members of management hold similar piggyback registration rights. Collectively, these shares represent approximately 71% of our outstanding common stock. To the extent that such registration rights are exercised, the resulting sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock into the market could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These shares also may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates.


ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS


None.




ITEM 2.PROPERTIES

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES


As of February 29, 2008,25, 2011, we operated 8,2229,414 retail stores located in 35 states as follows:


State

Number of Stores

 

State

Number of Stores

Alabama

512

 

 

Nebraska

79

 

Arizona

61

 

 

New Jersey

44

 

Arkansas

268

 

 

New Mexico

46

 

Colorado

27

 

 

New York

245

 

Delaware

29

 

 

North Carolina

536

 

Florida

505

 

 

Ohio

510

 

Georgia

541

 

 

Oklahoma

295

 

Illinois

352

 

 

Pennsylvania

421

 

Indiana

358

 

 

South Carolina

375

 

Iowa

169

 

 

South Dakota

12

 

Kansas

173

 

 

Tennessee

489

 

Kentucky

363

 

 

Texas

1,081

 

Louisiana

369

 

 

Utah

8

 

Maryland

72

 

 

Vermont

11

 

Michigan

270

 

 

Virginia

265

 

Minnesota

16

 

 

West Virginia

161

 

Mississippi

310

 

 

Wisconsin

93

 

Missouri

348

 

 

 

 

 


StateNumber of Stores StateNumber of Stores
Alabama446  Nebraska80 
Arizona51  New Jersey22 
Arkansas224  New Mexico42 
Colorado19  New York223 
Delaware24  North Carolina467 
Florida415  Ohio465 
Georgia464  Oklahoma271 
Illinois306  Pennsylvania393 
Indiana302  South Carolina316 
Iowa170  South Dakota12 
Kansas144  Tennessee403 
Kentucky300  Texas969 
Louisiana326  Utah9 
Maryland57  Vermont3 
Michigan238  Virginia243 
Minnesota16  West Virginia149 
Mississippi256  Wisconsin88 
Missouri309     

Most of our stores are located in leased premises. Individual store leases vary as to their terms, rental provisions and expiration dates. The majority of our leasesMany stores are relatively low-cost, short-term leases (usually with initial or primary terms of three to five years) often with multiple renewal options. We also have stores subject to build-to-suit arrangements with landlords, which typically carry a primary lease term of between 7 and 1010-15 years with multiple renewal options. We also have stores subject to shorter-term leases (usually with initial or current terms of three to five years), and many of these leases have multiple renewal options as well. In recent years, an increasing percentage of our new stores have been subject to build-to-suit arrangements. In 2007,arrangements, including approximately 70%72% of our new stores were build-to-suit arrangements.

18

in 2010.


As of February 29, 2008,25, 2011, we operated nine distribution centers, as described in the following table:

Location
Year
Opened
Approximate Square
Footage
 
Approximate Number
of Stores Served
Scottsville, KY1959720,000  948 
Ardmore, OK19941,310,000  1,147 
South Boston, VA19971,250,000  779 
Indianola, MS1998820,000  885 
Fulton, MO19991,150,000  1,093 
Alachua, FL2000980,000  735 
Zanesville, OH20011,170,000  1,113 
Jonesville, SC20051,120,000  728 
Marion, IN20061,110,000  794 


Location

Year
Opened

Approximate Square
Footage

 

Approximate Number of Stores Served

Scottsville, KY

1959

720,000

 

 

949

 

Ardmore, OK

1994

1,310,000

 

 

1,402

 

South Boston, VA

1997

1,250,000

 

 

895

 

Indianola, MS

1998

820,000

 

 

809

 

Fulton, MO

1999

1,150,000

 

 

1,273

 

Alachua, FL

2000

980,000

 

 

876

 

Zanesville, OH

2001

1,170,000

 

 

1,229

 

Jonesville, SC

2005

1,120,000

 

 

981

 

Marion, IN

2006

1,110,000

 

 

1,000

 


We lease the distribution centers located in Oklahoma, Mississippi and Missouri and own the other six distribution centers. Approximately 7.25 acres of the land on which our Kentucky distribution center is located is subject to a ground lease. We leaseAs of January 28, 2011, we leased



25



approximately 600,000 square feet of additional temporary warehouse space as necessary to support our distribution needs.


Our executive offices are located in approximately 302,000 square feet of leased spacebuildings in Goodlettsville, Tennessee.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Tennessee which are owned by us.


ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS


The information contained in Note 79 to the consolidated financial statements under the heading “Legal proceedings” contained in Part II, Item 8 of this report is incorporated herein by this reference.



26



EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT


Information regarding our current executive officers as of March 22, 2011 is set forth below. Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of our Board of Directors and is elected annually by the Board to serve until a successor is duly elected. There are no familial relationships between any of our directors or executive officers.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Name

Age

Position

Richard W. Dreiling

57

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

David M. Tehle

54

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Kathleen R. Guion

59

Executive Vice President, Division President, Store Operations and Store Development

Todd Vasos

49

Executive Vice President, Division President and Chief Merchandising Officer

John W. Flanigan

59

Executive Vice President, Global Supply Chain

Susan S. Lanigan

48

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Robert D. Ravener

52

Executive Vice President and Chief People Officer

Anita C. Elliott

46

Senior Vice President and Controller

No matters


Mr. Dreiling joined Dollar General in January 2008 as Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board. He was appointed Chairman of the Board on December 2, 2008. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. Dreiling served as Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of Duane Reade Holdings, Inc. and Duane Reade Inc., the largest drugstore chain in New York City, from November 2005 until January 2008 and as Chairman of the Board of Duane Reade from March 2007 until January 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Dreiling, beginning in March 2005, served as Executive Vice President—Chief Operating Officer of Longs Drug Stores Corporation, an operator of a chain of retail drug stores on the West Coast and Hawaii, after having joined Longs in July 2003 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Dreiling served as Executive Vice President—Marketing, Manufacturing and Distribution at Safeway, Inc., a food and drug retailer. Prior to that, Mr. Dreiling served from 1998 to 2000 as President of Vons, a Southern California food and drug division of Safeway.


Mr. Tehle joined Dollar General in June 2004 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He served from 1997 to June 2004 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Haggar Corporation, a manufacturing, marketing and retail corporation. From 1996 to 1997, he was Vice President of Finance for a division of The Stanley Works, one of the world's largest manufacturers of tools, and from 1993 to 1996, he was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Hat Brands, Inc., a hat manufacturer. Earlier in his career, Mr. Tehle served in a variety of financial-related roles at Ryder System, Inc. and Texas Instruments. Mr. Tehle currently serves as a director of Jack in the Box, Inc.


Ms. Guion joined Dollar General in October 2003 as Executive Vice President, Store Operations. She was named Executive Vice President, Store Operations and Store Development in February 2005, and was promoted to Executive Vice President, Division President, Store


27



Operations and Store Development in November 2005. From 2000 until joining Dollar General, Ms. Guion served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Duke and Long Distributing Company. Prior to that time, she served as an operating partner for Devon Partners (1999-2000), where she developed operating plans and assisted in the identification of acquisition targets in the convenience store industry, and as President and Chief Operating Officer of E-Z Serve Corporation (1997-1998), an owner/operator of convenience stores, mini-marts and gas marts. From 1987 to 1997, Ms. Guion served as the Vice President and General Manager of the largest division (Chesapeake Division) of company-owned stores at 7-Eleven, Inc., a convenience store chain. Other positions held by Ms. Guion during her tenure at 7-Eleven include District Manager, Zone Manager, Operations Manager, and Division Manager (Midwest Division).


Mr. Vasos joined Dollar General in December 2008 as Executive Vice President, Division President and Chief Merchandising Officer. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. Vasos served in executive positions with Longs Drug Stores Corporation for 7 years, including Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (February 2008 through November 2008) and Senior Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer (2001-2008), where he was responsible for all pharmacy and front-end marketing, merchandising, procurement, supply chain, advertising, store development, store layout and space allocation, and the operation of three distribution centers. He also previously served in leadership positions at Phar-Mor Food and Drug Inc. and Eckerd Drug Corp.


Mr. Flanigan joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain, in May 2008. He was promoted to Executive Vice President in March 2010. He has 25 years of management experience in retail logistics. Prior to joining Dollar General, he was group vice president of logistics and distribution for Longs Drug Stores Corporation from October 2005 to April 2008. In this role, he was responsible for overseeing warehousing, inbound and outbound transportation and facility maintenance to service over 500 retail outlets. From September 2001 to October 2005 he served as the Vice President of Logistics for Safeway Inc. where he oversaw distribution of food products from Safeway distribution centers to all retail outlets, inbound traffic and transportation. He also held distribution and logistics leadership positions at Vons—a Safeway company, Specialized Distribution Management Inc., and Crum & Crum Logistics.


Ms. Lanigan joined Dollar General in July 2002 as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. She was promoted to Senior Vice President in October 2003 and to Executive Vice President in March 2005. Prior to joining Dollar General, Ms. Lanigan served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary at Zale Corporation, a specialty retailer of fine jewelry. During her six years with Zale, Ms. Lanigan held various positions, including Associate General Counsel. Prior to that, she held legal positions with both Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and the law firm of Troutman Sanders LLP.


Mr. Ravener joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President and Chief People Officer in August 2008. He was promoted to Executive Vice President in March 2010. Prior to joining Dollar General, he served in human resources executive roles with Starbucks Coffee Company from September 2005 until August 2008 as both Senior Vice President of U.S. Partner Resources and as the Vice President, Partner Resources—Eastern Division. As the Senior Vice President of U.S. Partner Resources at Starbucks, Mr. Ravener oversaw all aspects of human resources


28



activity for more than 10,000 stores. Prior to serving at Starbucks, Mr. Ravener held Vice President of Human Resources roles for The Home Depot's Store Support Center and a domestic field division from April 2003 to September 2005. Mr. Ravener also served in executive roles in both human resources and operations at Footstar, Inc. and roles of increasing leadership at PepsiCo.


Ms. Elliott joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President and Controller in August 2005. Prior to joining Dollar General, she served as Vice President and Controller of Big Lots, Inc., a closeout retailer, from May 2001 to August 2005. Overseeing a staff of 140 employees at Big Lots, she was responsible for accounting operations, financial reporting and internal audit. Prior to serving at Big Lots, she served as Vice President and Controller for Jitney-Jungle Stores of America, Inc., a grocery retailer, from April 1998 to March 2001. At Jitney-Jungle, Ms. Elliott was responsible for the accounting operations and the internal and external financial reporting functions. Prior to serving at Jitney-Jungle, she practiced public accounting for 12 years, 6 of which were submitted to a vote of shareholders during the fourth quarter of 2007.

with Ernst & Young LLP.



PART II


ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES


Market and Dividend Information.  


Our outstanding common stock is privately held, and there istraded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DG.” There was no established public trading market for our common stock.stock after our merger that occurred on July 6, 2007 until our initial public offering of our common stock (“IPO”) on November 13, 2009. The range of the high and low sales prices of our common stock during our fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, as reported in the consolidated transaction reporting system, were $24.90 (high) and $21.75 (low). The high and low sales prices during fiscal 2010 were as follows:


2010

 

First
Quarter

 

Second
Quarter

 

Third
Quarter

 

Fourth
Quarter

High

 

$

29.91

 

 

$

31.41

 

 

$

30.20

 

 

$

33.73

 

Low

 

$

21.30

 

 

$

26.61

 

 

$

26.64

 

 

$

27.29

 


Our stock price at the close of the market on March 16, 2011, was $29.78. There were approximately 1451,044 shareholders of record of our common stock as of March 17, 2008.

16, 2011.


Our

Dividends


We have not declared or paid recurring dividends since prior to our 2007 merger. However, prior to our IPO, on September 8, 2009, our Board of Directors declared a quarterlyspecial dividend on our outstanding common stock of approximately $239.3 million in the amountaggregate. The special dividend was paid on September 11, 2009 to shareholders of $0.05 per share:

record on September 8,


·  payable on or before April 20, 2006 to common shareholders of record on April 6, 2006;
·  payable on or before July 20, 2006 to common shareholders of record on July 6, 2006;

19

29



·  payable on or before October 19, 2006 to common shareholders of record on October 5, 2006;
·  payable on or before January 18, 2007 to common shareholders of record on January 4, 2007; and
·  payable on or before April 19, 2007 to common shareholders of record on April 5, 2007.

Our

2009 with cash generated from operations. We have no current plans to pay any cash dividends on our common stock and instead may retain earnings, if any, for future operation and expansion and debt repayment. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors did not declare a dividend thereafter.and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants in our Credit Facilities and in the indentures governing our outstanding 10.625% senior notes due 2015 (the “Senior Notes”) and 11.875%/12.625% senior subordinated toggle notes due 2017 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes” and, collectively with the Senior Notes, the “Notes”). See Item 7, “Management’s"Liquidity and Capital Resources" in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”Operations section of this report for a description of the restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.


Unregistered Sales

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.  In connection with the Merger, our officer-level employees were offered the opportunity to roll over portions of their equity and/or stock options and to purchase additional equity of Dollar General.  In connection with such opportunity, on July 6, 2007 these individuals purchased a total of 635,207 shares of common stock having an aggregate value of approximately $3,176,035 and exchanged a total of 2,225,175 stock options outstanding prior to the Merger for 1,920,543 vested options to purchase shares of common stock (the “Rollover Options”) in the surviving company (the “Rollover”).

The Rollover Options remain outstanding in accordance with the terms of the governing stock incentive plan and grant agreements pursuant to which the holder originally received the stock option grants. However, immediately after the Merger, the exercise price and number of shares underlying the Rollover Options were adjusted as a result of the Merger and the exercise price for all of the options was adjusted to $1.25 per option.


We subsequently offered certain other employees a similar investment opportunity to participate in our common equity.  As a result, on September 20, 2007 and October 5, 2007, we sold 15,000 shares and 558,000 shares, respectively,following table contains information regarding purchases of our common stock to those employees for a purchase pricemade during the quarter ended January 28, 2011 by or on behalf of $5 per share.

In connection with the investment discussed above and the Merger, our Board of Directors adopted a new stock incentive plan pursuant to which certain of our officer-level and other employees also were granted, on July 6, 2007, September 20, 2007 and October 5, 2007, respectively, new non-qualified stock options to purchase 13,110,000 shares, 130,000 shares and 4,150,000 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $5, which represented the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the grant date.  Effective January 21, 2008, our Board also granted to our CEO, Mr. Dreiling, non-qualified stock options to purchase 2.5 million shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of the new stock incentive plan. All of these new options expire no later than 10 years following the grant date.  In addition, half of the options will vest ratably on each of the five anniversaries of July 6, 2007 solely based upon continued employment over that time period, while the other half of the options will vest based both upon continued employment and upon the achievement of predetermined performance annualDollar General or cumulative financial-based targets over time which coincide with our fiscal year. The options also have certain accelerated vesting provisions upon a change in control or initial public offering,any “affiliated purchaser,” as defined in the new incentive plan.

20

Effective January 21, 2008, our Board also granted to Mr. Dreiling 890,000 shares of restricted common stock pursuant to the terms of the new stock incentive plan. The restricted stock will vest on the last day of our 2011 fiscal year if Mr. Dreiling remains employed by us through that date. The restricted stock also has certain accelerated vesting provisions upon a change in control, initial public offering, termination without cause or due to death or disability, or resignation for good reason, all as defined in Mr. Dreiling’s employment agreement.

The share issuances, the Rollover Options and the new option and restricted stock grants described above were effected without registration in reliance on (1) the exemptions afforded by Section 4(2)Rule 10b-18(a)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), because the sales did not involve any public offering, (2) Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act for shares that were sold under a written compensatory benefit plan or contract for the participation of our employees, directors, officers, consultants and advisors, and (3) Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act relating to offerings of securities outside of the United States.1934:


Period

 

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (a)

 

Average
Price Paid
per Share

 

Total Number
of Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs

 

Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs

10/30/10-11/30/10

 

-

 

 

$

-

 

-

 

-

12/01/10-12/31/10

 

11,270

 

 

$

29.34

 

-

 

-

1/1/11-1/28/11

 

-

 

 

$

-

 

-

 

-

Total

 

11,270

 

 

$

29.34

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)  Represents shares repurchased from employees pursuant to the terms of management stockholder’s agreements.





21

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA


The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial information of Dollar General Corporation as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical statement of operations data and statement of cash flows data for the fiscal years ended February 1, 2008, February 2, 2007January 28, 2011, January 29, 2010 and February 3, 2006,January 30, 2009, and balance sheet data as of February 1, 2008January 28, 2011 and February 2, 2007January 29, 2010, have been derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The selected historical statement of operations data and statement of cash flows data for the fiscal years or periods, as applicable, ended January 28, 2005February 1, 2008, July 6, 2007 and January 30, 2004February 2, 2007 and balance sheet data as of February 3, 2006, January 28, 2005, and January 30, 20042009, February 1, 2008 and February 2, 2007 presented in this table have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this report.


We completed a merger with Buck Acquisition Corp. (“BAC”) on July 6, 2007, and, as a result, we are majority owned by a Delaware limited partnership controlled by investment funds affiliated with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. As a result of the Merger,merger, the related purchase accounting adjustments, and a new basis of accounting beginning on July 7, 2007, the 2007 financial reporting periods presented below include the 22-week Predecessor period of the Company reflecting 22 weeks of operating results from February 3, 2007 to July 6, 2007 and 30 weeks of operating results for the 30-week Successor period, reflecting the merger of the Company and Buck Acquisition Corp. (“Buck”) from July 7, 2007 to February 1, 2008. Buck’sBAC’s results of operations for the period from March 6, 2007 to July 6, 2007 (prior to the Mergermerger on July 6, 2007) are also included in the consolidated financial statements for the periods2007 Successor period described above, where applicable, as a result of certain derivative financial instruments entered into by BuckBAC prior to the Merger as further described below.merger. Other than these financial instruments, BuckBAC had no assets, liabilities, or operations prior to the Merger.merger. The 2006 fiscal yearsyear presented from 2003 to 2006 reflectreflects the Predecessor.


Due to the significance of the Mergermerger and related transactions that occurred in 2007, the 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 Successor financial information mayis not be comparable to that of previousthe Predecessor periods presented in the accompanying table.


The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included in Part II, Item 8 of this report and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in Part II, Item 7 of this report.

22

(Amounts in millions, excluding number of stores and net sales per square foot)





 

Successor

Predecessor

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Year Ended

(Amounts in millions, excluding per share data, number of stores, selling square feet, and net sales per square foot)

 

January 28,
2011

 

January 29,
2010

 

January 30,
2009

 

March 6,
2007
through
February 1,
2008(1)(2)

 

February 3,
2007
through
July 6,
2007(2)

 

February 2,
2007(2)

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

13,035.0 

$

11,796.4 

$

10,457.7 

$

5,571.5 

$

3,923.8 

$

9,169.8 

Cost of goods sold

 

8,858.4 

 

8,106.5 

 

7,396.6 

 

3,999.6 

 

2,852.2 

 

6,801.6 

Gross profit

 

4,176.6 

 

3,689.9 

 

3,061.1 

 

1,571.9 

 

1,071.6 

 

2,368.2 

Selling, general and
administrative expenses

 

2,902.5 

 

2,736.6 

 

2,448.6 

 

1,324.5 

 

960.9 

 

2,119.9 

Litigation settlement and related costs, net

 

 

 

32.0 

 

 

 

Transaction and related costs

 

 

 

 

1.2 

 

101.4 

 

Operating profit

 

1,274.1 

 

953.3 

 

580.5 

 

246.1 

 

9.2 

 

248.3 

Interest income

 

(0.2)

 

(0.1)

 

(3.1)

 

(3.8)

 

(5.0)

 

(7.0)

Interest expense

 

274.2 

 

345.7 

 

391.9 

 

252.9 

 

10.3 

 

34.9 

Other (income) expense

 

15.1 

 

55.5 

 

(2.8)

 

3.6 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

985.0 

 

552.1 

 

194.4 

 

(6.6)

 

4.0 

 

220.4 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

357.1 

 

212.7 

 

86.2 

 

(1.8)

 

12.0 

 

82.4 

Net income (loss)

$

627.9 

$

339.4 

$

108.2 

$

(4.8)

$

(8.0)

$

137.9 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share – basic

$

1.84 

$

1.05 

$

0.34 

$

(0.02)

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share - diluted

 

1.82 

 

1.04 

 

0.34 

 

(0.02)

 

 

 

 

Dividends per share

 

 

0.7525 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

$

824.7 

$

672.8 

$

575.2 

$

239.6 

$

201.9 

$

405.4 

Investing activities

 

(418.9)

 

(248.0)

 

(152.6)

 

(6,848.4)

 

(66.9)

 

(282.0)

Financing activities

 

(130.4)

 

(580.7)

 

(144.8)

 

6,709.0 

 

25.3 

 

(134.7)

Total capital expenditures

 

(420.4)

 

(250.7)

 

(205.5)

 

(83.6)

 

(56.2)

 

(261.5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Financial and Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Same store sales growth (3)

 

4.9%

 

9.5%

 

9.0%

 

1.9%

 

2.6%

 

3.3%

Same store sales (3)

$

12,227.1 

$

11,356.5 

$

10,118.5 

$

5,264.2 

$

3,656.6 

$

8,327.2 

Number of stores included in same store sales calculation

 

8,712 

 

8,324 

 

8,153 

 

7,735 

 

7,655 

 

7,627 

Number of stores (at period end)

 

9,372 

 

8,828 

 

8,362 

 

8,194 

 

8,205 

 

8,229 

Selling square feet (in thousands at period end)

 

67,094 

 

62,494 

 

58,803 

 

57,376 

 

57,379 

 

57,299 

Net sales per square foot (4)

$

201 

$

195 

$

180 

$

165 

$

164 

$

163 

Consumables sales

 

71.6%

 

70.8%

 

69.3%

 

66.4%

 

66.7%

 

65.7%

Seasonal sales

 

14.5%

 

14.5%

 

14.6%

 

16.3%

 

15.4%

 

16.4%

Home products sales

 

7.0%

 

7.4%

 

8.2%

 

9.1%

 

9.2%

 

10.0%

Apparel sales

 

6.9%

 

7.3%

 

7.9%

 

8.2%

 

8.7%

 

7.9%

Rent expense

$

489.3 

$

428.6 

$

389.6 

$

214.5 

$

150.2 

$

343.9 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

$

497.4 

$

222.1 

$

378.0 

$

119.8 

 

 

$

219.2 

Total assets

 

9,546.2 

 

8,863.5 

 

8,889.2 

 

8,656.4 

 

 

 

3,040.5 

Total debt

 

3,288.2 

 

3,403.4 

 

4,137.1 

 

4,282.0 

 

 

 

270.0 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

4,054.5 

 

3,390.3 

 

2,831.7 

 

2,703.9 

 

 

 

1,745.7 

   
Predecessor
 
     
  
Successor
     
Fiscal Year Ended
 
  
July 7, 2007 through
February 1,
2008 (1)
  
February 3, 2007
through
July 6, 2007
  
February 2,
2007 (2)
  
February 3,
2006 (3)
  
January 28,
2005
  
January 30,
2004
 
Statement of Operations Data:                  
Net sales $5,571.5  $3,923.8  $9,169.8  $8,582.2  $7,660.9  $6,872.0 
Cost of goods sold  3,999.6   2,852.2   6,801.6   6,117.4   5,397.7   4,853.9 
Gross profit  1,571.9   1,071.6   2,368.2   2,464.8   2,263.2   2,018.1 
Selling, general and administrative (4)  1,324.5   960.9   2,119.9   1,903.0   1,706.2   1,510.1 
Transaction and related costs  1.2   101.4   -   -   -   - 
Operating profit  246.1   9.2   248.3   561.9   557.0   508.0 
Interest income  (3.8)  (5.0)  (7.0)  (9.0)  (6.6)  (4.1)
Interest expense  252.9   10.3   34.9   26.2   28.8   35.6 
Loss on interest rate swaps  2.4   -   -   -   -   - 
Loss on debt retirement, net  1.2   -   -   -   -   - 
Income (loss) before taxes  (6.6)  4.0   220.4   544.6   534.8   476.5 
Income tax expense (benefit)  (1.8)  12.0   82.4   194.5   190.6   177.5 
Net income (loss) $(4.8) $(8.0) $137.9  $350.2  $344.2  $299.0 
                         
Statement of Cash Flows Data:                        
Net cash provided by (used in):                        
Operating activities $239.6  $201.9  $405.4  $555.5  $391.5  $514.1 
Investing activities  (6,848.4)  (66.9)  (282.0)  (264.4)  (259.2)  (256.7)
Financing activities  6,709.0   25.3   (134.7)  (323.3)  (245.4)  (43.3)
Total capital expenditures  (83.6)  (56.2)  (261.5)  (284.1)  (288.3)  (140.1)
Other Financial and Operating Data:                        
Same store sales growth  1.9%  2.6%  3.3%  2.2%  3.2%  4.0%
Number of stores (at period end)  8,194   8,205   8,229   7,929   7,320   6,700 
Selling square feet (in thousands at period end)  57,376   57,379   57,299   54,753   50,015   45,354 
Net sales per square foot (5) $165.4  $163.9  $162.6  $159.8  $159.6  $157.5 
Highly consumable sales  66.4%  66.7%  65.7%  65.3%  63.0%  61.2%
Seasonal sales  16.3%  15.4%  16.4%  15.7%  16.5%  16.8%
Home product sales  9.1%  9.2%  10.0%  10.6%  11.5%  12.5%
Basic clothing sales  8.2%  8.7%  7.9%  8.4%  9.0%  9.5%
Rent expense $214.5  $150.2  $343.9  $312.3  $268.8  $232.0 
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):                        
Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments $119.8      $219.2  $209.5  $275.8  $414.6 
Total assets  8,656.4       3,040.5   2,980.3   2,841.0   2,621.1 
Total debt  4,282.0       270.0   278.7   271.3   282.0 
Total shareholders’ equity  2,703.9       1,745.7   1,720.8   1,684.5   1,554.3 
(1)Includes the results of Buck for the period prior to the Merger with and into Dollar General Corporation from March 6, 2007 (its


(1)

Includes the results of BAC for the period prior to its merger with and into Dollar General Corporation from March 6, 2007 (the date of BAC’s formation) through July 6, 2007 and the post-Merger results of Dollar General Corporation for the period from July 7, 2007 through February 1, 2008.

(2)Includes the effects of certain strategic merchandising and real estate initiatives as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
(3)The fiscal year ended February 3, 2006 was comprised of 53 weeks.
(4)Penalty expenses of $10 million in fiscal 2003 are included in SG&A.
(5)For the fiscal year ended February 3, 2006, net sales per square foot was calculated based on 52 weeks’ sales.
23

ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

General

Accounting Periods.  The following text contains references to years 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005, which represent fiscal years ending or ended January 30, 2009, February 1, 2008, February 2, 2007 and February 3, 2006, respectively. Our fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to January 31. Each of fiscal years 2007 and 2006 were and fiscal year 2008 will be 52-week accounting periods, while fiscal 2005 was a 53-week accounting period, which affects the comparability of certain amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statements and financial ratios between 2005 and the other fiscal years reflected herein.  As discussed below, we completed a merger transaction on July 6, 2007.  The 2007 52-week period presented includes the 22-week Predecessor periodpost-merger results of Dollar General Corporation for the period from July 7, 2007 through February 1, 2008.

(2)

Includes the effects of certain strategic merchandising and real estate initiatives that resulted in the closing of approximately 460 stores and changes in our inventory management model which resulted in greater inventory markdowns than in previous years.

(3)

Same-store sales are calculated based upon stores that were open at least 13 full fiscal months and remain open at the end of the reporting period. When applicable, we exclude the sales in the 53rd week of a 53-week year from the same-store sales calculation.

(4)

Net sales per square foot was calculated based on total sales for the preceding 12 months as of the ending date of the reporting period divided by the average selling square footage during the period, including the end of the fiscal year, the beginning of the fiscal year, and the end of each of our three interim fiscal quarters. For the period from February 3, 2007 through July 6, 2007, reflectingaverage selling square footage was calculated using the historical basisaverage square footage as of accounting,July 6, 2007 and a 30-weekas of the end of each of the four preceding quarters.





Successor

Predecessor

Year Ended

Year Ended

January 28,
2011

January 29,
2010

January 30,
2009

March 6,
2007
through
February 1,
2008

February 3,
2007
through
July 6,
2007

February 2,
2007

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1):

3.1x 

2.1x 

1.4x 

(2) 

1.1x 

2.5x 


(1)

For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, (a) earnings consist of income (loss) before income taxes, plus fixed charges less capitalized expenses related to indebtedness (amortization expense for capitalized interest is not significant) and (b) fixed charges consist of interest expense (whether expensed or capitalized), the amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts related to indebtedness, and the interest portion of rent expense.

(2)

For the Successor period reflecting the impact of the business combination and associated purchase price allocation of the merger of Dollar General Corporation and Buck Acquisition Corp. (“Buck”), from July 7,March 6, 2007 to February 1, 2008.  For comparison purposes, the discussion of results of operations below is generally based on the mathematical combination of the Successor and Predecessor periods for the 52-week fiscal year endedthrough February 1, 2008, compared to the Predecessor 2006 fiscal year ended February 2, 2007, which we believe provides a meaningful understanding of the underlying business.  Transactions relating to or resulting from the Merger are discussed separately.  The combined results do not reflect the actual results we would have achieved absent the Merger and should not be considered indicative of future results of operations.  fixed charges exceeded earnings by $6.6 million.


ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion and analysis should be read with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto. It also should be read in conjunction with the Cautionary Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements/Statements and the Risk Factors disclosures set forth in the Introduction and in Item 1A of this report.

report, respectively.

Executive Overview


Purpose

We are the largest discount retailer in the United States by number of Discussion.stores, with 9,414 stores located in 35 states as of February 25, 2011, primarily in the southern, southwestern, midwestern and eastern United States. We intend for this discussion to provide the reader with information that will assist in understanding our companyoffer a broad selection of merchandise, including consumable products such as food, paper and the critical economic factors that affect our company. In addition, we hope to help the reader understand our financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statementscleaning products, health and beauty products and pet supplies, and non-consumable products such as seasonal merchandise, home decor and domestics, and apparel. Our merchandise includes high quality national brands from year to year, and the primary factors that accounted for those changes,leading manufacturers, as well as how certain accounting principles affectcomparable quality private brand selections with prices at substantial discounts to national brands. We offer our financial statements.


Merger with KKR

customers these national brand and private brand products at everyday low prices (typically $10 or less) in our convenient small-box (small store) locations.

On July 6, 2007, we completed a merger (the “Merger”) in which our former shareholders received $22.00 in cash, or approximately $6.9 billion in total, for each share of our common stock held. Asand, as a result, of the Merger, we are a subsidiary ofmajority owned by Buck Holdings, L.P. (“Parent”Buck”), a Delaware limited partnership controlled by investment funds affiliated with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P. (“KKR” or “Sponsor”(collectively, “KKR”). The membership interests of Buck and Buck Holdings, LLC (“Buck LLC”), the general partner of Buck, are held by a private investor group, including affiliates of each of KKR GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P. and affiliated funds (affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co.), Citi Private Equity, Wellington Management Company, LLP, CPP Investment Board (USRE II) Inc., and other equity co-investorsinvestors (collectively, the “Investors”) indirectly own a substantial portion of our capital stock through their investment in Parent.


24

. The Mergermerger consideration was funded through the use of our available cash, cash equity contributions from the Investors, equity contributions of certain members of our management and thecertain debt financings discussed below. below under “Liquidity and Capital Resources.” In November 2009, we completed an initial public offering of approximately 39.2 million shares, including 22.7 million newly issued shares and approximately 16.5 million outstanding shares sold by Buck. In April and December of 2010, we completed secondary offerings of approximately 29.9 million and 28.8 million shares,



33



respectively, all of which were sold by selling shareholders. We did not receive any proceeds from either of the secondary offerings in 2010.

The customers we serve are value-conscious, and Dollar General has always been intensely focused on helping our customers make the most of their spending dollars. We believe our convenient store format and broad selection of high quality products at compelling values have driven our substantial growth and financial success over the years. Like other companies, we have been operating in an environment with heightened economic challenges and uncertainties. Consumers are facing very high rates of unemployment, fluctuating food, gasoline and energy costs, rising medical costs, and a continued weakness in housing and credit markets, and the timetable for economic recovery is uncertain. Nonetheless, as a result of our long-term mission of serving the value-conscious customer, coupled with a vigorous focus on improving our operating and financial performance, our 2010 and 2009 financial results were strong, and we remain optimistic with regard to executing our operating priorities in 2011.

At the beginning of 2008, we defined four operating priorities, which we remain keenly focused on executing. These priorities are: 1) drive productive sales growth, 2) increase our gross margins, 3) leverage process improvements and information technology to reduce costs, and 4) strengthen and expand Dollar General's culture of serving others.

Our outstanding common stockfirst priority is now owneddriving productive sales growth by Parentincreasing shopper frequency and certain members of management.transaction amount and maximizing sales per square foot. Our common stock is no longer registered withcategory management processes allow us to identify opportunities to add more productive items and remove unproductive items in a timely manner and have allowed us to continue expanding our consumables offerings while also improving profitability. We raised the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and is no longer traded on a national securities exchange.


We entered intoshelf height in our stores in three phases from 2008 through 2010 in order to utilize the following debt financingsspace in conjunction with the Merger:

·  We entered into a credit agreement and related security and other agreements consisting of a $2.3 billion senior secured term loan facility, which matures on July 6, 2014 (the “Term Loan Facility”).
·  We entered into a credit agreement and related security and other agreements consisting of a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility of up to $1.125 billion (of which $432.3 million was drawn at closing and $132.3 million was paid down on the same day), subject to borrowing base availability, which matures July 6, 2013 (the “ABL Facility” and, with the Term Loan Facility, the “New Credit Facilities”).
·  We issued $1.175 billion aggregate principal amount of 10.625% senior notes due 2015, which mature on July 15, 2015, and $725 million aggregate principal amount of 11.875%/12.625% senior subordinated toggle notes due 2017, which mature on July 15, 2017.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, we repurchased $25 million of the 11.875%/12.625% senior subordinated toggle notes due 2017.

Executive Overview

our stores more productively. We are adding a fourth phase in 2011. In addition, we believe we have significant potential to grow sales through new store growth in both existing and new markets. We opened 600 new stores in 2010 and plan to open approximately 625 new stores in 2011.

Our second priority is to increase gross profit through effective category management, the largest discount retailer in the United States by numberexpansion of stores, with approximately 8,200 stores located in 35 states, primarily in the southern, southwestern, midwesternprivate brand offerings and eastern United States.increased foreign sourcing, shrink reduction, distribution efficiencies and improvements to our pricing and markdown model, while remaining committed to our everyday low price strategy. We serve a broad customer baseconstantly review our pricing strategy and offer a focused assortment of everyday items, including basic consumable merchandise and other home, apparel and seasonal products. A majority of our products are priced at $10 or less and approximately 30% of our products are priced at $1 or less. We seekwork diligently to offer a compelling value proposition forminimize vendor cost increases as we focus on providing our customers based on convenient store locations, easy in and out shopping and quality merchandise at highly competitivegreat values. In our consumables category, we strive to offer the optimal balance of the most popular nationally advertised brands and our own private brands, which generally have higher gross profit rates than national brands. In 2011, we expect increased product costs. We saw the costs of certain commodities (including cotton, wheat, corn, sugar, coffee, resin) and the costs of diesel fuel begin to escalate in our 2010 fourth quarter. The market prices of these commodities, including the cost of diesel fuel, are outside of our control. However, we will be diligent in our efforts to keep product costs as low as possible in the face of these increases while still working to optimize gross profit and meet the needs of our customers.

Our third priority is leveraging process improvements and information technology to reduce costs. We are committed as an organization to extract costs that do not affect the customer experience. Examples of ongoing cost reduction initiatives include the installation of



34



energy management systems, continued preventive maintenance with the goal of reducing overall repairs and maintenance costs, and recycling of cardboard to reduce waste management costs. Our real estate team continues to seek out opportunities to negotiate favorable lease renewals. We are focusing our information technology resources on improving systems to create greater efficiencies in merchandising and retail store operations, evidenced by our intention to implement a new store staffing module in 2011 to better align store labor hours with our customer’s shopping needs. In 2010, we centralized our procurement system which we expect to aid us in reducing the cost of purchases throughout the company in 2011 and beyond. We plan to continue our diligent efforts with regard to our cost reduction initiatives in 2011.

Our fourth priority is to strengthen and expand Dollar General’s culture of serving others. For customers this means helping them “Save time. Save money. Every day!” by providing clean, well-stocked stores with quality products at low prices. For employees, this means creating an environment that attracts and retains key employees throughout the organization. For the public, this means giving back to our store communities. For shareholders, this means meeting their expectations of an efficiently and profitably run organization that operates with compassion and integrity.

For the year ended January 28, 2011, our continued focus on our four priorities resulted in improved financial performance over the year ended January 29, 2010 in each of our key financial metrics, as follows. Basis points, as referred to below, are equal to 0.01 percent of total sales.

·

Total sales in fiscal 2010 increased 10.5 percent over 2009. Sales in same-stores increased 4.9 percent, following a strong 9.5 percent increase in 2009. Customer traffic and average transaction amount increased in both 2010 and 2009. Average sales per square foot in 2010 were $201, up from $195 in 2009.


·

Gross profit, as a percentage of sales, was 32.0 percent in 2010, an increase of 76 basis points over 2009. This improvement was primarily attributable to increased purchase markups, net of increased markdowns, resulting from increased volume, which enabled us to lower our average costs from vendors. The improvement also reflected the continued impact of our comprehensive category management enhancements.


·

SG&A, as a percentage of sales, for fiscal 2010 was 22.3 percent compared to 23.2 percent in 2009. SG&A in 2009 included incremental expenses of $68.3 million, or 58 basis points, resulting from the termination of our sponsor advisory agreement and the accelerated vesting of certain equity-based compensation related to our initial public offering. SG&A in 2010 included incremental expenses of $19.7 million, or 15 basis points, resulting from costs related to two secondary offerings of our common stock during the year by certain of our shareholders. Excluding the impact of these costs, SG&A, as a percentage of sales declined primarily due to lower employee incentive compensation, which is based on financial targets set at the beginning of each fiscal year (our results exceeded those targets in 2010 but not to the same degree as in 2009), lower healthcare expense, and the impact of other cost reduction and



35



productivity initiatives which resulted in various expenses decreasing or increasing at a rate lower than the 10.5 percent increase in sales.


·

Interest expense decreased by $71.5 million in 2010 to $274.2 million, primarily as the result of lower average outstanding long-term obligations. Net proceeds from our initial public offering and excess cash were utilized in our fiscal 2009 fourth quarter to voluntarily reduce long-term obligations by $725.9 million, and in 2010 we repurchased an additional $115.0 million of long-term obligations utilizing operating cash flow. Other non-operating expenses include charges totaling $14.7 million in 2010 and $55.3 million in 2009 resulting from these repurchases.


·

We reported net income of $627.9 million, or $1.82 per diluted share, for fiscal 2010, compared to net income of $339.4 million, or $1.04 per diluted share, in 2009. Charges relating to secondary stock offerings by certain of our shareholders, including the acceleration of certain equity appreciation rights, and losses from the repurchase of long-term obligations, reduced 2010 net income by $21.3 million, or $0.06 per diluted share. In 2009, charges resulting from the termination of our sponsor advisory agreement, the acceleration of certain equity-based compensation and the repurchase of long-term obligations, related to or resulting from our initial public offering, reduced net income by $82.9 million, or $0.26 per diluted share.

·

We generated approximately $825 million of cash flows from operating activities in 2010, an increase of over 22 percent compared to 2009. Cash flow was primarily utilized to support our capital expenditures and repurchase long-term obligations.


·

During 2010, we opened 600 new stores, remodeled or relocated 504 stores, and closed 56 stores, resulting in a store count of 9,372 on January 28, 2011.


As discussed in more detail below, in recent years, we have generated significant cash flows from operating activities. We have used a portion of these cash flows to pay down debt and to invest in new store growth through our traditional leased stores. During 2010 we made a strategic decision to purchase certain of our leased stores. We believe that the current environment in the real estate markets provides an opportunity to make these investments at levels which are expected to result in favorable returns and positively impact our combinationoperating results. We initiated the store purchase program in the second half of value2010 and convenience distinguishes us fromhave plans to purchase additional stores during 2011.

Like other discount, conveniencecompanies, we face uncertainties with regard to the future impact of healthcare reform legislation, including the Patient Protection and drugstore retailers, who typicallyAffordable Care Act and the HealthCare and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, signed into law in March 2010, which will likely affect the cost associated with employer-sponsored medical plans. Specifically, this legislation requires that employers provide a minimum level of coverage for full-time employees or pay penalties. Some of the plan coverage requirements may have an impact on our costs such as bans on exclusions for pre-existing conditions, extension of dependent coverage to age 26, and caps on employee premium sharing costs. Certain coverage provisions do not go into effect until 2014, but there are a number of dependent coverage and insurance market reforms that took



36



effect immediately. Although this legislation did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements in 2010, we continue to evaluate the impact it will have on our costs in future years, and those costs could be material. Due to the breadth and complexity of the healthcare reform legislation, the current lack of implementing regulations and interpretive guidance, the phased-in nature of the implementation, and uncertainty with respect to the outcome of pending litigation with respect to the legislation, it is difficult to predict its overall impact on our business in the coming years.

In 2011, we plan to continue to focus on either valueour four key operating priorities. We will continue to refine and improve our store standards in order to increase sales, focusing on achieving a consistent look and feel across the chain. We have begun and will continue to measure customer satisfaction which will allow us to identify areas needing improvement. We expect to continue the process of raising the height of certain merchandise fixtures, allowing us to better utilize our store square footage. As part of our overall category management processes, we plan to further expand our private brand consumables offerings and to continue to upgrade the selection, quality and presentation of our private brand offerings in our apparel, seasonal and home categories, and we expect a greater impact on gross margin from our foreign sourcing efforts in 2011. As noted above, we expect cost increases in certain commodities, including diesel fuel, to present a challenge as we focus on improving our gross profit rate, while managing our everyday low prices.


We now have improved processes and tools in place to assist us in our ongoing inventory shrink reduction efforts. Our work on shrink remains a high priority, and we plan to use the information supplied by these analytical and monitoring tools to help improve on our recent successes.


With regard to leveraging information technology and process improvements to reduce costs, we will continue to focus on making improvements that benefit our merchandising and operations efforts, including item profitability analysis, merchandise selection and allocation and labor scheduling. In 2010, we completed the installation of back office computers in all of our stores, which we will utilize to improve reporting and communications with the stores and, consequently, we believe will assist in improving store productivity. Also in 2010, we completed the rollout of a new voice pick system in our distribution centers, allowing our distribution associates to communicate with warehouse software systems using speech recognition.


Finally, we are very pleased with the performance of our 2010 new stores, remodels and relocations, and in 2011 we plan to increase our new store openings to 625 stores within the 35 states in which we currently operate as well as three new states, Connecticut, Nevada and New Hampshire, and to increase our number of remodels or convenience.

relocations to an additional 550 stores. With regard to planned new store openings, our criteria are based on numerous factors including, among other things, availability of appropriate sites, expected sales, lease terms, population demographics, competition, and the employment environment. We use various real estate site selection tools to determine target markets and optimum site locations within those markets. With respect to store relocations, we begin to evaluate a store for relocation opportunities approximately 18 months prior to the store’s lease expiration using the same basic tools and criteria as those used for new stores. Remodels, which require a much smaller investment, are



37



determined based on the need, the opportunity for sales improvement at the location and an expectation of a desirable return on investment.


Key Financial Metrics. We have identified the following as our most critical financial metrics for 2011:


·

Same-store sales growth;

·

Sales per square foot;

·

Gross profit, as a percentage of sales;

·

Operating profit;

·

Inventory turnover;

·

Cash flow;

·

Net income;

·

Earnings per share;

·

Earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization; and

·

Return on invested capital.

Readers should refer to the detailed discussion of our operating results below for additional comments on financial performance in the current year periods as compared with the prior year periods.


Results of Operations

Accounting Periods. The following text contains references to years 2010, 2009 and 2008, which represent fiscal years ended January 28, 2011, January 29, 2010 and January 30, 2009, respectively. Our fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to January 31. Fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 were 52-week accounting periods.

Seasonality. The nature of our business is seasonal to a certain extent. Primarily because of sales of holiday-related merchandise, sales in theour fourth quarter (November, December and January) have historically been higher than sales achieved in each of the first three quarters of the fiscal year. Expenses and, to a greater extent, operating income,profit vary by quarter. Results of a period shorter than a full year may not be indicative of results expected for the entire year. Furthermore, the seasonal nature of our business may affect comparisons between periods.


25

38



In November 2006, we completed a strategic review of our inventory and real estate strategies and announced significant changes to existing company practices, which we refer to as “Project Alpha.” At that time, we announced our decision to close 403 stores which did not meet our recently developed store criteria, in addition to stores closed in the ordinary course of business, and to slow our new store growth rate. We made this decision to allow ourselves to focus on our merchandising efforts and improvements to our execution in the stores. At that time, we also announced the decision to eliminate, with limited exceptions, our “packaway” inventory strategy, which was our historical practice of storing unsold merchandise at the end of a season and carrying it over to the following year. All of the 403 stores identified for closing were closed by the end of July 2007, and all of our packaway inventory was eliminated by the end of the 2007 fiscal year. We believe that the elimination of packaway inventory, coupled with the completion in 2006 of the implementation of our EZstoreTM process (simplifying the way we stock new merchandise in our stores), contributed to our ability to show significant improvements in the shopability and manageability of our stores in 2007.  We believe these initiatives also led to our successful reduction of store employee turnover in 2007, including significant improvement at the critical store manager and district manager levels.

In addition to the initiatives noted above, during 2007 we worked closely with KKR to refine our strategic initiatives and set goals to improve our operational and financial performance. During this transition, we slowed our store growth, as planned, and we defined very specific operational and financial benchmarks to monitor and measure our progress against our goals. Specifically, in 2007, we focused on and made good progress on improving our merchandising and category management processes, refining our real estate processes and improving our distribution and transportation logistics. In addition, we accelerated our efforts to refine our pricing strategy, increase direct foreign sourcing and expand our private label offering. All of these initiatives are ongoing and we continue to expect them to positively impact our gross profit, sales productivity and capital efficiency in 2008 and beyond.

It is important for you to read our more detailed discussion of financial and operating results below under “Results of Operations.” Basis points or "bps" amounts referred to below are equal to 0.01 percent as a percentage of sales.  Some of the more significant highlights of the 2007 fiscal year are as follows:

·  Total sales increased 3.5%, including a 2.1% increase in same-store sales compared with the prior year. The remaining sales increase resulted from new stores, partially offset by the impact of closed stores.
·  Gross profit, as a percentage of sales, increased to 27.8% compared to 25.8% in 2006. This increase was the result of improved purchase markups, decreased markdowns, and leverage on distribution costs impacted by improved logistics.  The 2006 gross profit rate was significantly impacted by merchandise markdowns as a result of our inventory liquidation and store closing activities.
·  SG&A, as a percentage of sales, increased to 24.1% compared to 23.1%. Several items of significance affected this comparison, including: the addition of leasehold intangibles amortization (non-cash) of 25 bps; an excess of Project Alpha-related
26

SG&A expenses in 2007 over 2006 of 21 bps; an excess of 2007 incentive compensation resulting from meeting certain financial targets over 2006 discretionary bonuses of 18 bps;  the impact of hurricane-related insurance proceeds received in 2006 of 14 bps; an accrued loss relating to the restructuring of certain distribution center leases as a result of the Merger of 13 bps; and other SG&A relating to or resulting from the Merger.
·  Other items affecting our 2007 results of operations, relating to or resulting from the Merger, as more fully described below, include transaction and related costs of $102.6 million and a significant increase in interest expense.
·  As a result, we incurred a net loss for the 2007 combined periods of $12.8 million compared to net income for 2006 of $137.9 million. Cash flow from operating activities increased to $441.6 million in 2007 from $405.4 million in 2006.
·  We opened 365 new stores, closed 400 stores (including 275 remaining from Project Alpha) and relocated or remodeled 300 stores. As of February 1, 2008, we operated 8,194 stores.
·  We also reduced total inventories by $143.7 million, or 10.0%.

We made significant progress on our merchandising and operating initiatives in 2007, including clearing our stores of packaway inventories and closing our low-performing stores, giving us a strong foundation for further enhancements in 2008. These changes also contributed to a decrease in employee turnover and a dramatic improvement in the overall appearance of our stores. We moved forward with our pricing and private label initiatives and enhanced our merchandising analysis tools giving us a better platform for decision-making. We accomplished these goals while making a significant transition in the financial structure of the Company.

2008 Priorities. In 2008, under the leadership of our new CEO, we plan to continue to deliver value to our customers through our ability to deliver highly competitive prices in a convenient shopping format. Our stores provide our customers with a compelling shopping experience, low everyday prices on name brand and other quality items in a convenient, easy-to-shop format. We plan to continue to improve on this value/convenience model by implementing merchandising and operational improvements.

We are focused on further improving financial performance through:

·  Productive sales growth, including emphasis on increasing shopper frequency, size of basket and productivity per square foot.
·  Improving our gross margins through: decreasing inventory shrink, refining our pricing strategy, optimizing our merchandise offering, expanding and improving our private label offering and improving and expanding our foreign sourcing;

27

·  Improving our operational processes, for example, through information technology and work management and leveraging those improvements to reduce costs.
·  Strengthening and expanding our culture of serving others.

In addition, we plan to open approximately 200 new stores and to remodel or relocate approximately 400 stores.

Key Financial Metrics. We have identified the following as our most critical financial metrics for 2008:

·  Same-store sales growth / sales per square foot
·  Gross profit, as a percentage of sales
·  Inventory turnover
·  Cash flow
·  Earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”)

Readers should refer to the detailed discussion of our operating results below for additional comments on financial performance in the current year periods as compared with the prior year periods.
28

Results of Operations

The following discussion of our financial performance is based on the Consolidated Financial Statements set forth herein.

The following table contains results of operations data for the 2007, 2006fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2005 fiscal years,2008, and the dollar and percentage variances among those years.


 

 

 

 

 

2010 vs. 2009

2009 vs. 2008

(amounts in millions, except per share amounts)

2010

2009

2008


Amount

Change

% Change

Amount Change

%
Change

Net sales by category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumables

$

9,332.1 

$

8,356.4 

$

7,248.4 

 

$

975.7 

11.7 

%

$

1,108.0 

15.3 

%

% of net sales

 

71.59% 

 

70.84% 

 

69.31% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seasonal

 

1,887.9 

 

1,711.5 

 

1,521.5 

 

 

176.4 

10.3 

 

 

190.0 

12.5 

 

% of net sales

 

14.48% 

 

14.51% 

 

14.55% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home products

 

917.6 

 

869.8 

 

862.2 

 

 

47.9 

5.5 

 

 

7.5 

0.9 

 

% of net sales

 

7.04% 

 

7.37% 

 

8.24% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Apparel

 

897.3 

 

858.8 

 

825.6 

 

 

38.6 

4.5 

 

 

33.2 

4.0 

 

% of net sales

 

6.88% 

 

7.28% 

 

7.89% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

13,035.0 

$

11,796.4 

$

10,457.7 

 

$

1,238.6 

10.5 

%

$

1,338.7 

12.8 

%

Cost of goods sold

 

8,858.4 

 

8,106.5 

 

7,396.6 

 

 

751.9 

9.3 

 

 

709.9 

9.6 

 

% of net sales

 

67.96% 

 

68.72% 

 

70.73% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

4,176.6 

 

3,689.9 

 

3,061.1 

 

 

486.7 

13.2 

 

 

628.8 

20.5 

 

% of net sales

 

32.04% 

 

31.28% 

 

29.27% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

2,902.5 

 

2,736.6 

 

2,448.6 

 

 

165.9 

6.1 

 

 

288.0 

11.8 

 

% of net sales

 

22.27% 

 

23.20% 

 

23.41% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Litigation settlement and related costs, net

 

 

 

32.0 

 

 

 

 

(32.0)

 

% of net sales

 

 

 

0.31% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

 

1,274.1 

 

953.3 

 

580.5 

 

 

320.8 

33.7 

 

 

372.8 

64.2 

 

% of net sales

 

9.77% 

 

8.08% 

 

5.55% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

(0.2)

 

(0.1)

 

(3.1)

 

 

(0.1)

52.8 

 

 

2.9 

(95.3)

 

% of net sales

 

(0.00)% 

 

(0.00)% 

 

(0.03)% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

274.2 

 

345.7 

 

391.9 

 

 

(71.5)

(20.7)

 

 

(46.2)

(11.8)

 

% of net sales

 

2.10% 

 

2.93% 

 

3.75% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (income) expense

 

15.1 

 

55.5 

 

(2.8)

 

 

(40.4)

(72.8)

 

 

58.3

 

% of net sales

 

0.12% 

 

0.47% 

 

(0.03)% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

985.0 

 

552.1 

 

194.4 

 

 

432.9 

78.4 

 

 

357.7 

184.0 

 

% of net sales

 

7.56% 

 

4.68% 

 

1.86% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

 

357.1 

 

212.7 

 

86.2 

 

 

144.4 

67.9 

 

 

126.5 

146.7 

 

% of net sales

 

2.74% 

 

1.80% 

 

0.82% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

627.9 

$

339.4 

$

108.2 

 

$

288.4 

85.0 

%

$

231.3 

213.8 

%

% of net sales

 

4.82% 

 

2.88% 

 

1.03% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

$

1.82 

$

1.04 

$

0.34 

 

$

0.78 

75.0 

%

$

0.70 

205.9 

%

           
2007 vs. 2006
   
2006 vs. 2005
 
 
(amounts in millions)
 2007 (a)  2006 (b)  2005 (c)   
$
change
   
%
 change
   
$
change
  
%
change
 
                      
                      
Net sales by category:                     
Highly consumable $6,316.8  $6,022.0  $5,606.5  $294.8   4.9% $415.5   7.4%
% of net sales  66.53%  65.67%  65.33%                
Seasonal  1,513.2   1,510.0   1,348.8   3.2   0.2   161.2   12.0 
% of net sales  15.94%  16.47%  15.72%                
Home products  869.8   914.4   907.8   (44.6)  (4.9)  6.5   0.7 
% of net sales  9.16%  9.97%  10.58%                
Basic clothing  795.4   723.5   719.2   72.0   9.9   4.3   0.6 
% of net sales  8.38%  7.89%  8.38%                
Net sales $9,495.2  $9,169.8  $8,582.2  $325.4   3.5% $587.6   6.8%
Cost of goods sold  6,851.8   6,801.6   6,117.4   50.2   0.7   684.2   11.2 
% of net sales  72.16%  74.17%  71.28%                
Gross profit  2,643.5   2,368.2   2,464.8   275.3   11.6   (96.6)  (3.9)
% of net sales  27.84%  25.83%  28.72%                
Selling, general and administrative expenses  2,285.4   2,119.9   1,903.0   165.5   7.8   217.0   11.4 
% of net sales  24.07%  23.12%  22.17%                
Transaction and related costs  102.6   -   -   102.6   100.0   -   - 
% of net sales  1.08%  -   -           -   - 
Operating profit  255.4   248.3   561.9   7.2   2.9   (313.6)  (55.8)
% of net sales  2.69%  2.71%  6.55%                
Interest income  (8.8)  (7.0)  (9.0)  (1.8)  26.3   2.0   (22.2)
% of net sales  (0.09)%  (0.08)%  (0.10)%                
Interest expense  263.2   34.9   26.2   228.3   653.8   8.7   33.1 
% of net sales  2.78%  0.38%  0.31%                
Loss on interest rate swaps, net  2.4   -   -   2.4   100.0   -   - 
% of net sales  0.03%  -   -                 
Loss on debt retirements, net  1.2   -   -   1.2   100.0   -   - 
% of net sales  0.01%  -   -                 
Income (loss) before income taxes  (2.6)  220.4   544.6   (222.9)  (101.1)  (324.3)  (59.5)
% of net sales  (0.03)%  2.40%  6.35%                
Income taxes  10.2   82.4   194.5   (72.2)  (87.6)  (112.1)  (57.6)
% of net sales  0.11%  0.90%  2.27%                
Net income (loss) $(12.8) $137.9  $350.2  $(150.7)  (109.3)% $(212.2)  (60.6)%
(a)The amounts in the 2007 column represent the mathematical combination of the Predecessor through July 6, 2007 and Successor from July 7, 2007 through February 1, 2008 as included in the consolidated financial statements. These results also include the operations of Buck for the period prior to the Merger from March 6, 2007 (Buck’s date of formation) through July 6, 2007 (reflecting the change in fair value of interest rate swaps.) This presentation does not comply with generally accepted accounting principles, but we believe this combination provides a meaningful method of comparison.
(b)Includes the impacts of certain strategic initiatives as more fully described in the “Executive Overview” above.
(c)The fiscal year ended February 3, 2006 was comprised of 53 weeks.
29


Net Sales. NetThe net sales increased $325.4 million, or 3.5%,increase in 2007, primarily representing2010 reflects a same-store sales increase of 2.1% for 20074.9% compared to 2006.  Same-store sales2009. Same-stores include stores that have been open for 13 months and remain open at the end of the reporting period. The increase in same-store salesFor 2010, there were 8,712 same-stores which accounted for $185.6 millionsales of $12.23 billion. The remainder of the increase in sales. Sales resulting fromsales in 2010 was attributable to new store growth, including 365 new stores, in 2007, were partially offset by the impact of store closings in 2007 and 2006. Increased sales of highly consumables accounted for $294.8 million of our total sales increase, resulting from successful changes over the past year to our consumables merchandising mix. Sales of seasonal merchandise and apparel increased slightly and were partially offset by a decrease in home products sales. To some extent, sales in these more discretionary categories were impacted by our efforts to eliminate our packaway strategy by the end of 2007 and to reduce overall inventory levels. In addition, we believe sales of seasonal merchandise, apparel and home products were negatively affected by continued economic pressures on our customers, particularly in the fourth quarter.closed stores. The increase in same-store sales represents anreflects the continued refinement of our merchandise offerings, the optimization of our category management processes, further improvement in store standards, and increased utilization of square footage in our stores.

The net sales increase in average customer purchase, offset by a slight decrease in customer traffic.


Increases in 2006 net sales resulted primarily from opening additional stores, including 300 net new stores in 2006, and2009 reflects a same-store sales increase of 3.3% for 20069.5% compared to 2005. The increase in same-store sales2008. For 2009, there were 8,324 same-stores which accounted for $265.4 millionsales of $11.36 billion. The



39



remainder of the increase in sales whilein 2009 was attributable to new stores, were the primary contributors to the remaining $322.2 millionpartially offset by sales increase during 2006.from closed stores. The increase in same-store sales is primarily attributable to an increase in average customer purchase. We also believe that the strategic merchandising and real estate initiatives discussed above in the “Executive Overview” had a positive impact on net sales in the fourth quarter. By merchandise category, our sales increase in 2006 compared to 2005 was primarily attributable to the highly consumable category, which increased by $415.5 million, or 7.4%. Anstrong increase in sales reflects the results of seasonalour various initiatives implemented throughout 2008 and 2009, including the impact of improved store standards, the expansion of our merchandise of $161.2 million, or 12.0%, also contributed to overall sales growth. We believe that our increased sales in 2006 were supported by additionsofferings, including significant enhancements to our product offeringsconvenience food and increased promotional activities, including the usebeverages and health and beauty products, in addition to improved utilization of advertising circularssquare footage, extended store hours and clearance activities.


As discussed above, we monitorimproved marketing efforts.

Of our sales internally by the following four major categories: highly consumable, seasonal, home products and basic clothing. The highly consumablemerchandise categories, the consumables category has grown most significantly over the past several years. Although this category generally has a lower gross profit rate than the other three categories, as discussed below, we were able to increase our overall gross profit rate in both 2010 and has grown significantly over2009 as compared to the past several years. We expect the move away from our packaway inventory strategy to have a positive impact on sales in our non-consumable merchandise categories.previous year. Because of the impact of sales mix on gross profit, we continually review our merchandise mix and strive to adjust it when appropriate. Maintaining an appropriate sales mix is an integral part of achieving our gross profit and sales goals.


Both the number of customer transactions and average transaction amount increased in 2010 and 2009, and we believe that our stores have benefited to some degree from attracting new customers who are seeking value as a result of the recent economic environment.

Gross Profit. The gross profit rate increased by 201 basis points in 2007 as compared with 2006 due to a number of factors, including: an increase in purchase markups, resulting primarily from a change in mix of items and higher vendor rebates; lower markdowns, including markdowns from retail and below cost markdowns (as discussed below, markdowns in 2006 included significant markdowns and below cost adjustments relating to the initial launch of Project Alpha); and improved leverage on distribution and transportation costs driven by

30

logistics efficiencies.  Offsetting the factors listed above was an increase in our shrink rate in 2007 as compared to 2006.

The gross profit rate decline in 2006 as compared with 2005 was due primarily to a significant increase in markdown activity as a percentage of sales including below-cost markdowns, as a result of our inventory liquidation and store closing initiatives. While we believe these initiatives had a positive impact on sales, they had a negative impact on ourwas 32.0% in 2010 compared to 31.3% in 2009. Factors contributing to the increase in the 2010 gross profit rate include increased markups resulting primarily from higher purchase markups, partially offset by increased markdowns, as well as our category management efforts and increased sales volumes which have contributed to our ability to reduce purchase costs from our vendors. Our merchandising team continues to work closely with our vendors to provide quality merchandise at value prices to meet our customers’ demands. In 2010 we recorded a LIFO provision of $5.3 million, reflecting an increase in 2006. In total, our gross profit rate declined by 289 basis points to 25.8%certain merchandise costs, the most significant of which occurred in 2006the 2010 fourth quarter, compared to 28.7%a LIFO benefit of $2.5 million in 2005. Significantly impacting our2009.

The gross profit rate as a percentage of sales was 31.3% in 2009 compared to 29.3% in 2008. Factors contributing to the increase in the 2009 gross profit rate include increased markups resulting primarily from higher purchase markups, partially offset by increased markdowns. In addition, our increased sales volumes have contributed to our ability to reduce purchase costs from our vendors. Transportation and distribution costs decreased for the year driven by lower fuel costs as well as the impact of cost reduction initiatives. Higher sales volumes and productivity initiatives also contributed to improved leverage of our distribution costs. In addition, inventory shrinkage as a percentage of sales declined in 2009 from 2008, contributing to our gross profit rate improvement. In 2009 we recorded a LIFO benefit of $2.5 million, reflecting a flattening of merchandise costs in 2009, compared to a LIFO provision of $43.9 million in 2008, when we faced increased commodity cost pressures mainly related to food and pet products which were driven by rising fruit and vegetable prices and freight costs. Increases in petroleum, resin, metals, pulp and other raw material commodity driven costs also resulted in multiple product cost increases in 2008. Also in 2008, we marked down merchandise as the result of our interpretation of the related effect on costphthalates provision of goods sold, were total markdownsthe Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of $279.1 million at cost taken during 2006, compared with total markdowns2008, resulting in a charge of $106.5 million at cost taken in 2005. The 2006 markdowns reflect $179.9 million at cost taken during the fourth quarter of 2006 compared to $39.0 million markdowns at cost taken during the fourth quarter of 2005. Other factors included, but were not limited to: a decrease in the markups on purchases, primarily attributable to purchases of highly consumable products (including nationally branded products, which generally have lower average markups); and an increase in our shrink rate.


$8.6 million.

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expense.  Expense. SG&A expense increased $165.5 million, or 7.8%, in 2007 from the prior year, and increased as a percentage of sales to 24.1% in 2007 from 23.1% in 2006. SG&A in 2007 includes: $23.4 million related to amortization of leasehold intangibles capitalized in connection with the revaluation of assets at the date of the Merger; $27.2 million of accrued administrative employee incentive compensation expense resulting from meeting certain financial targets (compared to $9.6 million of discretionary bonuses in 2006); approximately $54 million of expenses relating to the closing of stores and the elimination of our packaway inventory strategy (compared to approximately $33 million in 2006) and an accrued loss of approximately $12.0 million relating to the probable restructuring of certain distribution center leases. In addition, SG&A in 2007 includes approximately $4.8 million of KKR-related consulting and monitoring fees. SG&A expense in 2006 was partially offset by insurance proceeds of $13.0 million received during the year related to losses incurred due to Hurricane Katrina.


The increase in SG&A expense22.3% as a percentage of sales in 2006 as2010 compared with 2005 was due to 23.2% in 2009, a numberdecrease of factors,93 basis points. SG&A in



40



2010 included expenses totaling $19.7 million, or 15 basis points, relating to two secondary offerings of our common stock, consisting of $1.1 million of legal and other transaction expenses and $18.6 million relating to the acceleration of certain equity appreciation rights. SG&A in 2009 included expenses totaling $68.3 million, or 58 basis points, including increases in$58.8 million relating to the following expense categories:  impairment charges on leasehold improvementstermination of an advisory agreement among us, KKR and store fixtures totalingGoldman, Sachs & Co. and $9.4 million including $8.0 millionresulting from the acceleration of certain equity based compensation related to the planned closingscompletion of approximately 400 underperforming stores, 128our initial public offering. Decreases in incentive compensation, the cost of health benefits, consulting fees and severance costs contributed to the overall decrease in SG&A as a percentage of sales, as did other cost reduction and productivity initiatives. Other costs increasing at a rate lower than our 10.5% increase in sales include utilities, which closedreflect lower waste management costs resulting from our recycling efforts, as well as repairs and maintenance. Our increased sales levels in 2006 and2010 also favorably impacted SG&A, as a percentage of sales. Debit card fees increased at a higher rate than the remainderincrease in sales, primarily as a result of which closedincreased usage.

SG&A, as a percentage of sales, was 23.2% in 2007, lease contract terminations totaling $5.7 million related2009 compared to these stores; higher23.4% in 2008, representing an improvement of 21 basis points before taking into account the impact of our initial public offering as discussed above. Our increased sales levels in 2009 favorably impacted SG&A, as a percentage of sales, with the most significant impact on store occupancy costs, (increased 12.1%) due to higher average monthly rentals associated withincluding rent and utilities. Our cost of utilities, as a percentage of sales, was further reduced by energy savings resulting from our leased store locations; higher debit and credit card fees (increased 40.6%) due to theenergy management initiatives, including forward purchase contracts, increased customer usage of debit cardspreventive maintenance and the acceptanceinstallation of VISA creditenergy management systems in substantially all of our new and check cards at all locations; higher administrative labor costs (increased 29.9%) primarilyrelocated stores. In addition, we continued to significantly reduce our workers’ compensation expense through safety initiatives implemented over the last several years, and legal expenses were lower in 2009 than 2008, which included expenses incurred in connection with a shareholder litigation settlement in 2008 relating to our 2007 merger. Also during 2008, we recorded a $5.0 million gain relating to potential losses on distribution center leases indirectly related to additionsour 2007 merger.

Litigation Settlement and Related Costs, Net. Expenses in 2008 included $32.0 million which represents the settlement of a class action lawsuit filed in response to our executive team, particularly in merchandising2007 merger, and real estate, and the expensingincludes a $40.0 million settlement plus related expenses of stock options; higher advertising costs (increased 198.3%) related primarily to the distribution$2.0 million, net of several advertising circulars$10.0 million of insurance proceeds received in the year and to promotional activities related to the inventory clearance and store closing activities discussed above; and higher incentive compensation primarily related to the $9.6 million discretionary bonus authorized by the Boardfourth quarter of Directors for the 2006 fiscal year.  These

31

increases were partially offset by insurance proceeds of $13.0 million received during the period related to losses incurred due to Hurricane Katrina, and depreciation and amortization expenses that remained relatively constant in fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005.
2008.


Transaction and Related Costs. The $102.6 million of expenses recorded in 2007 reflect $63.2 million of expenses related to the Merger, such as investment banking and legal fees as well as $39.4 million of compensation expense related to stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units which were fully vested immediately prior to the Merger.

Interest Income.  Interest income in 2007 consists primarily of interest on short-term investments. The increase in 2007 from 2006 resulted from higher levels of cash and short term investments on hand, primarily in the first half of the year.Expense.  The decrease in 2006interest expense in 2010 compared to 20052009 was due primarily to the acquisitionresult of the entity which held legal title to the South Boston distribution centerlower average outstanding long-term obligations. The decrease in June 2006 and the related elimination of the note receivable which represented debt issued by this entity from which we formerly leased the South Boston distribution center.


Interest Expense. Interestinterest expense increased by $228.3 million in 2007 as2009 compared to 2006 due to interest on2008 was primarily the result of lower average outstanding long-term obligations incurred to finance the Merger. See further discussion under “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.  lower interest rates on our term loan.


We had outstanding variable-rate debt of $787.0$931 million and $560 million as of January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, respectively, after taking into consideration the impact of interest rate swaps, as of February 1, 2008.swaps. The remainder of our outstanding indebtedness at February 1, 2008January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010 was fixed rate debt.


The increase in

See the detailed discussion under “Liquidity and Capital Resources” regarding indebtedness incurred to finance our 2007 merger along with subsequent repurchases of various long-term obligations and the related effect on interest expense in 2006 wasthe periods presented.



41



Other (Income) Expense. In2010, we recorded pretax losses of $14.7 million resulting from the repurchase in the open market of $115.0 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest.


In2009, we recorded charges totaling $55.5 million, which primarily attributable to increased interestrepresents losses on debt retirement totaling $55.3 million, and also includes expense of $6.5 million under a revolving credit agreement primarily due to increased borrowings, an increase in tax-related interest of $4.1 million, offset by a reduction in interest expense associated with the elimination of a financing obligation on the South Boston distribution center.


Loss on Interest Rate Swaps. During 2007, we recorded an unrealized loss of $4.1$0.6 million related to the change in the fair valuehedge ineffectiveness on certain of our interest swaps prior to the designation of such swaps as cash flow hedges in October 2007. This loss is offset by earnings of $1.7 million under the contractual provisions of the swap agreements.
rate swaps.


Loss on Debt Retirements, Net. During 2007,

In 2008, we recorded $6.2a gain of $3.8 million of expenses related to consent fees and other costs associated with a tender offer for certain notes payable maturing in June 2010 (“2010 Notes”). Approximately 99% of the 2010 Notes were retired as a result of the tender offer. The costs related to the tender of the 2010 Notes were partially offset by a $4.9 million gain resulting from the repurchase of $25.0$44.1 million of our 11.875%/12.625% Senior Subordinated Notes, due July 15, 2017.

senior subordinated notes, offset by expense of $1.0 million related to hedge ineffectiveness on certain of our interest rate swaps.


Income Taxes.  The effective income tax rates for the Successor period ended February 1,2010, 2009 and 2008 were expenses of 36.3%, 38.5%, and the Predecessor periods ended July 6, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were a benefit of 26.9% and expense of 300.2%, 37.4% and 35.7%44.4%, respectively.


32

The income2010 effective tax rate for the Successor period ended February 1, 2008 is a benefit of 26.9%.  This benefit is lessgreater than the expected U.S. statutorytax rate of 35% due primarily to the incurrenceinclusion of state income taxes in several of the group’s subsidiaries that file theirtotal effective tax rate. The 2010 effective rate is less than the 2009 rate due principally to reductions in state income tax returns on a separate entity basis and the election to include, effective February 3, 2007,expense, income tax related interest expense and penaltiesother expense items. The 2010 effective resolution of various examinations by the taxing authorities, when combined with unfavorable examination results in 2009, resulted in a decrease in the amount reported asyear-to-year state income tax expense.

Theexpense rate. This decrease in state income tax expense was partially offset by an increase in state income tax expense due to a shift in income to companies within the group that have a higher effective state income tax rate. In addition, decreases also occurred due to favorable outcomes in 2010 associated with reductions in income tax related interest accruals and income tax related penalty accruals due to favorable income tax examination results, the completion of a federal income tax examination, and reductions in expense associated with uncertain tax benefit accruals.

The 2009 effective tax rate for the Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007 is an expense of 300.2%.  This expense is highergreater than the expected U.S. statutorytax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate. The 2009 effective tax rate is less than the 2008 rate due principally to the unfavorable impact that the non-deductible, merger-related lawsuit settlement had on the 2008 rate. This reduction in the effective tax rate was partially offset by a decrease in the tax rate benefit related to federal jobs credits. While the total amount of jobs credits earned in 2009 was similar to the amount earned in 2008, the impact of this benefit on the effective tax rate was reduced due to the 2009 increase in income before tax. The 2009 rate was also increased by accruals associated with uncertain tax benefits.

The 2008 effective income tax rate was greater than the expected tax rate of 35% principally due to the non-deductibility of certain acquisitionthe settlement and related expenses.

expenses associated with the shareholder lawsuit related to our 2007 merger.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We lease three of our distribution centers. The 2006 income tax rate was higherentities involved in the ownership structure underlying these leases meet the accounting definition of a Variable Interest Entity (‘‘VIE’’). One of these distribution centers has been recorded as a financing obligation whereby its property and equipment are reflected in our consolidated balance sheets. The land and



42



buildings of the other two distribution centers have been recorded as operating leases. We are not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs and, accordingly, have not included these entities in our consolidated financial statements. Other than the 2005 rate by 1.7%.  Factors contributingforegoing, we are not party to this increase include additional expenseany off balance sheet arrangements.

Effects of Inflation


In 2008, increased commodity cost pressures mainly related to food and pet products, which were driven by fruit and vegetable prices and rising freight costs, increased the adoptioncosts of a new tax systemcertain products. Increases in the State of Texas; a reductionpetroleum, resin, metals, pulp and other raw material commodity driven costs also resulted in the contingent income tax reserve due to the resolution of contingent liabilities that is less than the decrease that occurred in 2005; an increase in the deferred tax valuation allowance; and an increase related to a non-recurring benefit recognized in 2005 related to an internal restructuring.  Offsetting these rate increases was a reduction in the income tax rate related to federal income tax credits.  Due to the reduction in our 2006 income before tax, a small increase in the amount of federal income tax credits earned yielded a much larger percentage reduction in the income tax rate for 2006 versus 2005.

Effects of Inflation

multiple product cost increases. We believe that inflation and/or deflation had a minimal impactour ability to increase selling prices in response to cost increases largely mitigated the effect of these cost increases on our overall operations during 2007, 2006results of operations. These 2008 trends generally reversed or stabilized in 2009 and 2005.
2010.


Liquidity and Capital Resources


Current Financial Condition /and Recent Developments.

During the past three years, we have generated an aggregate of approximately $1.4$2.07 billion in cash flows from operating activities. During that period, we expanded the number of stores we operate by 1,178, or over 14%, remodeled or relocated 1,358 stores, or approximately 12% (874 stores)14% of stores we operated as of February 25, 2011, and incurred approximately $685$877 million in capital expenditures. As noted above, weWe made certain strategic decisions which slowed our store growth in 2007.


2007 and 2008, but we reaccelerated store growth beginning in 2009 and currently plan to continue that strategy in 2011 and beyond.

At February 1, 2008,January 28, 2011, we had total outstanding debt (including the current portion of long-term obligations) of $4.282$3.29 billion. We also had an additional $769.2$959.3 million available for borrowing under our new senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (“ABL Facility” and, together with the Term Loan Facility, the “Credit Facilities”) at that date. Our liquidity needs are significant, primarily due to our debt service and other obligations.

Our substantial debt could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry or to pursue our growth strategy, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt, and increase the difficulty of our ability to make payments on our outstanding debt securities.


Management

Nevertheless, management believes our cash flow from operations and existing cash balances, combined with availability under the New Credit Facilities (described below), will provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements and capital spending for a period that includes the next twelve months.

33

New months and the next several years.


Credit Facilities


Overview. On July 6, 2007, in connection with the Merger, we entered into

Overview. We have two senior secured credit agreements, each with Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., Citicorp Global Markets Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, each as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner.  The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. is administrative agent under the senior secured credit agreement for the asset-based revolving credit facility and Citicorp North America, Inc. is administrative agent under the senior secured credit agreement for the term loan facility.


The New Credit Facilitiesfacilities which provide financing of $3.425up to $2.995 billion consisting of:

·  $2.3 billion in a senior secured term loan facility; and
·  a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility of up to $1.125 billion (of which up to $350.0 million is available for letters of credit), subject to borrowing base availability.

as of January 28, 2011. The term loan credit facility consists of two tranches, one of which is a “first-loss” tranche, which, in certain circumstances, is subordinated in right of payment to the other trancheCredit Facilities consist of the term loan credit facility.
We are$1.964 billion Term Loan Facility and the borrower under the term loan credit facility, the primary borrower under the asset-based credit facility and, in addition, certain subsidiaries$1.031 billion ABL Facility (of which up to $350.0 million is available for



43



letters of ours are designated as borrowers under this facility.credit), subject to borrowing base availability. The asset-based credit facilityABL Facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings referred to as swingline loans.


The New Credit Facilities provide that we have the right at any time to request up to $325.0 million of incremental commitments under one or more incremental term loan facilities and/or asset-based revolving credit facilities. The lenders under these facilities are not under any obligation to provide any such incremental commitments and any such addition of or increase in commitments will be subject to our not exceeding certain senior secured leverage ratios and certain other customary conditions precedent.  Our ability to obtain extensions of credit under these incremental commitments will also be subject to the same conditions as extensions of credit under the New Credit Facilities.

The amount from time to time available under the senior secured asset-based credit facilityABL Facility (including in respect of letters of credit) shall not exceed the sum of the tranche A borrowing base and the tranche A-1 borrowing base. The tranche A borrowing base equals the sum of (i) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of all our eligible inventory and that of each guarantor thereunder and (ii) 90% of all our accounts receivable and credit/debit card receivables and that of each guarantor thereunder, in each case, subject to a reserve equal to the principal amount of the 2010 Notes that remain outstanding at any time and other customary reserves and eligibility criteria. An additional 10% to 12% of the net orderly liquidation value of all of our eligible inventory and that of each guarantor thereunder is made available to us in the form of a “last out” tranche in respect ofunder which we may borrow up to a maximum amount of $125.0

34

$101.0 million. Borrowings under the asset-based credit facilityABL Facility will be incurred first under the last out tranche, and no borrowings will be permitted under any other tranche until the last out tranche is fully utilized. Repayments of the senior secured asset-based revolving credit facilityABL Facility will be applied to the last out tranche only after all other tranches have been fully paid down.

Interest RateRates and Fees.Fees. Borrowings under the New Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) LIBOR or (b) a base rate (which is usually equal to the prime rate). The applicable margin for borrowings is (i) under the term loan facility,Term Loan Facility, 2.75% with respect tofor LIBOR borrowings and 1.75% with respect tofor base-rate borrowings and (ii) as of February 1, 2008 under the asset-based revolving credit facilityABL Facility (except in the last out tranche described above), 1.50% with respect to as of January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, 1.25% for LIBOR borrowings and 0.50% with respect toborrowings; 0.25% for base-rate borrowings and for any last out borrowings, 2.25% with respect tofor LIBOR borrowings and 1.25% with respect tofor base-rate borrowings. The applicable margins for borrowings under the asset-based revolving credit facilityABL Facility (except in the case of last out borrowings) are subject to adjustment each quarter based on average daily excess availability under the asset-based revolving credit facility.


In addition to payingABL Facility. The interest on outstanding principalrate for borrowings under the New Credit Facilities, weTerm Loan Facility was 3.0% (without giving effect to the market rate swaps discussed below) as of both January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, respectively. We are also required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the asset-based revolving credit facility in respect of theABL Facility for any unutilized commitments thereunder. At February 1, 2008 the commitment feeat a rate wasof 0.375% per annum. The commitment fee rate will be reduced (except with regard to the last out tranche) to 0.25% per annum at any time that the unutilized commitments under the asset-based credit facility are equal to or less than 50% of the aggregate commitments under the asset-based revolving credit facility. We also must also pay customary letter of credit fees.
See Item 7A. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” below for a discussion of our use of interest rate swaps to manage our interest rate risk.


Prepayments.The senior secured credit agreement for the term loan facilityTerm Loan Facility requires us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:


·  50% of our annual excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement) commencing with the fiscal year ending on or about January 31, 2008 (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and 0% if we achieve and maintain a total net leverage ratio of 6.0 to 1.0 and 5.0 to 1.0, respectively);
·  100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate and subject to our right to reinvest the proceeds; and
·  100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt, other than proceeds from debt permitted under the senior secured credit agreement.

·

50% of our annual excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement) which will be reduced to 25% and 0% if we achieve and maintain a total net leverage ratio of 6.0 to 1.0 and 5.0 to 1.0, respectively;

·

100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate and subject to our right to reinvest the proceeds; and

·

100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt, other than proceeds from debt permitted under the senior secured credit agreement.



44



The mandatory prepayments discussed above will be applied to the term loan facilityTerm Loan Facility as directed by the senior secured credit agreement.

35

Through January 28, 2011, no prepayments have been required under the prepayment provisions listed above. The Term Loan Facility can be prepaid in whole or in part at any time.

In addition, the senior secured credit agreement for the asset-based revolving credit facilityABL Facility requires us to prepay the asset-based revolving credit facility,ABL Facility, subject to certain exceptions, with:

as follows:


·  100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of revolving facility collateral (as defined below) in excess of $1.0 million in the aggregate and subject to our right to reinvest the proceeds; and
·  to the extent such extensions of credit exceed the then current borrowing base (as defined in the senior secured credit agreement for the asset-based revolving credit facility).

·

With 100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of Revolving Facility Collateral (as defined below) in excess of $1.0 million in the aggregate and subject to our right to reinvest the proceeds; and

·

To the extent such extensions of credit exceed the then current borrowing base (as defined in the senior secured credit agreement for the ABL Facility).


We may

The mandatory prepayments discussed above will be obligatedapplied to pay a prepayment premium on the amount repaidABL Facility as directed by the senior secured credit agreement for the ABL Facility. Through January 28, 2011, no prepayments have been required under the term loan facility if the term loans are voluntarily repaid in whole or in part before July 6, 2009. We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the asset-based revolving credit facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

prepayment provisions listed above.


An event of default under the senior secured credit agreements will occur upon a change of control as defined in the senior secured credit agreements governing our New Credit Facilities. Upon an event of default, indebtedness under the New Credit Facilities may be accelerated, in which case we will be required to repay all outstanding loans plus accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts outstanding under the New Credit Facilities.

Letters


Amortization.The original terms of Credit. $350.0 millionthe Term Loan Facility required quarterly payments of our asset-based revolving credit facility is available for letters of credit.


Amortization. Beginningprincipal beginning September 30, 2009, we are required to repay installments on the loans2009. As a result of voluntary prepayments under the term loan credit facility in equalTerm Loan Facility, no further quarterly principal amounts in an aggregate amount per annum equalinstallments will be required prior to 1%maturity of the total funded principal amount at July 6, 2007, with the balance payableTerm Loan on July 6, 2014. There is no amortization under the asset-based revolving credit facility.ABL Facility. The entire principal amounts (if any) outstanding under the asset-based revolving credit facilityABL Facility are due and payable in full at maturity, on July 6, 2013, on which day the commitments thereunder will terminate.

Guarantee and Security.All obligations under the New Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by substantially all of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries (excluding certain immaterial subsidiaries and certain subsidiaries designated by us under our senior secured credit agreements as “unrestricted subsidiaries”), referred to, collectively, as U.S. Guarantors.


All obligations and related guarantees under the term loan credit facilityTerm Loan Facility are secured by:

·

a second-priority security interest in all existing and after-acquired inventory, accounts receivable, and other assets arising from such inventory and accounts receivable, of our company and each U.S. Guarantor (the “Revolving Facility Collateral”), subject to certain exceptions;

·

a first-priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all of our and each U.S. Guarantor’s tangible and intangible assets (other than the Revolving Facility Collateral); and




·  a second-priority security interest in all existing and after-acquired inventory, accounts receivable, and other assets arising from such inventory and accounts receivable, of the Company and each U.S. Guarantor (the “Revolving Facility Collateral”), subject to certain exceptions;
36

·  a first priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all of our and each U.S. Guarantor’s tangible and intangible assets (other than the Revolving Facility Collateral); and
·  a first-priority pledge of 100% of the capital stock held by the Company, or any of our domestic subsidiaries that are directly owned by us or one of the U.S. Guarantors and 65% of the voting capital stock of each of our existing and future foreign subsidiaries that are directly owned by us or one of the U.S. Guarantors.

·

a first-priority pledge of 100% of the capital stock held by us, or any of our domestic subsidiaries that are directly owned by us or one of the U.S. Guarantors and 65% of the voting capital stock of each of our existing and future foreign subsidiaries that are directly owned by us or one of the U.S. Guarantors.

All obligations and related guarantees under the asset-based credit facilityABL Facility are secured by the Revolving Facility Collateral, subject to certain exceptions.


Certain Covenants and Events of Default. The senior secured credit agreements contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:

·  incur additional indebtedness;
·  sell assets;
·  pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;
·  make investments or acquisitions;

·  repay or repurchase subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes discussed below) and the senior notes discussed below;
·  amend material agreements governing our subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes discussed below) or our senior notes discussed below; and
·  change our lines of business.

·

incur additional indebtedness;

·

sell assets;

·

pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;

·

make investments or acquisitions;

·

repay or repurchase subordinated indebtedness (including the Senior Subordinated Notes discussed below) and the Senior Notes discussed below;

·

amend material agreements governing our subordinated indebtedness (including the Senior Subordinated Notes discussed below) or our Senior Notes discussed below;

·

change our lines of business.

The senior secured credit agreements also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.


At February 1, 2008,January 28, 2011, we had $102.5no borrowings, $52.7 million of borrowings, $28.8standby letters of credit, and $19.1 million of commercial letters of credit, and $69.2 million of standby letters of credit outstanding under our asset-based revolving credit facility.

ABL Facility.


Senior Notes due 2015 and Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2017


On July 6, 2007,

Overview. As of January 28, 2011, we issued $1,175.0have $864.3 million aggregate principal amount of 10.625% senior notes due 2015 (the “senior notes”“Senior Notes”) outstanding (reflected in our consolidated balance sheet net of a $11.2 million discount), which mature on July 15, 2015, pursuant to an

37

indenture dated as of July 6, 2007 (the “senior indenture”), and $725$450.7 million aggregate principal amount of 11.875%/12.625% senior subordinated toggle notes due 2017 (the “senior subordinated notes”“Senior Subordinated Notes”), outstanding, which mature on July 15, 2017, pursuant to an indenture dated as of July 6, 2007 (the “senior subordinated indenture”). The senior notesSenior Notes and the senior subordinated notesSenior Subordinated Notes are collectively referred to herein as the “notes.“Notes.” The senior indenture and the senior subordinated indenture are collectively referred to herein as the “indentures.”


Interest on the notesNotes is payable on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing January 15, 2008.year. Interest on the senior notes will beSenior Notes is payable in cash. Cash interest on the senior subordinated notes will accrueSenior Subordinated Notes accrues at a rate of 11.875% per annum, and PIK interest (as that term is defined below) will accrue at a rate of 12.625% per annum. The initial interest payment onFor the senior subordinated notes will be payable in cash. For any interest period thereafter through July 15, 2011,Senior Subordinated Notes, we maypreviously had the ability to elect to pay interest on the senior subordinated notes (i) in cash, (ii) by increasing the principal amount of the senior subordinated notesSenior Subordinated Notes or issuing new senior subordinated notesSenior Subordinated Notes (“PIK interest”) or (iii) byinstead of paying interest on halfcash interest. Due to the



46



expiration of the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes in cash interest and half in PIK interest. After July 15, 2011,notification period for such option, all interest on the senior subordinated notesNotes has been and will be payablepaid in cash.


The notesNotes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by each of the existing and future direct or indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the obligations under our New Credit Facilities.


We intend to redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at the first scheduled call date in July 2011 or later. We may redeem some or all of the notesNotes at any time at redemption prices described or set forth in the indentures. We also may seek, from time to time, to retire some or all of the Notes through cash purchases on the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material. We repurchased $115.0 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding Senior Notes during 2010. In connection with our initial public offering in 2009, we redeemed $195.7 million principal amount of outstanding Senior Notes and $205.2 million principal amount of outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes. We repurchased $44.1 million and $25.0 million of the 11.875%/12.625% senior subordinated toggle notesSenior Subordinated Notes in the fourth quarter of 2007.

2008 and 2007, respectively.


Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a change of control, which is defined in the indentures, each holder of the notesNotes has the right to require us to repurchase some or all of such holder’s notesNotes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.


Covenants.The indentures contain covenants limiting, among other things, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to (subject to certain exceptions):

·

incur additional debt, issue disqualified stock or issue certain preferred stock;

·

pay dividends and or make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments;

·

create certain liens or encumbrances;

·

sell assets;

·

enter into transactions with our affiliates;

·

allow payments to us by our restricted subsidiaries;

·

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

·

designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.


·  incur additional debt, issue disqualified stock or issue certain preferred stock;
·  pay dividends on or make certain distributions and other restricted payments;
·  create certain liens or encumbrances;
·  sell assets;
·  enter into transactions with affiliates;
·  make payments to us;
38

·  consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and
·  designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Events of Default. The indentures also provide for events of default which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the notesNotes to become or to be declared due and payable.


Registration Rights Agreement. On July 6, 2007, we entered into a registration rights agreement with respect to the notes.  In the registration rights agreement, we agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to register with the SEC new senior notes having substantially identical terms as the senior notes and new senior subordinated notes having substantially identical terms as the senior subordinated notes.  We filed this registration statement with the SEC, and it was declared effective, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007.  We subsequently commenced the offer to exchange the new senior notes and the new senior subordinated notes for each of the outstanding senior notes and the outstanding senior subordinated notes, respectively. The exchange offer expired on March 17, 2008.  All of the outstanding senior notes and senior subordinated notes were tendered in the exchange offer.



47



Adjusted EBITDA


Under the Newagreements governing the Credit Facilities and the indentures, certain limitations and restrictions could occurarise if we are not able to satisfy and remain in compliance with specified financial ratios. Management believes the most significant of such ratios is the senior secured incurrence test under the New Credit Facilities. This test measures the ratio of the senior secured debt to Adjusted EBITDA. This ratio would need to be no greater than 4.25 to 1 to avoid such limitations and restrictions. As of February 1, 2008,January 28, 2011, this ratio was 3.41.0 to 1. Senior secured debt is defined as our total debt secured by liens or similar encumbrances less cash and cash equivalents. EBITDA is defined as income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle plus interest and other financing costs, net, provision for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA, further adjusted to give effect to adjustments required in calculating this covenant ratio under our New Credit Facilities. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not presentations made in accordance with GAAP,generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), are not measures of financial performance or condition, liquidity or profitability, and should not be considered as an alternative to (1)(i) net income, operating income or any other performance measures determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP or (2)(ii) operating cash flows determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements and replacements of fixed assets.


Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, these presentations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of

39

other companies. We believe that the presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information about the calculation of this financial ratio in the New Credit Facilities. Adjusted EBITDA is a material component of this ratio. Specifically, non-compliance with the senior secured indebtedness ratio contained in our New Credit Facilities could prohibit us, subject to specified exceptions, from being able to incurmaking investments, incurring liens, making certain restricted payments and incurring additional secured indebtedness other(other than the additional funding provided for under the senior secured credit agreement and pursuant to specified exceptions, to make investments, to incur liens and to make certain restricted payments.
agreement).




48



The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA under the New Credit Facilities is as follows:


(in millions)

Year Ended

January 28,
2011

January 29,
2010

Net income

$

627.9 

$

339.4 

Add (subtract):

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

(0.2)

 

(0.1)

Interest expense

 

274.1 

 

345.6 

Depreciation and amortization

 

242.3 

 

241.7 

Income taxes

 

357.1 

 

212.7 

EBITDA

 

1,501.2 

 

1,139.3 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

Loss on debt retirements

 

14.6 

 

55.3 

Loss on hedging instruments

 

0.4 

 

0.5 

Impact of markdowns related to inventory clearance
activities, net of purchase accounting adjustments

 

 

(7.3)

Advisory and consulting fees to affiliates

 

0.1 

 

63.5 

Non-cash expense for share-based awards

 

16.0 

 

18.7 

Indirect merger-related costs

 

1.3 

 

10.6 

Other non-cash charges (including LIFO)

 

11.5 

 

6.6 

Total Adjustments

 

43.9 

 

147.9 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$

1,545.1 

$

1,287.2 


 
(In millions)
 
Year Ended February 1,
2008
 
    
Net income (loss) $(12.8)
Add (subtract):    
Interest income  (8.8)
Interest expense  263.2 
Depreciation and amortization  226.4 
Income taxes  10.2 
EBITDA  478.2 
     
Adjustments:    
Transaction and related costs  102.6 
Loss on debt retirements, net  1.2 
Loss on interest rate swaps  2.4 
Contingent loss on distribution center leases  12.0 
Impact of markdowns related to inventory clearance activities, including LCM adjustments, net of purchase accounting adjustments  5.7 
SG&A related to store closing and inventory clearance activities  54.0 
Operating losses (cash) of stores to be closed  10.5 
Monitoring and consulting fees to affiliates  4.8 
Stock option and restricted stock unit expense  6.5 
Indirect merger-related costs  4.6 
Other  1.0 
Total Adjustments  205.3 
     
Adjusted EBITDA $683.5 

Interest Rate Swaps

We use interest rate swaps to minimize the risk of adverse changes in interest rates. These swaps are intended to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure. Because of high correlation between the derivative financial instrument and the underlying exposure being hedged, fluctuations in the value of the financial instruments are generally offset by reciprocal changes in the value of the underlying economic exposure. Our principal interest rate exposure relates to outstanding amounts under our Credit Facilities. At January 28, 2011, we had interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of approximately $1.05 billion. For more information see Item 7A “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” below.

Fair Value Accounting


We have classified our interest rate swaps, as further discussed in Item 7A. below, in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, as the significant inputs to the overall valuations are based on market-observable data or information derived from or corroborated by market-observable data, including market-based inputs to models, model calibration to market-clearing transactions, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Where models are used, the selection of a particular model to value a derivative depends upon the contractual terms of, and specific risks inherent in, the instrument as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. We use similar models to value similar instruments. Valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility, and correlations of such inputs. For our



49



derivatives, all of which trade in liquid markets, model inputs can generally be verified and model selection does not involve significant management judgment.


We incorporate credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both our own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements of our derivatives. The credit valuation adjustments are calculated by determining the total expected exposure of the derivatives (which incorporates both the current and potential future exposure) and then applying each counterparty’s credit spread to the applicable exposure. For derivatives with two-way exposure, such as interest rate swaps, the counterparty’s credit spread is applied to our exposure to the counterparty, and our own credit spread is applied to the counterparty’s exposure to us, and the net credit valuation adjustment is reflected in our derivative valuations. The total expected exposure of a derivative is derived using market-observable inputs, such as yield curves and volatilities. The inputs utilized for our own credit spread are based on implied spreads from our publicly-traded debt. For counterparties with publicly available credit information, the credit spreads over LIBOR used in the calculations represent implied credit default swap spreads obtained from a third party credit data provider. In adjusting the fair value of our derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, we have considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees. Additionally, we actively monitor counterparty credit ratings for any significant changes.


As of January 28, 2011, the net credit valuation adjustments reduced the settlement values of our derivative liabilities by $0.7 million. Various factors impact changes in the credit valuation adjustments over time, including changes in the credit spreads of the parties to the contracts, as well as changes in market rates and volatilities, which affect the total expected exposure of the derivative instruments. When appropriate, valuations are also adjusted for various factors such as liquidity and bid/offer spreads, which factors we deemed to be immaterial as of January 28, 2011.




50



Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of January 28, 2011 (in thousands):


 

Payments Due by Period

Contractual obligations

Total

1 year

1-3 years

3-5 years

5+ years

Long-term debt obligations

$

3,293,025

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

2,827,923

 

$

465,102

Capital lease obligations

 

6,363

 

 

1,157

 

 

999

 

 

679

 

 

3,528

Interest (a)

 

1,093,039

 

 

243,435

 

 

486,754

 

 

282,408

 

 

80,442

Self-insurance liabilities (b)

 

213,736

 

 

78,540

 

 

85,881

 

 

30,265

 

 

19,050

Operating leases (c)

 

3,003,342

 

 

481,921

 

 

839,585

 

 

614,080

 

 

1,067,756

Subtotal

$

7,609,505

 

$

805,053

 

$

1,413,219

 

$

3,755,355

 

$

1,635,878


 

Commitments Expiring by Period

Commercial commitments (d)

Total

1 year

1-3 years

3-5 years

5+ years

Letters of credit

$

19,059

 

$

19,059

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

Purchase obligations (e)

 

853,862

 

 

850,871

 

 

2,991

 

 

-

 

 

-

Subtotal

$

872,921

 

$

869,930

 

$

2,991

 

$

-

 

$

-

Total contractual obligations and commercial commitments (f)

$

8,482,426

 

$

1,674,983

 

$

1,416,210

 

$

3,755,355

 

$

1,635,878


(a)

Represents obligations for interest payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations, and includes projected interest on variable rate long-term debt, using 2010 year end rates.

(b)

We retain a significant portion of the risk for our workers’ compensation, employee health insurance, general liability, property loss and automobile insurance. As these obligations do not have scheduled maturities, these amounts represent undiscounted estimates based upon actuarial assumptions. Reserves for workers’ compensation and general liability which existed as of the date of our 2007 merger were discounted in order to arrive at estimated fair value. All other amounts are reflected on an undiscounted basis in our consolidated balance sheets.

(c)

Operating lease obligations are inclusive of amounts included in deferred rent and closed store obligations in our consolidated balance sheets.

(d)

Commercial commitments include information technology license and support agreements, supplies, fixtures, letters of credit for import merchandise, and other inventory purchase obligations.

(e)

Purchase obligations include legally binding agreements for software licenses and support, supplies, fixtures, and merchandise purchases (excluding such purchases subject to letters of credit).

(f)

We have potential payment obligations associated with uncertain tax positions that are not reflected in these totals. We anticipate that approximately $0.2 million of such amounts will be paid in the coming year. We are currently unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the taxing authorities for our remaining $27.3 million of reserves for uncertain tax positions.


Other Considerations


We have no current plans to pay any cash dividends on our common stock and instead may retain earnings, if any, for future operation and expansion and debt repayment. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to certain limitations found in covenants in our Credit Facilities and in the indentures governing the Notes as discussed in more detail above, and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.



51



Our inventory balance represented approximately 44%45% of our total assets exclusive of goodwill and other intangible assets as of February 1, 2008.January 28, 2011. Our proficiency in managing our inventory balances can have a significant impact on our cash flows from operations during a given fiscal year. We have made moreAs a result, efficient inventory management a strategic priority, as more fully discussed in the “Executive Overview” above.

40

During 2006has been and 2005, the Predecessor’s Boardcontinues to be an area of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $500 million and 10 million shares, respectively, of the Predecessor’s outstanding common stock. These authorizations allowed purchases in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time, subject to market conditions. During 2006, we purchased approximately 4.5 million shares pursuant to the 2005 authorization at a total cost of $79.9 million. During 2005, we purchased approximately 15.0 million shares pursuant to the 2005 and a prior authorization at a total cost of $297.6 million.
We may seek, from time to time, to retire the notes (as defined above) through cash purchases on the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of February 1, 2008 (in thousands):

 Payments Due by Period
Contractual obligationsTotal < 1 yr 1-3 yrs 3-5 yrs> 5 yrs
Long-term debt obligations$4,293,718 $-  $36,223  $46,000 $4,211,495
Capital lease obligations 10,268  3,246   1,957   526  4,539
Interest (a) 2,817,237  382,587   762,872   756,070  915,708
Self-insurance liabilities (b) 203,600  68,613   89,815   26,612  18,560
Operating leases (c) 1,614,215  335,457   524,363   357,418  396,977
Monitoring agreement (d) 24,903  5,250   10,763   8,890  -
Subtotal
$8,963,941 $795,153  $1,425,993  $1,195,516 $5,547,279
                 
 Commitments Expiring by Period
Commercial commitments (e)
 Total  < 1 yr   1-3 yrs   3-5 yrs  > 5 yrs
Letters of credit$28,778 $28,778  $-  $- $-
Purchase obligations (f) 385,366  384,892   474   -  -
Subtotal
$414,144 $413,670  $474  $- $-
Total contractual obligations and commercial commitments$9,378,085 $1,208,823  $1,426,467  $1,195,516 $5,547,279

(a)Represents obligations for interest payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations, and includes projected interest on variable rate long-term debt, based upon 2007 year end rates.
(b)We retain a significant portion of the risk for our workers’ compensation, employee health insurance, general liability, property loss and automobile insurance. As these obligations do not have scheduled maturities, these amounts represent undiscounted estimates based upon actuarial assumptions. Reserves for workers’ compensation and general liability which existed as of the Merger date were discounted in order to arrive at estimated fair value.  All other amounts are reflected on an undiscounted basis in our consolidated balance sheets.
(c) Operating lease obligations are inclusive of amounts included in deferred rent and closed store obligations in our consolidated balance sheets.
(d)We entered into a monitoring agreement, dated July 6, 2007, with affiliates of certain of our Investors pursuant to which those entities will provide management and advisory services.  Such agreement has no contractual term and for purposes of this schedule is presumed to be outstanding for a period of five years.
(e)Commercial commitments include information technology license and support agreements, supplies, fixtures, letters of credit for import merchandise, and other inventory purchase obligations.
(f)Purchase obligations include legally binding agreements for software licenses and support, supplies, fixtures, and merchandise purchases excluding such purchases subject to letters of credit.

In 2007 and 2006, our South Carolina-based wholly owned captive insurance subsidiary, Ashley River Insurance Company (“ARIC”), had cash and cash equivalents and investments balances held pursuant to South Carolina regulatory requirements to maintain a specified percentage of ARIC’s liability and equity balances (primarily insurance liabilities) in the form of certain specified types of assets and, as such, these investments are not availablefocus for general corporate purposes. At February 1, 2008, these cash and cash equivalents balances and investments balances were $11.9 million and $51.5 million, respectively.
41

During 2005, we incurred significant losses caused by Hurricane Katrina, primarily inventory and fixed assets, in the form of store fixtures and leasehold improvements. We reached final settlement of our related insurance claim in 2006 and received proceeds totaling $21.0 million due to these losses, including $13.0 million in 2006 and $8.0 million in 2005, and have utilized a portion of these proceeds to replace lost assets. Insurance proceeds related to fixed assets are included in cash flows from investing activities and proceeds related to inventory losses and business interruption are included in cash flows from operating activities.

Legal actions, claims and tax contingencies. us.

As described in Note 79 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we are involved in a number of legal actions and claims, some of which could potentially result in material cash payments. Adverse developments in those actions could materially and adversely affect our liquidity. As discussed in Note 56 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we also have certain income tax-related contingencies as more fully described below under “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.”contingencies. Future negative developments could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.


Considerations regarding distribution center leases. The Merger and certain of the related financing transactions may be interpreted as giving rise to certain trigger events (which may include events of default) under our three distribution center leases.

In that event, our additional cost of acquiring the underlying land and building assets could approximate $112 million.  At this time, we do not believe such issues would result in the purchase of these distribution centers; however, the payments associated with such an outcome would have a negative impact on our liquidity. To minimize the uncertainty associated with such possible interpretations, we are negotiating the restructuring of these leases and the related underlying debt. We have concluded that a probable loss exists in connection with the restructurings and have recorded associated SG&A expenses in the Successor financial statements for the period ended February 1, 2008 totaling $12.0 million. The ultimate resolution of these negotiations may result in changes in the amounts of such losses, which changes may be material.


Credit ratings.  On June 12, 20072010, Standard & Poor’s revisedupgraded our long-term debt rating to B,BB from BB- with a stable outlook and left our long-term debt ratings on negative watch.in November 2010, Moody’s revisedupgraded our long-term debt rating to B3Ba3 from B1 with a stablepositive outlook. These current ratings are considered non-investment grade. Our current credit ratings, as well as future rating agency actions, could (1) negatively(i) impact our ability to obtain financings to finance our operations on satisfactory terms; (2) have the effect of increasing(ii) affect our financing costs; and (3) have the effect of increasing(iii) affect our insurance premiums and collateral requirements necessary for our self-insured programs.


Cash flows


The discussion of the cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities included below for 2007 is generally based on the combination of the Predecessor and Successor for the 52-week period ended February 1, 2008, which we believe provides a more meaningful understanding of our liquidity and capital resources for the time period presented.
42

Cash flows from operating activities.Cash flows from operating activities for 2007 compared to 2006 increased by $36.2 million, notwithstanding a decline in net income (loss)

A significant component of $150.8 million, as described in detail under “Results of Operations” above, and which is partially attributable to $102.6 million of Transaction and related costs in 2007. Other significant components of the changeour increase in cash flows from operating activities in 2007 as2010 compared to 20062009 was the increase in net income due to greater sales, higher gross margins and lower SG&A expenses as a percentage of sales, as described in more detail above under “Results of Operations.” Partially offsetting this increase in cash flows were changes in inventory balances, which decreasedincreased by approximately 10% during 200716% in 2010 compared to a decreasean increase of approximately 3% during 2006.7% in 2009. Although we continue to closely monitor our inventory balances, they often fluctuate from period to period and from year to year based on new store openings, the timing of purchases, merchandising initiatives and other factors. Inventory levels in the consumables category increased by $133.9 million, or 16%, in 2010 compared to an increase of $111.4 million, or 15%, in 2009. The seasonal category declinedincreased by $84.5 $55.2 million, or 24%18%, in 20072010 compared to a $6.7an increase of $25.3 million, or 2%, increase in 2006. The highly consumable category declined by $42.4 million, or 6%9%, in 2007 compared to a $63.2 million, or 10%, increase in 2006.2009. The home products category increased by $3.5$25.2 million, or 2%17%, in 2007 as2010 compared to a $52.5decline of $9.1 million, or 25%6%, decline in 2006.2009. The basic clothingapparel category decreasedincreased by $20.3$32.3 million, or 9%15%, in 2007 as2010 compared to a $59.5decline of $22.9 million, or 21%10%, decrease in 2006.2009. In addition, to inventory changes the decline inincreased net income was a principal factorresulted in the reductionan increase in income taxes paid in 2007 as2010 compared to 2006. Also offsetting the decline2009. Changes in net incomeAccrued expenses and other were changesaffected in accrued expenses in 2007 as compared to 2006, which increased primarily due topart by reductions of income tax related reserves accrued interest,and reduced accruals for incentive compensation, accrual,partially offset by the accrued losstiming of payments related to a litigation settlement in connection with the ongoing negotiations to restructure our distribution center leases,prior years (as discussed in more detail below) and by lower accruals for lease liabilitiesinterest on closed stores.


Cash flows from operating activities for 2006 compared to 2005 declined by $150.1 million. The most significant component of the declinelong-term debt.

Our increase in cash flows from operating activities in 20062009 compared to 2008 was also driven by an increase in net income due to greater sales, higher gross margins and lower SG&A expenses as a percentage of sales. In addition, we experienced increased inventory turns in 2009 as compared to 2005 was2008. Changes in inventory balances increased by 7% in 2009 compared to an increase of 10% in 2008. Inventory levels in the reductionconsumables category increased by $111.4



52



million, or 15%, in 2009 compared to an increase of $77.8 million, or 12%, in 2008. The seasonal category increased by $25.3 million, or 9%, in 2009 compared to an increase of $20.9 million, or 8%, in 2008. The home products category declined $9.1 million, or 6%, in 2009 compared to a decline of $2.6 million, or 2%, in 2008. The apparel category declined by $22.9 million, or 10%, in 2009 compared to an increase of $30.2 million, or 15%, in 2008. In addition, increased net income as described in detail2009 compared to 2008 was a principal factor in the increase in income taxes paid in 2009 compared to 2008. Changes in Accrued expenses and other were affected in part by the timing of the payments related to the Litigation settlement and related costs discussed above under “Results of Operations” above. Partially offsetting this decline are certain noncash charges included in net income, including below-cost markdowns on inventory balances and property and equipment impairment charges totaling $78.1Operations,” as the associated insurance proceeds of $10.0 million and a $13.8 million increase in noncash depreciation and amortization charges in 2006 as compared to 2005. In addition, the reduction in 2006 year end inventory balances reflect the effect of below-cost markdowns and our efforts to sell through excess inventories, as compared with increases in 2005 and 2004.  Seasonal inventory levels increased by 2% in 2006 as compared to a 10% increase in 2005, home products inventory levels declined by 25% in 2006 as compared to a 2% increase in 2005, while basic clothing inventory levels declined by 21% in 2006 as compared to a 5% decline in 2005. Total merchandise inventorieswere received at the end of 2006 were $1.43 billion compared to $1.47 billion2008 while the payment of the $40.0 million settlement occurred at the endbeginning of 2005, a 2.9% decrease overall, and a 6.4% decrease on a per store basis, reflecting both our focus on liquidating packaway merchandise and the effect of below-cost markdowns.


2009.

Cash flows from investing activities. The Merger, as discussedCash flows used in more detail above, required cash payments of approximately $6.7 billion, net of cash acquired of $350 million.investing activities totaling $418.9 million in 2010 were primarily related to capital expenditures. Significant components of our property and equipment purchases in 20072010 included the following approximate amounts: $60$156 million for improvements, upgrades, remodels and relocations of existing stores; $45$100 million for new leased stores; and $30$91 million for stores purchased or built by us; $45 million for distribution and transportation-related capital expenditures.expenditures; and $22 million for information systems upgrades and technology-related projects. During 2007,2010 we opened 365600 new stores and remodeled or relocated 300504 stores.

43

During 2007 we purchased a secured promissory note for $37.0 million which represents debt issued by a third-party entity from which we lease our distribution center in Ardmore, Oklahoma. Purchases and sales of short-term investments in 2007, which equaled net sales of $22.1 million, primarily reflect our investment activities in our captive insurance subsidiary, and all purchases of long-term investments are related to the captive insurance subsidiary.

Cash flows used in investing activities totaling $282.0$248.0 million in 20062009 were also primarily related to capital expenditures. Significant components of our property and equipment purchases in 2009 included the following approximate amounts: $114 million for improvements, upgrades, remodels and relocations of existing stores; $69 million for new leased stores; $28 million for distribution and transportation-related capital expenditures; $24 million for various administrative capital costs; and $11 million for information systems upgrades and technology-related projects. During 2009 we opened 500 new stores and remodeled or relocated 450 stores.

Cash flows used in investing activities totaling $152.6 million in 2008 were primarily related to capital expenditures, and, to a lesser degree, purchasesoffset by sales of long-term investments. Significant components of our property and equipment purchases in 20062008 included the following approximate amounts: $66$149 million for distributionimprovements, upgrades, remodels and transportation-related capital expenditures (including approximately $30 million related to our distribution center in Marion, Indiana which opened in 2006); $66relocations of existing stores; $22 million for new leased stores; $50 million for the EZstoreTM project; and $38 million for capital projects in existing stores. During 2006 we opened 537 new stores and remodeled or relocated 64 stores.


Purchases and sales of short-term investments in 2006, which equaled net sales of $1.9 million, reflect our investment activities in tax-exempt auction rate securities as well as investing activities of our captive insurance subsidiary. Purchases of long-term investments are related to the captive insurance subsidiary.

Significant components of our purchases of property and equipment in 2005 included the following approximate amounts: $102$17 million for distribution and transportation-related capital expenditures; $96and $13 million for new stores; $47 million related to the EZstoreTM project; $18 million for certain fixtures in existing stores;information systems upgrades and $15 million for various systems-related capitaltechnology-related projects. During 2005,2008 we opened 734207 new stores and remodeled or relocated or remodeled 82404 stores. Distribution

Purchases and transportation expenditures in 2005 included costs associated with the construction of our new distribution centers in South Carolina and Indiana.


Net sales of short-term investments equal to net sales of $51.6 million in 2005 of $34.1 million2008 primarily reflect ourreflected investment activities in tax-exempt auction rate securities. Purchases of long-term investments are related to our captive insurance subsidiary.

Capital expenditures during 20082011 are projected to be approximately $200 to $220in the range of $550-$600 million. We anticipate funding 20082011 capital requirements with cash flows from operations, and if necessary, we also have significant availability under our revolving credit facility, if necessary.ABL Facility. Significant components of the 20082011 capital plan include growth initiatives, such as well asapproximately 625 new stores including the purchase of existing stores and the construction of new stores; costs related to new leased stores including leasehold improvements, fixtures and equipment; continued investment in our existing store base with plans for remodeling and relocating approximately 400 stores,550 stores; the



53



construction of a new distribution center in Alabama; as well as additional investments in our supply chain and leasehold improvements and fixtures and equipment for approximately 200 new stores.information technology. We plan to undertake these expenditures in orderas part of our efforts to improve our infrastructure and enhanceincrease our cash generated from operating activities.

44

Cash flows from financing activities. To finance the Merger,During 2010, we issued long-term debt of approximately $4.2 billion and issued common stock in therepurchased $115.0 million outstanding principal amount of approximately $2.8 billion. We incurred costs associated with the issuance of Merger-related long-term debt of $87.4 million. As discussed above, we completed a cash tender offer for our 2010 Notes. Approximately 99% of the 2010outstanding Senior Notes were validly tendered resulting in repayments of long-term debt and related consent fees in the amount of $215.6 million. Borrowings, net of repayments, under our new asset-based revolving credit facility in 2007 totaled $102.5 million.

Cash flows used in financing activities during 2006 included the repurchase of approximately 4.5 million shares of our common stock at a total cost of $79.9$127.5 million including associated premiums. We had no borrowings or repayments under the ABL Facility in 2010.

In 2009, we had cash dividends paid of $62.5 million, or $0.20 per share, on our outstanding common stock, and $14.1 million to reduce our outstanding capital lease and financing obligations. These uses of cash were partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of stock options during 2006 of $19.9 million.


During 2005, we repurchased approximately 15.0 million shares of our common stock at a total cost of $297.6 million, paid cash dividends of $56.2 million, or $0.175 per share, on our outstanding common stock, and expended $14.3 million to reduce our outstanding capital lease and financing obligations. Also in 2005, we received proceeds of $14.5 millioninflows from the issuance of a tax increment financing in conjunction withequity of $443.8 million primarily due to our initial public offering of 22.7 million shares of common stock. We used the construction of our new distribution center in Indiana and proceeds from the exerciseoffering to redeem outstanding Notes with a total principal amount of stock options of $29.4 million.

The$400.9 million at a premium, and used cash generated from operations to repay $336.5 million outstanding principal amount on our Term Loan Facility. We had no borrowings andor repayments under the revolving credit agreementsABL Facility in 2007, 20062009. In addition, we paid a dividend and 2005 were primarily a resultrelated amounts totaling $239.7 million using cash generated from operations.

In February 2008, we repaid outstanding borrowings of activity associated with periodic cash needs.

$102.5 million under our ABL Facility, and have had no borrowings outstanding under the ABL facility since that time. Also during 2008, we repurchased $44.1 million principal amount of our outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes.


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates


The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. In addition to the estimates presented below, there are other items within our financial statements that require estimation, but are not deemed critical as defined below. We believe these estimates are reasonable and appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and other considerations used, the resulting changes could have a material effect on the financial statements taken as a whole.


Management believes the following policies and estimates are critical because they involve significant judgments, assumptions, and estimates. Management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, and the Audit Committee has reviewed the disclosures presented below relating to those policies and estimates.

45


Merchandise Inventories. Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined using the retail last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. Under our retail inventory method (“RIM”), the calculation of gross profit and the resulting valuation of inventories at cost are computed by applying a calculated cost-to-retail inventory ratio to the retail value of sales.sales at a department level. The RIM is an averaging method that has been widely used in the retail industry due to its practicality. Also, it is recognized that the use of the RIM will result in valuing inventories at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”) if markdowns are currently taken as a reduction of the retail value of inventories.




54



Inherent in the RIM calculation are certain significant management judgments and estimates including, among others, initial markups, markdowns, and shrinkage, which significantly impact the gross profit calculation as well as the ending inventory valuation at cost. These significant estimates, coupled with the fact that the RIM is an averaging process, can, under certain circumstances, produce distorted cost figures. Factors that can lead to distortion in the calculation of the inventory balance include:

·

applying the RIM to a group of products that is not fairly uniform in terms of its cost and selling price relationship and turnover;


·  applying the RIM to a group of products that is not fairly uniform in terms of its cost and selling price relationship and turnover;
·  applying the RIM to transactions over a period of time that include different rates of gross profit, such as those relating to seasonal merchandise;
·  inaccurate estimates of inventory shrinkage between the date of the last physical inventory at a store and the financial statement date; and
·  inaccurate estimates of LCM and/or LIFO reserves.

·

applying the RIM to transactions over a period of time that include different rates of gross profit, such as those relating to seasonal merchandise;


·

inaccurate estimates of inventory shrinkage between the date of the last physical inventory at a store and the financial statement date; and


·

inaccurate estimates of LCM and/or LIFO reserves.

Factors that reduce potential distortion include the use of historical experience in estimating the shrink provision (see discussion below) and recent improvements in thean annual LIFO analysis whereby all SKUs are considered in the index formulation. As partAn actual valuation of this process weinventory under the LIFO method is made at the end of each year based on the inventory levels and costs at that time. Accordingly, interim LIFO calculations are based on management’s estimates of expected year-end inventory levels, sales for the year and the expected rate of inflation/deflation for the year and are thus subject to adjustment in the final year-end LIFO inventory valuation. We also perform an inventory-aginginterim inventory analysis for determining obsolete inventory. Our policy is to write down inventory to an LCM value based on various management assumptions including estimated markdowns and sales required to liquidate such aged inventory in future periods. Inventory is reviewed on a quarterly basis and adjusted as appropriate to reflect write-downs determined to be necessary.


Factors such as slower inventory turnover due to changes in competitors’ tactics,practices, consumer preferences, consumer spending and unseasonable weather patterns, among other factors, could cause excess inventory requiring greater than estimated markdowns to entice consumer purchases, resulting in an unfavorable impact on our consolidated financial statements. Sales shortfalls due to the above factors could cause reduced purchases from vendors and associated vendor allowances that would also result in an unfavorable impact on our consolidated financial statements.


We calculate our shrink provision based on actual physical inventory results during the fiscal period and an accrual for estimated shrink occurring subsequent to a physical inventory through the end of the fiscal reporting period. This accrual is calculated as a percentage of sales at each retail store, at a department level, and is determined by dividing the book-to-physical inventory adjustments recorded during the previous twelve months by the related sales for the same period for each store. To the extent that subsequent physical inventories yield different results than this estimated accrual, our effective shrink rate for a given reporting period will



55



include the impact of adjusting the estimated results to the actual results. Although we perform physical inventories in virtually all of our stores on an annual basis, the same stores do not necessarily get counted in the same reporting periods from year to year, which could impact comparability in a given reporting period.

46

Goodwill

We believe our estimates and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets. Under SFAS 142, “Goodwillassumptions related to merchandise inventories have generally been accurate in recent years and we do not currently anticipate material changes in these estimates and assumptions.


Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, we are required to test goodwill andAssets. We amortize intangible assets with indefiniteover their estimated useful lives for impairment annually, or more frequently ifunless such lives are deemed indefinite. If impairment indicators occur.are noted, amortizable intangible assets are tested for impairment based on projected undiscounted cash flows, and, if impaired, written down to fair value based on either discounted projected cash flows or appraised values. Future cash flow projections are based on management’s projections. Significant judgments required in this testing process may include projecting future cash flows, determining appropriate discount rates and other assumptions. Projections are based on management’s best estimateestimates given recent financial performance, market trends, strategic plans and other available information. Changesinformation which in recent years have been materially accurate. Although not currently anticipated, changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value or impairment. Future indicators of impairment could result in an asset impairment charge.


Purchase Accounting.

Under accounting standards for goodwill and other intangible assets, we are required to test such assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators occur. The Merger was accounted for asgoodwill impairment test is a reverse acquisitiontwo-step process that requires management to make judgments in accordancedetermining what assumptions to use in the calculation. The first step of the process consists of estimating the fair value of our reporting unit based on valuation techniques (including a discounted cash flow model using revenue and profit forecasts) and comparing that estimated fair value with the purchase accounting provisionsrecorded carrying value, which includes goodwill. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying value, a second step is performed to compute the amount of SFAS 141, “Business Combinations,” under whichthe impairment by determining an “implied fair value” of goodwill. The determination of the implied fair value of goodwill would require us to allocate the estimated fair value of our reporting unit to its assets and liabilities have been accountedliabilities. Any unallocated fair value represents the implied fair value of goodwill, which would be compared to its corresponding carrying value.

The impairment test for at their estimatedindefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison of the fair valuesvalue of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

We performed our annual impairment tests of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the third quarter of 2010 based on conditions as of the dateend of the Merger.second quarter of 2010. The aggregate purchase pricetests indicated that no impairment charge was allocatednecessary. We are not currently projecting a decline in cash flows that could be expected to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based uponhave an assessmentadverse effect such as a violation of their relative fair values as of the date of the Merger. These estimates of fair values, the allocation of the purchase price and other factors related to the accounting for the Merger are subject to significant judgments and the use of estimates.

debt covenants or future impairment charges.




56



Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are recorded at cost. We group our assets into relatively homogeneous classes and generally provide for depreciation on a straight-line basis over the estimated average useful life of each asset class, except for leasehold improvements, which are amortized over the shorterlesser of the applicable lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. Certain store and warehouse fixtures, when fully depreciated, are removed from the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization accounts. The valuation and classification of these assets and the assignment of useful depreciable lives involves significant judgments and the use of estimates.

estimates, which we believe have been materially accurate in recent years.


Impairment of Long-lived Assets. We review the carrying value of all long-lived assets for impairment at least annually, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In accordance with Statementaccounting standards for impairment or disposal of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,”long-lived assets, we review for impairment stores open more thanfor approximately two years or more for which currentrecent cash flows from operations are negative. Impairment results when the carrying value of the assets exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows over the life of the lease. Our estimate of undiscounted future cash flows over the lease term is based upon historical operations of the stores and estimates of future store profitability which encompasses many factors that are subject to variability and are difficult to predict. If a long-lived asset is found to be impaired, the amount recognized for impairment is equal to the difference between the carrying value and the asset’s estimated fair value. The fair value is estimated based primarily upon projected future cash flows (discounted at our credit adjusted risk-free rate) or other reasonable estimates of fair market value.

47

value in accordance with U.S. GAAP. During 2010, 2009 and 2008 we recorded pre-tax impairment charges of $1.7 million, $5.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively, for certain store assets that we deemed to be impaired.


Insurance Liabilities. We retain a significant portion of the risk for our workers’ compensation, employee health, insurance, general liability, property loss, automobile and automobile coverage.general liability. These represent significant costs are significant primarily due to the large employee base and number of stores. At the date of the Merger this liability was discounted in accordance with purchase accounting standards. Subsequent to the Merger, provisionsProvisions are made to this insurance liabilitythese liabilities on an undiscounted basis based on actual claim data and estimates of incurred but not reported claims developed using actuarial methodologies based on historical claim trends.trends, which have been and are anticipated to continue to be materially accurate. If future claim trends deviate from recent historical patterns, we may be required to record additional expenses or expense reductions, which could be material to our future financial results.


Contingent Liabilities – Income TaxesTaxes. Income tax reserves are determined using the methodology established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation 48, Accounting for Uncertaintyaccounting standards relating to uncertainty in Income Taxes – An Interpretation of FASB Statement 109 (“FIN 48”).  FIN 48, which we adopted on February 3, 2007, requiresincome taxes. These standards require companies to assess each income tax position taken using a two step process. A determination is first made as to whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, based upon the technical merits, upon examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is expected to meet the more likely than not criteria, the benefit recorded for the tax position equals the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement of the respective tax position. Uncertain tax positions require determinations and estimated liabilities to be made based on provisions of the tax law which may be subject to



57



change or varying interpretation. If our determinations and estimates prove to be inaccurate, the resulting adjustments could be material to our future financial results.


Contingent Liabilities - Legal Matters.We are subject to legal, regulatory and other proceedings and claims. We establish liabilities as appropriate for these claims and proceedings based upon the probability and estimability of losses and to fairly present, in conjunction with the disclosures of these matters in our financial statements and SEC filings, management’s view of our exposure. We review outstanding claims and proceedings with external counsel to assess probability and estimates of loss. We re-evaluate these assessments on a quarterly basis or as new and significant information becomes available to determine whether a liability should be established or if any existing liability should be adjusted. The actual cost of resolving a claim or proceeding ultimately may be substantially different than the amount of the recorded liability. In addition, because it is not permissible under U.S. GAAP to establish a litigation liability until the loss is both probable and estimable, in some cases there may be insufficient time to establish a liability prior to the actual incurrence of the loss (upon verdict and judgment at trial, for example, or in the case of a quickly negotiated settlement). See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


Lease Accounting and Excess Facilities. The majorityMany of our stores are subject to short-term leases (usually with initial or primary terms of 3 to 5 years) with multiple renewal options

48

when available. We also have stores subject to build-to-suit arrangements with landlords, which typically carry a primary lease term of 1010-15 years with multiple renewal options. Approximately halfWe also have stores subject to shorter-term leases (usually with initial or current terms of 3 to 5 years), and many of these leases have multiple renewal options. As of January 28, 2011, approximately 35% of our stores havehad provisions for contingent rentals based upon a percentage of defined sales volume. We recognize contingent rental expense when the achievement of specified sales targets is considered probable. We recognize rent expense over the term of the lease. We record minimum rental expense on a straight-line basis over the base, non-cancelable lease term commencing on the date that we take physical possession of the property from the landlord, which normally includes a period prior to store opening to make necessary leasehold improvements and install store fixtures. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, we recognize the related rent expense on a straight-line basis and record the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. We also receive tenantTenant allowances, which we recordto the extent received, are recorded as deferred incentive rent and amortizeamortized as a reduction to rent expense over the term of the lease. We reflect as a liability any difference between the calculated expense and the amounts actually paid. Improvements of leased properties are amortized over the shorter of the life of the applicable lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.

For store closures (excluding those associated with a business combination) where a lease obligation still exists, we record the estimated future liability associated with the rental obligation on the date the store is closed in accordance with SFAS 146, “Accountingaccounting standards for Costs Associatedcosts associated with Exitexit or Disposal Activities.”disposal activities. Based on an overall analysis of store performance and expected trends, management periodically evaluates the need to close underperforming stores. Liabilities are established at the point of closure for the present value of any remaining operating lease obligations, net of estimated sublease income, and at the communication date for severance and other exit costs, as prescribed by SFAS 146.costs. Key assumptions in calculating the liability include the timeframe expected to terminate lease agreements, estimates related to the sublease potential of closed locations, and estimation of other related exit costs. IfHistorically, these estimates have not been materially inaccurate; however, if actual timing and potential termination costs or realization of sublease



58



income differ from our estimates, the resulting liabilities could vary from recorded amounts. These liabilities are reviewed periodically and adjusted when necessary.


Share-Based Payments. Our share-based stock option awards are valued on an individual grant basis using the Black-Scholes-Merton closed form option pricing model. We believe that this model fairly estimates the value of our share-based awards. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the valuation of stock options, which affects compensation expense related to these options. These assumptions include an estimate of the fair value of our common stock, the term that the options are expected to be outstanding, an estimate of the volatility of our stock price (which is based on a peer group of publicly traded companies), applicable interest rates and the dividend yield of our stock. Our volatility estimates are based on a peer group due to the fact that our stock has been publicly traded for a relatively short period of time in relation to the expected term of outstanding options. Other factors involving judgments that affect the expensing of share-based payments include estimated forfeiture rates of share-based awards. IfHistorically, these estimates have not been materially inaccurate; however, if our estimates differ materially from actual experience, we may be required to record additional expense or reductions of expense, which could be material to our future financial results.

49

Adoption


Fair Value Measurements. We measure fair value of Accounting Standard

assets and liabilities in accordance with applicable accounting standards, which require that fair values be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. These standards establish a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy). Therefore, Level 3 inputs are typically based on an entity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity, and thus require the use of significant judgment and estimates. Currently, we have no assets or liabilities that are valued based solely on Level 3 inputs.


Our fair value measurements are primarily associated with our derivative financial instruments, intangible assets, property and equipment, and to a lesser degree our investments. The values of our derivative financial instruments are determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves. The fair values of interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash payments (or receipts) and the discounted expected variable cash receipts (or payments). The variable cash receipts (or payments) are based on an expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) derived from observable market interest rate curves. In recent years, these methodologies have produced materially accurate valuations.


Derivative Financial Instruments. We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 effective February 3, 2007.  The adoption resultedaccount for our derivative instruments in an $8.9 million decreaseaccordance with accounting standards for derivative instruments (including certain derivative instruments embedded in retained earningsother contracts) and a reclassification of certain amounts between deferred income taxeshedging activities, as amended and other noncurrent liabilities to conform tointerpreted,



59



which establish accounting and reporting requirements for such instruments and activities. These standards require that every derivative instrument be recorded in the balance sheet presentation requirements of FIN 48.  As of the date of adoption, the total reserve for uncertain tax benefits was $77.9 million.  This reserve excludes the federal income tax benefit for the uncertain tax positions related to state income taxes which is now included in deferred tax assets.  As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, the reserve for interest expense related to income taxes was increased to $15.3 million and a reserve for potential penalties of $1.9 million related to uncertain income tax positions was recorded.  As of the date of adoption, approximately $27.1 million of the reserve for uncertain tax positions would impact our effective income tax rate if we were to recognize the tax benefit for these positions.  After the Merger and the related application of purchase accounting, no portion of the reserve for uncertain tax positions that existed as of the date of adoption would impact our effective tax rate but would, if subsequently recognized, reduce the amount of goodwill recorded in relation to the Merger.


Subsequent to the adoption of FIN 48, we elected to record income tax related interest and penalties as a component of the provision for income tax expense.

Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”,either an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133. SFAS 161 applies to all derivative instruments and nonderivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments pursuant to paragraphs 37 and 42 of SFAS 133 and related hedged items accounted for under SFAS 133. SFAS 161 requires entities to provide greater transparency through additional disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133 andasset or liability measured at its related interpretations, and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2008.  We currently plan to adopt SFAS 161 during our 2009 fiscal year.  No determination has yet been made regarding the potential impact of this standard on our financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations”. The new standard establishes the requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest (formerly minority interest) in an acquiree; provides updated requirements for recognition and measurement of goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and provides updated disclosure requirements to enable users of financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. This Statement applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is not allowed.  This standard is not expected to impact our financial statements unless a qualifying transaction is consummated subsequent to the effective date.
50

In February 2007 the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (SFAS 159). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. It provides entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. We currently plan to adopt SFAS 159 during our 2008 fiscal year.  We are in the process of evaluating the potential impact of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS 157 provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities. The standard also requires expanded information about the extent to which companies measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the information used to measure fair value, and that changes in the effect ofderivative’s fair value measurementsbe recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. See “Fair Value Measurements” above for a discussion of derivative valuations. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative’s gains and losses to either offset related results on earnings. The standard applies wheneverthe hedged item in the statement of operations or be accumulated in other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilitiescomprehensive income, and requires that a company formally document, designate, and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. We use derivative instruments to manage our exposure to changing interest rates, primarily with interest rate swaps.


In addition to making valuation estimates, we also bear the risk that certain derivative instruments that have been designated as hedges and currently meet the strict hedge accounting requirements may not qualify in the future as “highly effective,” as defined, as well as the risk that hedged transactions in cash flow hedging relationships may no longer be measured at fair value. The standard does not expandconsidered probable to occur. Further, new interpretations and guidance related to these instruments may be issued in the future, and we cannot predict the possible impact that such guidance may have on our use of fair value in any new circumstances. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For non-financial assets and liabilities, the effective date has been delayed to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. We currently expect to adopt SFAS 157 during our 2008 and 2009 fiscal years. We are in the process of evaluating the potential impact of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.derivative instruments going forward.




ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK


Financial Risk Management


We are exposed to market risk primarily from adverse changes in interest rates.rates, and to a lesser degree commodity prices. To minimize this risk, we may periodically use financial instruments, including derivatives. As a matter of policy, we do not buy or sell financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes and all derivative financial instrument transactions must be authorized and executed pursuant to approval by the Board of Directors. All financial instrument positions taken by us are intended to be used to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure. Because of high correlation between the derivative financial instrument and the underlying exposure being hedged, fluctuations in the value of the financial instruments are generally offset by reciprocal changes in the value of the underlying economic exposure. The financial instruments we use are straightforward instruments with liquid markets.


Interest Rate Risk


We manage our interest rate risk through the strategic use of fixed and variable interest rate debt and, from time to time, derivative financial instruments. Our principal interest rate exposure relates to outstanding amounts under our New Credit Facilities. Our NewAs of January 28, 2011, our Credit Facilities provide for variable rate borrowings of up to $3,425.0 million$2.995 billion including availability of $1,125.0 millionup to $1.031 billion under our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility,ABL Facility, subject to the borrowing base. In order to mitigate a portion of the variable rate interest exposure under the New Credit Facilities, we entered into certain interest rate swaps with affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Lehman Brothers Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC. Pursuant to the swaps which became effective on July 31, 2007,2007. Pursuant to these swaps, we swapped three month LIBOR rates for fixed interest rates, which will resultresulting in the payment of aan all-in fixed rate of 7.68% on aan original notional amount of $2,000.0 million which will$2.0 billion originally scheduled to amortize on a quarterly basis until maturity at July 31, 2012. At February 1,

In October 2008, a counterparty to one of our 2007 swap agreements defaulted. We terminated this agreement and in November 2008 we subsequently cash settled the swap. Representatives of the counterparty have challenged our calculation of the cash settlement. See “Legal Proceedings” under Note 9 of the footnotes to the consolidated financial statements. As of January 28, 2011, the notional amount was $1,630.0under the remaining 2007 swaps is $646.7 million.

51

Effective December 31, 2008, we entered into a $475.0 million interest rate swap in order to mitigate an additional portion of the variable rate interest exposure under the Credit Facilities. This swap is scheduled to mature on January 31, 2013. Under the terms of this agreement we swapped one month LIBOR rates for fixed interest rates, resulting in the payment of a fixed rate of 5.06% on a notional amount of $475.0 million through April 2010, $400.0 million from May 2010 through October 2011, and $300.0 million to maturity.

A change in interest rates on variable rate debt impacts our pre-tax earnings and cash flows; whereas a change in interest rates on fixed rate debt impacts the economic fair value of debt but not our pre-tax earnings and cash flows. Our derivativesinterest rate swaps qualify for hedge accounting as cash flow hedges. Therefore, changes in market fluctuations related to the



61



effective portion of these cash flow hedges do not impact our pre-tax earnings until the accrued interest is recognized on the derivatives and the associated hedged debt. Based on our variable rate borrowing levels and interest rate swaps outstanding debt as of February 1, 2008during 2010 and assuming that our mix of debt instruments, derivative instruments and other variables remain the same,2009, the annualized effect of a one percentage point change in variable interest rates would have resulted in a pretax impact onreduction of our earnings and cash flows of approximately $7.9 million.

$9.3 million in 2010 and $5.6 million in 2009.


The conditions and uncertainties in the global credit markets have increased the credit risk of other counterparties to our swap agreements. In the event such counterparties fail to perform under our swap agreements and we are unable to enter into new swap agreements on terms favorable to us, our ability to effectively manage our interest rate swaps are accountedrisk may be materially impaired. We attempt to manage counterparty credit risk by periodically evaluating the financial position and creditworthiness of such counterparties, monitoring the amount for in accordance with SFAS No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended and interpreted (collectively, “SFAS 133”).  SFAS 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities. SFAS 133 requires that all derivatives be recognized as either assets or liabilities at fair value. Beginning October 12, 2007,which we are accounting forat risk with each counterparty, and where possible, dispersing the swaps described above as cash flow hedges and record the effective portion of changes in fair value of the swaps within accumulated other comprehensive income.

risk among multiple counterparties. There can be no assurance that we will manage or mitigate our counterparty credit risk effectively.




Subsequent to the 2007 fiscal year end, we entered into a $350.0 million step-down interest rate swap which became effective February 28, 2008 in order to mitigate an additional portion of the variable rate interest exposure under the New Credit Facilities.  We entered into the swap with Wachovia Capital Markets and we swapped one month LIBOR rates for fixed interest rates, which will result in the payment of a fixed rate of 5.58% on a notional amount of $350.0 million for the first year and $150.0 million for the second year.
52

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Dollar General Corporation


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries as of February 1, 2008 (Successor)January 28, 2011 and February 2, 2007 (Predecessor),January 29, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations,income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the periods from March 6, 2007 to February 1, 2008 (Successor), February 3, 2007 to July 6, 2007 (Predecessor) and for the years ended February 2, 2007January 28, 2011, January 29, 2010 and February 3, 2006 (Predecessor).January 30, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures  that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,statements. An audit also includes, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, andas well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries at February 1, 2008 (Successor)January 28, 2011 and February 2, 2007 (Predecessor),January 29, 2010, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods from March 6, 2007 to February 1, 2008 (Successor), February 3, 2007 to July 6, 2007 (Predecessor) and for the years ended February 2, 2007January 28, 2011, January 29, 2010 and February 3, 2006 (Predecessor),January 30, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.


As discussed

We also have audited, in Notes 1 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements, effective February 4, 2006, the Company changed its method of accounting for stock-based compensation in connectionaccordance with the adoptionstandards of Statementthe Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Dollar General Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”.


As discussedJanuary 28, 2011, based on criteria established in Notes 1Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, effective February 3, 2007, the Company changed its method of accounting for uncertain tax positions in connection with the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”.
                                                                        /s/our report dated March 22, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.



/s/ Ernst & Young LLP


Nashville, Tennessee

March 25, 2008

53
22, 2011



63



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

January 28,
2011

 

January 29,
2010

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

497,446 

 

$

222,076 

Merchandise inventories

 

1,765,433 

 

 

1,519,578 

Income taxes receivable

 

 

 

7,543 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

104,946 

 

 

96,252 

Total current assets

 

2,367,825 

 

 

1,845,449 

Net property and equipment

 

1,524,575 

 

 

1,328,386 

Goodwill

 

4,338,589 

 

 

4,338,589 

Intangible assets, net

 

1,256,922 

 

 

1,284,283 

Other assets, net

 

58,311 

 

 

66,812 

Total assets

$

9,546,222 

 

$

8,863,519 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term obligations

$

1,157 

 

$

3,671 

Accounts payable

 

953,641 

 

 

830,953 

Accrued expenses and other

 

347,741 

 

 

342,290 

Income taxes payable

 

25,980 

 

 

4,525 

Deferred income taxes payable

 

36,854 

 

 

25,061 

Total current liabilities

 

1,365,373 

 

 

1,206,500 

Long-term obligations

 

3,287,070 

 

 

3,399,715 

Deferred income taxes payable

 

598,565 

 

 

546,172 

Other liabilities

 

231,582 

 

 

302,348 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable common stock

 

9,153 

 

 

18,486 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, 1,000 shares authorized

 

 

 

Common stock; $0.875 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 341,507 and 340,586 shares issued and outstanding at

January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, respectively

 

298,819 

 

 

298,013 

Additional paid-in capital

 

2,945,024 

 

 

2,923,377 

Retained earnings

 

830,932 

 

 

203,075 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(20,296)

 

 

(34,167)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

4,054,479 

 

 

3,390,298 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$

9,546,222 

 

$

8,863,519 

  Successor  Predecessor 
  
February 1,
2008
  
February 2,
2007
 
       
ASSETS      
Current assets:      
Cash and cash equivalents $100,209  $189,288 
Short-term investments  19,611   29,950 
Merchandise inventories  1,288,661   1,432,336 
Income taxes receivable  32,501   9,833 
Deferred income taxes  17,297   24,321 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  59,465   57,020 
Total current assets  1,517,744   1,742,748 
Net property and equipment  1,274,245   1,236,874 
Goodwill  4,344,930   2,337 
Intangible assets, net  1,370,557   86 
Other assets, net  148,955   58,469 
Total assets $8,656,431  $3,040,514 
         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
Current liabilities:        
Current portion of long-term obligations $3,246  $8,080 
Accounts payable  551,040   555,274 
Accrued expenses and other  300,956   253,558 
Income taxes payable  2,999   15,959 
Total current liabilities  858,241   832,871 
Long-term obligations  4,278,756   261,958 
Deferred income taxes  486,725   41,597 
Other liabilities  319,714   158,341 
Commitments and contingencies        
Redeemable common stock  9,122   - 
Shareholders’ equity:        
Preferred stock, Shares authorized: 1,000,000  -     
Series B junior participating preferred stock, stated
value $0.50 per share; Shares authorized:
10,000; Issued: None
      - 
Common stock; $0.50 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized,
555,482 shares issued and outstanding at February 1, 2008 and
500,000 shares authorized, 312,436 shares issued and
outstanding at February 2, 2007, respectively.
  277,741   156,218 
Additional paid-in capital  2,480,062   486,145 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)  (4,818)  1,103,951 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (49,112)  (987)
Other shareholders’ equity  -   420 
Total shareholders’ equity  2,703,873   1,745,747 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $8,656,431  $3,040,514 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

54



64



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

INCOME

(In thousands)

  Successor  Predecessor 
        For the years ended 
   
July 7, 2007
through
February 1, 2008 (a)
  
February 3, 2007 through
July 6, 2007
   
February 2,
2007
  
February 3,
2006
 
  (30 weeks)  (22 weeks)  (52 weeks)  (53 weeks) 
             
             
Net sales $5,571,493  $3,923,753  $9,169,822  $8,582,237 
                 
Cost of goods sold  3,999,599   2,852,178   6,801,617   6,117,413 
                 
Gross profit ��1,571,894   1,071,575   2,368,205   2,464,824 
                 
Selling, general and administrative  1,324,508   960,930   2,119,929   1,902,957 
                 
Transaction and related costs  1,242   101,397   -   - 
                 
Operating profit  246,144   9,248   248,276   561,867 
                 
Interest income  (3,799)  (5,046)  (7,002)  (9,001)
                 
Interest expense  252,897   10,299   34,915   26,226 
                 
Loss on interest rate swaps  2,390   -   -   - 
                 
Loss on debt retirement, net  1,249   -   -   - 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes  (6,593)  3,995   220,363   544,642 
                 
Income tax expense (benefit)  (1,775)  11,993   82,420   194,487 
                 
Net income (loss) $(4,818) $(7,998) $137,943  $350,155 
(a)Includes the results of operations of Buck Acquisition Corp. for the period prior to its merger with and into Dollar General Corporation from March 6, 2007 (its formation) through July 6, 2007 (reflecting the change in fair value of interest rate swaps), and the post-merger results of Dollar General Corporation for the period from July 7, 2007 through February 1, 2008.  See Notes 1 and 2.
thousands, except per share amounts)

 

For the Year Ended

January 28,
2011

 

January 29,
2010

 

January 30,
2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

13,035,000 

 

$

11,796,380 

 

$

10,457,668 

Cost of goods sold

 

8,858,444 

 

 

8,106,509 

 

 

7,396,571 

Gross profit

 

4,176,556 

 

 

3,689,871 

 

 

3,061,097 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

2,902,491 

 

 

2,736,613 

 

 

2,448,611 

Litigation settlement and related costs, net

 

 

 

 

 

32,000 

Operating profit

 

1,274,065 

 

 

953,258 

 

 

580,486 

Interest income

 

(220)

 

 

(144)

 

 

(3,061)

Interest expense

 

274,212 

 

 

345,744 

 

 

391,932 

Other (income) expense

 

15,101 

 

 

55,542 

 

 

(2,788)

Income before income taxes

 

984,972 

 

 

552,116 

 

 

194,403 

Income tax expense

 

357,115 

 

 

212,674 

 

 

86,221 

Net income

$

627,857 

 

$

339,442 

 

$

108,182 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

1.84 

 

$

1.05 

 

$

0.34 

Diluted

$

1.82 

 

$

1.04 

 

$

0.34 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

341,047 

 

 

322,778 

 

 

317,024 

Diluted

 

344,800 

 

 

324,836 

 

 

317,503 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

55




65




DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands except per share amounts)

 

Common
Stock
Shares

Common
Stock

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated Deficit)

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Total

Balances, February 1, 2008

317,418 

$

277,741 

$

2,480,062 

$

(4,818)

$

(49,112)

$

2,703,873 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

108,182 

 

 

108,182 

Unrealized net gain on hedged transactions, net of income tax expense of $4,518

 

 

 

 

9,682 

 

9,682 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

117,864 

Issuance of common stock under stock incentive plans

484 

 

423 

 

(423)

 

 

 

Repurchases of common stock

(57)

 

(50)

 

50 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

9,958 

 

 

 

9,958 

Balances, January 30, 2009

317,845 

$

278,114 

$

2,489,647 

$

103,364 

$

(39,430)

$

2,831,695 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

339,442 

 

 

339,442 

Unrealized net gain on hedged transactions, net of income tax expense of $2,553

 

 

 

 

5,263 

 

5,263 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

344,705 

Issuance of common stock

22,700 

 

19,863 

 

421,299 

 

 

 

441,162 

Cash dividends, $0.7525 per common share, and related amounts

 

 

 

(239,731)

 

 

(239,731)

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

15,009 

 

 

 

15,009 

Tax benefit from stock option exercises

 

 

3,072 

 

 

 

3,072 

Issuance of common stock under stock incentive plans

304 

 

266 

 

2,020 

 

 

 

2,286 

Equity settlements under stock incentive plans

(263)

 

(230)

 

(7,670)

 

 

 

(7,900)

Balances, January 29, 2010

340,586 

$

298,013 

$

2,923,377 

$

203,075 

$

(34,167)

$

3,390,298 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

627,857 

 

 

627,857 

Unrealized net gain on hedged transactions, net of income tax expense of $9,406

 

 

 

 

13,871 

 

13,871 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

641,728 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

12,805 

 

 

 

12,805 

Tax benefit from stock option exercises

 

 

10,110 

 

 

 

10,110 

Issuance of common stock under stock incentive plans

93 

 

82 

 

1,943 

 

 

 

2,025 

Exercise of stock options

872 

 

763 

 

(8,399)

 

 

 

(7,636)

Other equity settlements under stock incentive plans

(44)

 

(39)

 

5,188 

 

 

 

5,149 

Balances, January 28, 2011

341,507 

$

298,819 

$

2,945,024 

$

830,932 

$

(20,296)

$

4,054,479 

  
Common
Stock
Shares
  
Common
Stock
  
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  
Retained
Earnings
  
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
  
Other
Shareholders’
Equity
  Total 
Predecessor Balances, January 28, 2005  328,172  $164,086  $421,600  $1,102,457  $(973) $(2,705) $1,684,465 
Comprehensive income:                            
Net income  -   -   -   350,155   -   -   350,155 
Reclassification of net loss on derivatives  -   -   -   -   179   -   179 
Comprehensive income                          350,334 
Cash dividends, $0.175 per common share  -   -   -   (56,183)  -   -   (56,183)
Issuance of common stock under stock incentive plans  2,249   1,125   28,280   -   -   -   29,405 
Tax benefit from stock option exercises  -   -   6,457   -   -   -   6,457 
Repurchases of common stock  (14,977)  (7,489)  -   (290,113)  -   -   (297,602)
Sales of common stock by employee deferred compensation trust, net (42 shares)  -   -   95   -   -   788   883 
Issuance of restricted stock and restricted stock units, net  249   125   5,151   -   -   (5,276)  - 
Amortization of unearned compensation on restricted stock and restricted stock units  -   -   -   -   -   2,394   2,394 
Acceleration of vesting of stock options (see Note 9)  -   -   938   -   -   -   938 
Other equity transactions  (14)  (7)  (138)  (151)  -   -   (296)
Predecessor Balances, February 3, 2006  315,679  $157,840  $462,383  $1,106,165  $(794) $(4,799) $1,720,795 
Comprehensive income:                            
Net income  -   -   -   137,943   -   -   137,943 
Reclassification of net loss on derivatives  -   -   -   -   188   -   188 
Comprehensive income                          138,131 
Cash dividends, $0.20 per common share  -   -   -   (62,472)  -   -   (62,472)
Issuance of common stock under stock incentive plans  1,573   786   19,108   -   -   -   19,894 
Tax benefit from share-based payments  -   -   2,513   -   -   -   2,513 
Repurchases of common stock  (4,483)  (2,242)  -   (77,705)  -   -   (79,947)
Purchases of common stock by employee deferred compensation trust, net (3 shares)  -   -   (2)  -   -   40   38 
Reversal of unearned compensation upon adoption of SFAS 123(R) (see Note 9)  (364)  (182)  (4,997)  -   -   5,179   - 
Share-based compensation expense  -   -   7,578   -   -   -   7,578 
Vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units  149   75   (75)  -   -   -   - 
Transition adjustment upon adoption of SFAS 158  -   -   -   -   (381)  -   (381)
Other equity transactions  (118)  (59)  (363)  20   -   -   (402)
Predecessor Balances, February 2, 2007  312,436  $156,218  $486,145  $1,103,951  $(987) $420  $1,745,747 
Adoption of FIN 48  -   -   -   (8,917)  -   -   (8,917)
Predecessor Balances as adjusted, February 2, 2007  312,436   156,218   486,145   1,095,034   (987)  420   1,736,830 
Comprehensive income:                            
Net loss  -   -   -   (7,998)  -   -   (7,998)
Reclassification of net loss on derivatives  -   -   -   -   76   -   76 
Comprehensive loss  -   -   -   -   -   -   (7,922)
Cash dividends, $0.05 per common share  -   -   -   (15,710)  -   -   (15,710)
Issuance of common stock under stock incentive plans  2,496   1,248   40,294   -   -   -   41,542 
Tax benefit from stock option exercises  -   -   3,927   -   -   -   3,927 
Share-based compensation expense  -   -   45,458   -   -   -   45,458 
Vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units  126   63   (63)  -   -   -   - 
Other equity transactions  (28)  (13)  (580)  (48)  -   7   (634)
Elimination of Predecessor equity in connection with Merger (see Notes 1 and 2)  (315,030)  (157,516)  (575,181)  (1,071,278)  911   (427)  (1,803,491)
Predecessor Balances subsequent to Merger $-  $-  $-  $-  $-  $-  $- 
56

   
Common
Stock
Shares 
   
Common
Stock 
   
Additional
Paid-in
Capital 
   
Retained
Earnings 
   
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss 
   
Other
Shareholders’
Equity 
   
Total 
 
Successor capital contribution, net  554,035   277,018   2,476,958   -   -   -   2,753,976 
Comprehensive loss:                            
Net loss  -   -   -   (4,818)  -   -   (4,818)
Unrealized net loss on hedged transactions  -   -   -   -   (49,112)  -   (49,112)
Comprehensive loss                          (53,930)
Issuance of common stock under stock incentive plans  574   287   (287)  -   -   -   - 
Issuance of restricted common stock under stock incentive plans  890   445   (445)  -   -   -   - 
Repurchases of common stock  (17  (9  9   -   -   -   - 
Share-based compensation expense  -   -   3,827   -   -   -   3,827 
Successor Balances, February 1, 2008  555,482  $277,741  $2,480,062  $(4,818) $(49,112)  -  $2,703,873 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

57



66



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

For the Year Ended

January 28,

2011

 

January 29, 2010

 

January 30,

2009

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

627,857 

 

$

339,442 

 

$

108,182 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

254,927 

 

 

256,771 

 

 

247,899 

Deferred income taxes

 

50,985 

 

 

14,860 

 

 

73,434 

Tax benefit of stock options

 

(13,905)

 

 

(5,390)

 

 

(950)

Loss (gain) on debt retirement

 

14,576 

 

 

55,265 

 

 

(3,818)

Noncash share-based compensation

 

15,956 

 

 

17,295 

 

 

9,958 

Noncash inventory adjustments and asset impairments

 

7,607 

 

 

647 

 

 

50,671 

Other noncash gains and losses

 

5,942 

 

 

7,920 

 

 

6,252 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merchandise inventories

 

(251,809)

 

 

(100,248)

 

 

(173,014)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(10,157)

 

 

(7,298)

 

 

(598)

Accounts payable

 

123,424 

 

 

106,049 

 

 

140,356 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

(42,428)

 

 

(12,643)

 

 

68,736 

Income taxes

 

42,903 

 

 

1,153 

 

 

33,986 

Other

 

(1,194)

 

 

(1,000)

 

 

14,084 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

824,684 

 

 

672,823 

 

 

575,178 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(420,395)

 

 

(250,747)

 

 

(205,546)

Purchases of short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

(9,903)

Sales of short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

61,547 

Sales of property and equipment

 

1,448 

 

 

2,701 

 

 

1,266 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(418,947)

 

 

(248,046)

 

 

(152,636)

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

631 

 

 

443,753 

 

 

4,228 

Repayments under revolving credit facility

 

 

 

 

 

(102,500)

Issuance of long-term obligations

 

 

 

1,080 

 

 

Repayments of long-term obligations

 

(131,180)

 

 

(785,260)

 

 

(44,425)

Payment of cash dividends and related amounts

 

 

 

(239,731)

 

 

Repurchases of common stock and settlement of equity awards, net of employee taxes paid

 

(13,723)

 

 

(5,928)

 

 

(3,009)

Tax benefit of stock options

 

13,905 

 

 

5,390 

 

 

950 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(130,367)

 

 

(580,696)

 

 

(144,756)

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

275,370 

 

 

(155,919)

 

 

277,786 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

222,076 

 

 

377,995 

 

 

100,209 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

$

497,446 

 

$

222,076 

 

$

377,995 





Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

$

244,752 

 

$

328,433 

 

$

377,022 

Income taxes

 

314,123 

 

 

187,983 

 

 

7,091 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment awaiting processing for payment, included in Accounts payable

$

29,658 

 

$

30,393 

 

$

7,474 

Purchases of property and equipment under capital lease obligations

 

 

 

50 

 

 

3,806 

Expiration of equity repurchase rights

 

 

 

 

 

2,548 

  Successor  Predecessor 
  
July 7, 2007
through
February 1, 2008 (a)
  
February 3, 2007
through
July 6, 2007
  Year Ended February 2, 2007  Year Ended February 3, 2006 
  (30 weeks)  (22 weeks)  (52 weeks)  (53 weeks) 
             
Cash flows from operating activities:            
Net income (loss) $(4,818) $(7,998) $137,943  $350,155 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization  150,213   83,917   200,608   186,824 
Deferred income taxes  19,551   (20,874)  (38,218)  8,244 
Tax benefit from stock option exercises  -   (3,927)  (2,513)  6,457 
Loss on debt retirement, net  1,249   -   -   - 
Noncash share-based compensation  3,827   45,433   7,578   3,332 
Noncash unrealized loss on interest rate swap  3,705   -   -   - 
Noncash inventory adjustments and asset impairments  -   -   78,115   - 
Change in operating assets and liabilities:                
Merchandise inventories  79,469   16,424   (28,057)  (97,877)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  3,739   (6,184)  (5,411)  (10,630)
Accounts payable  (41,395)  34,794   53,544   87,230 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities  16,061   52,995   38,353   40,376 
Income taxes  7,348   2,809   (35,165)  (26,017)
Other  655   4,557   (1,420)  7,391 
Net cash provided by operating activities  239,604   201,946   405,357   555,485 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Merger, net of cash acquired  (6,738,391)  -   -   - 
Purchases of property and equipment  (83,641)  (56,153)  (261,515)  (284,112)
Purchases of short-term investments  (3,800)  (5,100)  (49,675)  (132,775)
Sales of short-term investments  21,445   9,505   51,525   166,850 
Purchases of long-term investments  (7,473)  (15,754)  (25,756)  (16,995)
Purchases of promissory notes  (37,047)  -   -   - 
Insurance proceeds related to property and equipment  -   -   1,807   1,210 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment  533   620   1,650   1,419 
Net cash used in investing activities  (6,848,374)  (66,882)  (281,964)  (264,403)
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Issuance of common stock  2,759,540   -   -   - 
Borrowings under revolving credit facility  1,522,100   -   2,012,700   232,200 
Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility  (1,419,600)  -   (2,012,700)  (232,200)
Issuance of long-term obligations  4,176,817   -   -   14,495 
Repayments of long-term obligations  (241,945)  (4,500)  (14,118)  (14,310)
Debt issuance costs  (87,392)  -   -   - 
Payment of cash dividends  -   (15,710)  (62,472)  (56,183)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  -   41,546   19,894   29,405 
Repurchases of common stock  (541)  -   (79,947)  (297,602)
Tax benefit of stock options  -   3,927   2,513   - 
Other financing activities  -   -   (584)  892 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  6,708,979   25,263   (134,714)  (323,303)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  100,209   160,327   (11,321)  (32,221)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period  -   189,288   200,609   232,830 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $100,209  $349,615  $189,288  $200,609 
Supplemental cash flow information:                
Cash paid (received) for:                
Interest $226,738  $11,246  $24,180  $25,747 
Income taxes
 $(30,574) $26,012  $155,825  $205,802 
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:                
Purchases of property and equipment awaiting processing for payment, included in Accounts payable $20,449  $13,544  $18,094  $24,750 
Exchange of shares and stock options in business combination $7,685  $-  $-  $- 
Purchases of property and equipment under capital lease obligations $592  $1,036  $5,366  $7,197 
Elimination of financing obligations (See Note 7) $-  $-  $46,608  $- 
Elimination of promissory notes receivable (See Note 7) $-  $-  $46,608  $- 
(a)Includes the cash flows of Buck Acquisition Corp. for the period prior to its merger with and into Dollar General Corporation from March 6, 2007 (its formation) through July 6, 2007 (which were zero), and the post-merger results of Dollar General Corporation for the period from July 7, 2007 through February 1, 2008.  See Notes 1 and 2.


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

58



68



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.Basis of presentation and accounting policies


1.

Basis of presentation

and accounting policies


Basis of presentation


These notes contain references to the years 2008, 2007, 2006,2010, 2009 and 2005,2008, which represent fiscal years ending or ended January 28, 2011, January 29, 2010 and January 30, 2009, February 1, 2008, February 2, 2007, and February 3, 2006, respectively. Fiscal 2008 will be, andrespectively, each of fiscal years 2007 and 2006which were a 52-week accounting period while fiscal 2005 was a 53-week accounting period.periods. The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to January 31. The consolidated financial statements include all subsidiaries of the Company, except for its not-for-profit subsidiary which the assets and revenues of which areCompany does not material.control. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated.


Dollar General Corporation (the “Company”) was acquired on July 6, 2007 through a Merger (as defined and discussed in greater detail in Note 2 below) accounted for as a reverse acquisition.  Although the Company continued as the same legal entity after the Merger, the accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented for the “Predecessor” and “Successor” relating to the periods preceding and succeeding the Merger, respectively.  As a result of the Company applying purchase accounting and a new basis of accounting beginning on July 7, 2007, the financial reporting periods presented are as follows:

·  The 2007 periods presented include the 22-week Predecessor period of the Company from February 3, 2007 to July 6, 2007 and the 30-week Successor period, reflecting the merger of the Company and Buck Acquisition Corp. (“Buck”) from July 7, 2007 to February 1, 2008.
·  Buck’s results of operations for the period from March 6, 2007 to July 6, 2007 (prior to the Merger on July 6, 2007) are also included in the consolidated financial statements for the Successor period described above as a result of certain derivative financial instruments entered into by Buck prior to the Merger, as further described below.  Other than these financial instruments, Buck had no assets, liabilities, or operations prior to the Merger.
·  The 2006 and 2005 periods presented reflect the Predecessor.  The consolidated financial statements for the Predecessor periods have been prepared using the Company’s historical basis of accounting.  As a result of purchase accounting, the pre-Merger and post-Merger consolidated financial statements are not comparable.

The Company leases three of its distribution centers (“DCs”) from lessors, which meet the definition of a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) as described by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46”), as revised. One of these DCs has been recorded as a financing obligation whereby the property and equipment, along with the related lease obligations, are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets.  The land and buildings of the other two DCs have been recorded as operating leases in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 13,
59

“Accounting for Leases.”  The Company is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs and, accordingly, has not included these entities in its consolidated financial statements.

Business description


The Company sells general merchandise on a retail basis through 8,1949,372 stores (as of February 1, 2008) located primarilyJanuary 28, 2011) in 35 states covering most of the southern, southwestern, midwestern and eastern United States. The Company has DCsdistribution centers (“DCs”) in Scottsville, Kentucky; Ardmore, Oklahoma; South Boston, Virginia; Indianola, Mississippi; Fulton, Missouri; Alachua, Florida; Zanesville, Ohio; Jonesville, South Carolina and Marion, Indiana.


The Company purchases its merchandise from a wide variety of suppliers. Approximately 12%9% and 7% of the Company’s purchases in 20072010 were made from The Procter & Gamble Company. The Company’s next largest supplier accounted for approximately 6% of the Company’s purchases in 2007.

largest and second largest suppliers, respectively.


Cash and cash equivalents


Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with insignificant interest rate risk and original maturities of three months or less when purchased. Such investments primarily consist of money market funds, bank deposits, certificates of deposit (which may include foreign time deposits), and commercial paper. The carrying amounts of these items are a reasonable estimate of their fair value due to the short maturity of these investments. The Company held foreign time deposits of $5.2 million as of February 1, 2008.


Payments due from banksprocessors for third-party credit card, debit card and electronic benefittender transactions classified as cash and cash equivalents totaled approximately $13.9$26.1 million and $11.6$23.2 million at February 1, 2008January 28, 2011 and February 2, 2007,January 29, 2010, respectively.


The Company’s cash management system provides for daily investment of available balances and the funding of outstanding checks when presented for payment. Outstanding but unpresented checks totaling approximately $107.9$153.6 million and $122.3$159.6 million at February 1, 2008January 28, 2011 and February 2, 2007,January 29, 2010, respectively, have been included in Accounts payable in the consolidated balance sheets. Upon presentation for payment, these checks are funded through available cash balances or the Company’s credit facilities.


The



69



At January 28, 2011, the Company has certainmaintained cash and cash equivalents balances that, along with certain other assets, are being held as requiredto meet a $20 million minimum threshold set by certain insurance-related regulatory requirements and are therefore not available for general corporate purposes,insurance regulators, as further described below under “Investments in debt and equity securities.“Insurance liabilities.


Investments in debt and equity securities


The Company accounts for its investmentinvestments in debt and marketable equity securities in accordance with SFAS 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” and accordingly, classifies them as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading.trading, depending on their classification. Debt

60

securities categorized as held-to-maturity are stated at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities categorized as available-for-sale are stated at fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss. Trading securities (primarily mutual funds held pursuant to deferred compensation and supplemental retirement plans, as further discussed in Note 8)10) are stated at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in income as a component of Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expense.


In general,

As of January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, the Company invests excess cashhad investments in shorter-dated, highly liquidtrading securities of $8.3 million and $8.8 million, respectively, $2.2 million and $1.6 million of which were classified as Prepaid expenses and other current assets, respectively, and $6.1 million and $7.2 million of which were classified as Other assets, net, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets. Historical cost information pertaining to these investments such as money marketin mutual funds certificates of deposit, and commercial paper.  Such securities have been classified either as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale, depending on the type of securities purchased (debt versus equity) as well asby participants in the Company’s intentions with respectsupplemental retirement and compensation deferral plans is not readily available to the potential sale of such securities before their stated maturity dates.  Given the short maturities of such investments (except for those securities described in further detail below), the carrying amounts approximate the fair values of such securities.


In 2006 and prior years, the Company invested in tax-exempt auction rate securities, which are debt instruments having longer-dated (in some cases, many years) legal maturities, but with interest rates that are generally reset every 28-35 days under an auction system.  Because auction rate securities are frequently re-priced, they trade in the market like short-term investments.  As available-for-sale securities, these investments are carried at fair value, which approximates cost given that the average duration of such securities held by the Company is less than 40 days.  Despite the liquid nature of these investments, the Company categorizes them as short-term investments instead of cash and cash equivalents due to the underlying legal maturities of such securities.  However, they have been classified as current assets as they are generally available to support the Company’s current operations. There were no such investments outstanding as of February 1,Company.

During 2008, or February 2, 2007.


In 2007 and 2006, the Company’s South Carolina-based wholly owned captive insurance subsidiary, Ashley River Insurance Company (“ARIC”), had investments in U.S. Government securities, obligations of Government Sponsored Enterprises, short- and long-term corporate obligations, and asset-backed obligations.various debt securities. These investments arewere held pursuant to South Carolina regulatory requirements to maintain certain asset balances in relationrelated to ARIC’s liability and equity balances, and, as such,which could have limited the Company’s ability to use these investments are not availableassets for general corporate purposes. The composition of these required asset balances changes periodically. At February 1,In May 2008, the totalstate of South Carolina made certain changes to these balances was $63.4 million and is reflectedregulations, which in turn changed the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as follows: cash and cash equivalents of $11.9 million, short-terminvestment requirements. As a result, the Company reclassified certain investments of $19.6 million and long-term investments included in other assets of $31.9 million.

Historical cost information pertainingheld by ARIC from held-to-maturity to investments in mutual funds by participants in the Company’s supplemental retirement and compensation deferral plans classified as trading securities is not readily available to the Company.

61

On February 1, 2008 and February 2, 2007, held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, and trading securities consisted of the following (in thousands):

Successor
February 1, 2008
 Cost Gross Unrealized 
Estimated
Fair Value
Gains Losses
Held-to-maturity securities                
Bank and corporate debt $24,254  $244  $107  $24,391 
U.S. Government securities  16,652   676   -   17,328 
Obligations of Government sponsored enterprises  9,834   40   -   9,874 
Asset-backed securities  1,815   21   5   1,831 
Other debt securities (see Note 7)  33,453   -   709   32,744 
   86,008   981   821   86,168 
                 
Trading securities                
Equity securities  15,066   -   -   15,066 
                 
Total debt and equity securities $101,074  $981  $821  $101,234 
                 

Predecessor
February 2, 2007
 Cost Gross Unrealized 
Estimated
Fair Value
Gains Losses
Held-to-maturity securities                
Bank and corporate debt $100,386  $2  $80  $100,308 
U.S. Government securities  17,026   1   29   16,998 
Obligations of Government sponsored enterprises  9,192   3   9   9,186 
Asset-backed securities  2,833   4   10   2,827 
   129,437   10   128   129,319 
                 
Available-for-sale securities                
Equity securities  13,512   -   -   13,512 
                 
Trading securities                
Equity securities  13,591   -   -   13,591 
                 
Total debt and equity securities $156,540  $10  $128  $156,422 
                 

On February 1, 2008 and February 2, 2007, theseARIC subsequently liquidated certain investments were included in the following accounts in the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

Successor
February 1, 2008
Held-to-
Maturity
Securities
 
Available-
for-Sale
Securities
 
Trading
Securities
Cash and cash equivalents$1,000  $-  $- 
Short-term investments 19,611   -   - 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets -   -   2,166 
Other assets, net 31,944   -   12,900 
Long-term obligations (see Note 7) 33,453   -   - 
 $86,008  $-  $15,066 

62

Predecessor
February 2, 2007
Held-to-
Maturity
Securities
 
Available-
for-Sale
Securities
 
Trading
Securities
Cash and cash equivalents$79,764  $13,512  $- 
Short-term investments 29,950   -   - 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets -   -   1,090 
Other assets, net 19,723   -   12,501 
 $129,437  $13,512  $13,591 

The contractual maturities of held-to-maturity securities as of February 1, 2008 were as follows (in thousands):
Successor Cost  Fair Value 
Less than one year $20,522  $20,614 
One to three years  31,021   31,790 
Greater than three years  34,465   33,764 
  $86,008  $86,168 
totaling $48.6 million during 2008.

For the years ended February 1, 2008, February 2, 2007January 28, 2011, January 29, 2010 and February 3, 2006,January 30, 2009, gross realized gains and losses on the sales of available-for-sale securities were not material. The cost of securities sold is based upon the specific identification method.


Merchandise inventories


Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined using the retail last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method.method as this method results in a better matching of costs and revenues. Under the Company’s retail inventory method (“RIM”), the calculation of gross profit and the resulting valuation of inventories at cost are computed by applying a calculated cost-to-retail inventory ratio to the retail value of sales.sales at a department level. Costs directly associated with warehousing and distribution are capitalized into inventory. The excess of current cost over LIFO cost was approximately $6.1$52.8 million and $47.5 million at February 1, 2008January 28, 2011 and $4.3 million at February 2, 2007.January



70



29, 2010, respectively. Current cost is determined using the retailRIM on a first-in, first-out method.basis. Under the LIFO inventory method, the impacts of rising or falling market price changes increase or decrease cost of sales (the LIFO provision or benefit). The Company’sCompany recorded a LIFO reserves were adjusted to zero at July 6, 2007 as a resultprovision of the Merger. The Successor recorded LIFO reserves of $6.1 million during 2007. LIFO reserves of the Predecessor decreased $1.5 million and $0.5$5.3 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.  Costs directly associated with warehousing and distribution are capitalized into inventory.


In 2005, the Company expanded the number2010, a LIFO benefit of inventory departments it utilizes for its gross profit calculation from 10 to 23. The impact of this change$2.5 million in estimate on the Company’s consolidated 2005 results of operations was an estimated reduction of gross profit2009, and a corresponding decrease to inventory, at cost,LIFO provision of $5.2 million.

Store pre-opening costs

Pre-opening$43.9 million in 2008.

The 2008 LIFO provision was impacted by increased commodity costs related to new store openingsfood and pet products which were driven by fruit and vegetable prices and rising freight costs. In addition, increases in petroleum, resin, metals, pulp and other raw material commodity costs also resulted in multiple product cost increases. These trends generally stabilized or reversed in 2009 and 2010.

Vendor rebates

The Company accounts for all cash consideration received from vendors in accordance with applicable accounting standards pertaining to such arrangements. Cash consideration received from a vendor is generally presumed to be a rebate or an allowance and is accounted for as a reduction of merchandise purchase costs as earned. However, certain specific, incremental and otherwise qualifying SG&A expenses related to the construction periods are expensedpromotion or sale of vendor products may be offset by cash consideration received from vendors, in accordance with arrangements such as incurred.

63

cooperative advertising, when earned for dollar amounts up to but not exceeding actual incremental costs. The Company recognizes amounts received for cooperative advertising on performance, “first showing” or distribution, consistent with its policy for advertising expense in accordance with applicable accounting standards for reporting on advertising costs.

Prepaid expenses and other current assets


Prepaid expenses and other current assets include prepaid amounts for rent, maintenance, advertising, and insurance, as well as amounts receivable for certain vendor rebates (primarily those expected to be collected in cash), coupons, and other items.


Property and equipment


Property and equipment are recorded at cost. The Company provides for depreciation and amortization on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:


Land improvements

20

Buildings

39-40

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

3-10


Improvements of leased properties are amortized over the shorter of the life of the applicable lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.


Impairment of long-lived assets


When indicators of impairment are present, the Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets, other than goodwill, in relation to the operating performance and future cash



71



flows or the appraised values of the underlying assets. In accordance with SFAS 144, “Accountingaccounting standards for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,”long-lived assets, the Company reviews for impairment stores open more than two years for which current cash flows from operations are negative. Impairment results when the carrying value of the assets exceeds the undiscounted future cash flows over the life of the lease. The Company’s estimate of undiscounted future cash flows over the lease term is based upon historical operations of the stores and estimates of future store profitability which encompasses many factors that are subject to variability and difficult to predict. If a long-lived asset is found to be impaired, the amount recognized for impairment is equal to the difference between the carrying value and the asset’s estimated fair value. The fair value is estimated based primarily upon estimated future cash flows (discounted at the Company’s credit adjusted risk-free rate) or other reasonable estimates of fair market value. Assets to be disposed of are adjusted to the fair value less the cost to sell if less than the book value.


The Company recorded impairment charges included in SG&A expense of approximately $0.2$1.7 million in the 2007 Predecessor period, $9.42010, $5.0 million in 20062009 and $0.6$4.0 million in 20052008, to reduce the carrying value of certain of its stores’ assets asassets. Such action was deemed necessary based on the Company’s evaluation that such amounts would not be recoverable primarily due to insufficient sales or excessive costs resulting in negative sales trendscurrent and projected future cash flows at these locations. The majority


Capitalized interest


To assure that interest costs properly reflect only that portion relating to current operations, interest on borrowed funds during the construction of the 2006 chargesproperty and equipment is capitalized where applicable. No interest costs were recorded pursuant to certain strategic initiatives discussedcapitalized in Note 3.

2010, 2009 or 2008.


Goodwill and other intangible assets


The Company amortizes intangible assets over their estimated useful lives unless such lives are deemed indefinite. Amortizable intangible assets are tested for impairment when indicators of impairment are present, based on undiscounted cash flows, and if impaired, written down to fair value based on either discounted cash flows or appraised values. Intangible

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested annually for impairment annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment are present and written down to fair value as required. No impairment of intangible assets has been identified during any of the periods presented.

64


The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process that requires management to make judgments in determining what assumptions to use in the calculation. The first step of the process consists of estimating the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit based on valuation techniques (including a discounted cash flow model using revenue and profit forecasts) and comparing that estimated fair value with the recorded carrying value, which includes goodwill. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying value, a second step is performed to compute the amount of the impairment by determining an “implied fair value” of goodwill. The determination of the implied fair value of goodwill would require the Company to allocate the estimated fair value of its reporting unit to its assets and liabilities. Any unallocated fair value would represent the implied fair value of goodwill, which would be compared to its corresponding carrying value.



72



Other assets


Non-current Other assets consist primarily of long-term investments, qualifying prepaid expenses, debt issuance costs which are amortized over the life of the related obligations, and utility and security deposits and life insurance policies. Such debt issuance costs increased substantially subsequent to the Merger as further discussed in Notes 2 and 6.

deposits.


Vendor rebates

The Company accounts for all cash consideration received from vendors in accordance with the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue (“EITF”) 02-16, “Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor.” Cash consideration received from a vendor is generally presumed to be a rebate or an allowance and is accounted for as a reduction of merchandise purchase costs and recognized in the statement of operations at the time the goods are sold. However, certain specific, incremental and otherwise qualifying SG&A expenses related to the promotion or sale of vendor products may be offset by cash consideration received from vendors, in accordance with arrangements such as cooperative advertising, when earned for dollar amounts up to but not exceeding actual incremental costs. The Company recognizes amounts received for cooperative advertising on performance, “first showing” or distribution, consistent with its policy for advertising expense in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 93-7, “Reporting on Advertising Costs.”

Rent expense

Rent expense is recognized over the term of the lease.  The Company records minimum rental expense on a straight-line basis over the base, non-cancelable lease term commencing on the date that the Company takes physical possession of the property from the landlord, which normally includes a period prior to the store opening to make necessary leasehold improvements and install store fixtures.  When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent.  The Company also receives tenant allowances, which are recorded as deferred incentive rent and are amortized as a reduction to rent expense over the term of the lease.  Any difference between the calculated expense and the amounts actually paid are reflected as a liability, with the current portion in Accrued expenses and other and the long-term portion in Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, and totaled approximately $3.7 million (after purchase accounting adjustment due to the Merger) and $30.4 million at February 1, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively.

The Company recognizes contingent rental expense when the achievement of specified sales targets are considered probable, in accordance with EITF Issue 98-9, “Accounting for Contingent Rent.” The amount expensed but not paid as of February 1, 2008 and February 2, 2007 was approximately $8.3 million and $8.6 million, respectively, and is included in Accrued expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets (See Note 7).

65

Generally, for store closures where a lease obligation still exists, the Company records the estimated future liability associated with the rental obligation on the date the store is closed in accordance with SFAS 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” The estimated future liability associated with the rental obligation for certain store closures associated with the Merger were based on EITF 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination.” In the normal course of business, based on an overall analysis of store performance and expected trends, management periodically evaluates the need to close underperforming stores. Liabilities are established at the point of closure for the present value of any remaining operating lease obligations, net of estimated sublease income, and at the communication date for severance and other exit costs, as prescribed by SFAS 146. Key assumptions in calculating the liability include the timeframe expected to terminate lease agreements, estimates related to the sublease potential of closed locations, and estimation of other related exit costs. Liabilities are reviewed periodically and adjusted when necessary.  The closed store liability balance at February 1, 2008 and February 2, 2007 was $20.2 million and $5.4 million, respectively.

Accrued expenses and other liabilities


Accrued expenses and other consist of the following:


(In thousands)
Successor
2007
 
Predecessor
2006
Compensation and benefits$60,720 $41,957 
Insurance 64,418  76,062 
Taxes (other than taxes on income) 55,990  50,502 
Other 119,828  85,037 
 $300,956 $253,558 

(In thousands)

January 28, 2011

 

January 29,

2010

Compensation and benefits

$

81,786

 

$

100,843

Insurance

 

76,372

 

 

65,408

Taxes (other than taxes on income)

 

74,900

 

 

72,902

Other

 

114,683

 

 

103,137

 

$

347,741

 

$

342,290


Other accrued expenses primarily include the current portion of liabilities for deferred rent,legal settlements, freight expense, contingent rent expense, interest, electricity, lease contract termination liabilities for closed stores,utilities, common area and other maintenance charges, and income tax related reserves, and common area maintenance charges.

reserves.


Insurance liabilities


The Company retains a significant portion of risk for its workers’ compensation, employee health, general liability, property and automobile claim exposures. Accordingly, provisions are made for the Company’s estimates of such risks. The undiscounted future claim costs for the workers’ compensation, general liability, and health claim risks are derived using actuarial methods. To the extent that subsequent claim costs vary from those estimates, future results of operations will be affected. Ashley River Insurance Company (or ARIC, as defined above), a South Carolina-based wholly owned captive insurance subsidiary of the Company, charges the operating subsidiary companies premiums to insure the retained workers’ compensation and non-property general liability exposures. Pursuant to South Carolina insurance regulations, ARIC hasis required to maintain certain levels of cash and cash equivalents and investment balances that are not available for general corporate purposes, as further described above under “Investments in debt and equity securities.”related to its self insured exposures. ARIC currently insures no unrelated third-party risk.

66


As a result of the Merger discussed in Note 3, the Company recorded its assumed self-insurance reserves as of the Merger date at their present value in accordance with SFAS 141, “Business Combinations”,applicable accounting standards for business combinations, using a discount rate of 5.4%. The balance of the resulting discount was $18.7$4.8 million and $7.4 million at February 1, 2008.January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, respectively. Other than for reserves assumed in a business combination, the Company’s policy is to record self-insurance reserves on an undiscounted basis.

Operating leases and related liabilities

Rent expense is recognized over the term of the lease. The Company records minimum rental expense on a straight-line basis over the base, non-cancelable lease term commencing on the date that the Company takes physical possession of the property from the landlord, which



73



normally includes a period prior to the store opening to make necessary leasehold improvements and install store fixtures. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. Tenant allowances, to the extent received, are recorded as deferred incentive rent and are amortized as a reduction to rent expense over the term of the lease. Any difference between the calculated expense and the amounts actually paid are reflected as a liability, with the current portion in Accrued expenses and other and the long-term portion in Other liabilities

The Company recognizes contingent rental expense when the achievement of specified sales targets are considered probable, in accordance with applicable accounting standards for contingent rent. The amount expensed but not paid as of January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010 was approximately $9.2 million and $10.8 million, respectively, and is included in Accrued expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets (See Note 9).


In the normal course of business, based on an overall analysis of store performance and expected trends, management periodically evaluates the need to close underperforming stores. Generally, for store closures where a lease obligation still exists, the Company records the estimated future liability associated with the rental obligation on the date the store is closed in accordance with applicable accounting standards for costs associated with exit or disposal activities. Key assumptions in calculating the liability include the timeframe expected to terminate lease agreements, estimates related to the sublease potential of closed locations, and estimation of other related exit costs. Liabilities are reviewed periodically and adjusted when necessary. The current portion of the closed store rent liability is reflected in Accrued expenses and other and the long-term portion in Other non-currentliabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, and totaled approximately $7.0 million and $7.6 million at January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, respectively.


Other liabilities


Non-current Other liabilities consist of the following:


(In thousands)
Successor
2007
 
Predecessor
2006
Compensation and benefits$13,744 $15,344 
Insurance 123,276  107,476 
Income tax related reserves 78,277  
Derivatives 82,319  
Other 22,098  35,521
 $319,714 $158,341 

(In thousands)

January 28,

2011

 

January 29,

2010

Compensation and benefits

$

14,531

 

$

12,441

Insurance

 

131,912

 

 

140,633

Income tax related reserves

 

27,255

 

 

68,021

Derivatives

 

34,923

 

 

57,058

Other

 

22,961

 

 

24,195

 

$

231,582

 

$

302,348


Other liabilities

Amounts reflected as “other” in the table above consist primarily of deferred rent, lease contract termination liabilities for closed stores, leasehold interests liabilities, and redeemable stock options.

rebate obligations.



74



Fair value accounting

The Company utilizes accounting standards for fair value, which include the definition of fair value, the framework for measuring fair value, and disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. Therefore, a fair value measurement should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, fair value accounting standards establish a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy).


Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, as well as inputs that are observable for the asset or liability (other than quoted prices), such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which are based on an entity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity. In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.


The valuation of the Company’s derivative financial instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves. The fair values of interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash payments (or receipts) and the discounted expected variable cash receipts (or payments). The variable cash receipts (or payments) are based on an expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) derived from observable market interest rate curves.


The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments (CVAs) to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.


The Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. However, the CVAs associated with its derivatives



75



utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties. As of January 28, 2011, the Company has assessed the significance of the impact of the CVAs on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the CVAs are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. Based on the Company's review of the CVAs by counterparty portfolio, the Company has determined that the CVAs are not significant to the overall portfolio valuations, as the CVAs are deemed to be immaterial in terms of basis points and are a very small percentage of the aggregate notional value. Although some of the CVAs as a percentage of termination value appear to be more significant, primary emphasis was placed on a review of the CVA in basis points and the percentage of the notional value. As a result, the Company has determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.


The following table presents the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of January 28, 2011, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.


(In thousands)

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets and
Liabilities
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Balance at
January 28,
2011

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities (a)

$

8,289

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

8,289

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term obligations (b)

 

3,450,812

 

 

20,858

 

 

-

 

 

3,471,670

Derivative financial instruments (c)

 

-

 

 

34,923

 

 

-

 

 

34,923

Deferred compensation (d)

 

16,710

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

16,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Reflected at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet as Prepaid expenses and other current assets of $2,179 and Other assets, net of $6,110.

(b)

Reflected at book value in the consolidated balance sheet as Current portion of long-term obligations of $1,157 and Long-term obligations of $3,287,070.

(c)

Reflected at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet as noncurrent Other liabilities.

(d)

Reflected at fair value in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as Accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $2,179 and non-current Other liabilities of $14,531.


The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, receivables and payables approximate their respective fair values. At February 1, 2008, theThe Company does not have any fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of the Company’s debt, excluding capital lease obligations, was approximately $3,782.6 million, or approximately $489.2 million less than the carrying values of the debt, compared to a fair value of $265.7 million at February 2, 2007, or approximately $14.0 million greater than the carrying value. The fair value (estimated market value) of the debt is based primarily on quoted prices for those or similar instruments.

January 28, 2011.


The fair value of the Company’s derivatives reflects the estimated amounts that the Company would receive or pay to terminate these contracts at the reporting date based upon pricing or valuation models applied to current market information. Interest rate swaps are valued using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash receipts (or payments) and the discounted expected variable cash payments (or receipts). The variable cash payments (or receipts) are based on an expectation of future interest rates derived from observed market interest rate curves.

Derivative financial instruments


The Company accounts for derivative financial instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133 “Accountingaccounting standards for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended and interpreted (collectively, “SFAS 133”). This literature requires the Company to recognize all derivative instruments on the balance sheet at fair value, and contains accounting rules for hedging instruments, which depend on the nature of the hedge relationship.activities. All financial instrument positions taken by the Company are intended to be used to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure.

67



76



The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Derivatives may also be designated as hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge a certain portion of its risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply the hedge accounting standards.

The Company’s derivative financial instruments, in the form of interest rate swaps at January 28, 2011, are related to variable interest rate risk exposures associated with the Company’s long-term debt and were entered into in an attempteffort to manage that risk. The counterparties to the Company’s derivative agreements are all major international financial institutions. The Company continually monitors its position and the credit ratings of its counterparties and does not anticipate nonperformance by the counterparties. counterparties; however, there can be no assurance that such nonperformance will not occur.


Revenue and gain recognition


The Company does not offset fairrecognizes retail sales in its stores at the time the customer takes possession of merchandise. All sales are net of discounts and estimated returns and are presented net of taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed concurrent with those sales. The liability for retail merchandise returns is based on the Company’s prior experience. The Company records gain contingencies when realized.


The Company recognizes gift card sales revenue at the time of redemption. The liability for the gift cards is established for the cash value amountsat the time of derivativespurchase. The liability for outstanding gift cards was approximately $2.4 million and associated cash collateral.


In April 2007, Buck entered into interest rate swaps, contingent upon the completion of the Merger, on a portion of the loans anticipated to result from the Merger.  The interest rate swaps result$1.9 million at January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, respectively, and is recorded in Accrued expenses and other liabilities. Through January 28, 2011, the Company paying a fixed ratehas not recorded any breakage income related to its gift card program.


Advertising costs


Advertising costs are expensed upon performance, “first showing” or distribution, and are reflected net of 7.683% on a notional amount of $2.0 billion as of July 31, 2007, qualifying cooperative advertising funds provided by vendors in SG&A expenses. Advertising costs were $46.9 million, $41.5 million and $27.8 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These costs primarily include promotional circulars, targeted circulars supporting new stores, television and radio advertising, in-store signage, and costs associated



77



with the notional amountsponsorships of these swaps amortizing on a quarterly basis through July 31, 2012.  Such notional amount was $1.6 billion as of February 1, 2008. The swaps were designated as cash flow hedges on October 12, 2007.  For the period prior to hedge designation, an unrealized loss of $3.7certain automobile racing activities. Vendor funding for cooperative advertising offset reported expenses by $14.2 million, for the Successor period has been recognized$9.0 million and $7.8 million in Loss on interest rate swaps in the consolidated statements of operations, reflecting the changes in fair value of the swaps prior to their designation as qualifying cash flow hedging relationships, which were offset by earnings under the contractual provisions of the swaps of $1.7 million during the same time period.


As of February 1,2010, 2009 and 2008, the fair value of the interest rate swaps of ($82.3) million was recorded in non-current Other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. From the date the swaps were designated as hedges, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the swaps of ($78.6) million was recorded in Other comprehensive income, a separate component of equity, offset by related income taxes of $29.5 million. respectively.


Share-based payments

The Company also recorded expense related to hedge ineffectiveness of $0.4 million during the Successor period ended February 1, 2008.


Share-based payments

Effective February 4, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123 (Revised 2004) “Share Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”) and began recognizingrecognizes compensation expense for share-based compensation based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date. SFAS 123(R) requires share-based compensation expense recognized since February 4, 2006 to be based on: (a) grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” for unvested options granted prior to the adoption date and (b) grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R) for unvested options granted after the adoption date. The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) under the modified-prospective-transition method and, therefore, results from prior periods have not been restated.

Prior to February 4, 2006, the Company accounted for share-based payments using the intrinsic-value-based recognition method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”), and provided pro forma disclosures as permitted under SFAS 123. Because options were granted at an exercise price equal to the market price of the underlying common stock on the grant date, compensation cost related to stock options was generally not required to be recorded as a reduction to net income prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R).
68

Under SFAS 123(R), forfeituresForfeitures are estimated at the time of valuation and reduce expense ratably over the vesting period. This estimate is adjusted periodically based on the extent to which actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the prior estimate. The forfeiture rate is the estimated percentage of options granted that are expected to be forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. The Company bases this estimate on historical experience or estimates of future trends, as applicable. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense. Under SFAS 123, the Company elected to account for forfeitures when awards were actually forfeited.


SFAS 123(R) also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R).

The fair value of each option grant is separately estimated and amortized into compensation expense on a straight-line basis between the applicable grant date and each vesting date. The Company has estimated the fair value of all stock option awards as of the grant date by applying the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing valuation model. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the determination of compensation expense.


The Company also accountscalculates compensation expense for nonvested restricted stock and similar awards in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). The Company calculates compensation expense as the difference between the market price of the underlying stock on the grant date and the purchase price, if any, and recognizes such amount on a straight-line basis over the period in which the recipient earns the nonvested restricted stock and restricted stock unit award. Under the provisions of SFAS 123(R), unearned compensation is not recorded within shareholders’ equity.

similar awards.

Store pre-opening costs


The Company has elected

Pre-opening costs related to determine its excess tax benefit pool upon adoption of SFAS 123(R) in accordance with the provisions of FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) 123(R)-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards.” Under the provisions of this FSP, the cumulative benefit of stock option exercises included in additional paid-in capital for the periods after the effective date of SFAS 123 is reduced by the cumulative income tax effect of the pro forma stock option expense previously disclosed in accordance with the requirements of SFAS 123. (The provision of this FSP applied only to options that were fully vested before the date of adoption of SFAS 123(R). The amount of any excess tax benefit for options that are either granted after the adoption of SFAS 123(R) or are partially vested on the date of adoption were computed in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R).) The amount of any excess deferred tax asset over the actual income tax benefit realized for options that are exercised after the adoption of SFAS 123(R) will be absorbed by the excess tax benefit pool. Income tax expense will be increased should the Company’s excess tax benefit pool be insufficient to absorb any future deferred tax asset amounts in excess of the actual tax benefit realized. The Company has determined that its excess tax benefit pool was approximately $68 million as of the adoption of SFAS 123(R) on February 4, 2006.  After the Mergernew store openings and the related application of purchase accounting, the excess tax benefit pool has been reduced to zero.

69

Revenue and gain recognition

The Company recognizes retail sales in its stores at the time the customer takes possession of merchandise.  All sales are net of discounts and estimated returns and are presented net of taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed concurrent with those sales.  The liability for retail merchandise returns is based on the Company’s prior experience. The Company records gain contingencies when realized.

The Company began gift card sales in the third quarter of 2005.  The Company recognizes gift card sales revenue at the time of redemption.  The liability for the gift cards is established for the cash value at the time of purchase. The liability for outstanding gift cards was approximately $1.2 million and $0.8 million at February 1, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively, and is recorded in Accrued expenses and other. Through February 1, 2008, the Company has not recorded any breakage income related to its gift card program. The Company will continue to evaluate its current breakage policy as it continues to gain more sufficient company-specific customer experience.

Advertising costs

Advertising costsconstruction periods are expensed upon performance, “first showing” or distribution, and are reflected net of qualifying cooperative advertising funds provided by vendors in SG&A expenses. Advertising costs were $23.6 million $17.3 million, $45.0 million and $15.1 million inas incurred.


Income taxes


Under the 2007 Successor and Predecessor periods, 2006 and 2005, respectively.  These costs primarily include promotional circulars, targeted circulars supporting new stores, television and radio advertising, in-store signage, and costs associated with the sponsorship of a National Associationaccounting standards for Stock Car Auto Racing team. Vendor funding for cooperative advertising offset reported expenses by $6.6 million, $2.0 million, $7.9 million and $0.8 million in the 2007 Successor and Predecessor periods, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


Capitalized interest

To assure that interest costs properly reflect only that portion relating to current operations, interest on borrowed funds during the construction of property and equipment is capitalized.  Interest costs capitalized were approximately $2.9 million and $3.3 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Income taxes

The Company reports income taxes, in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”).  Under SFAS 109, the asset and liability method is used for computing the future income tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements or income tax returns. Deferred income tax expense or benefit is the net change during the year in the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities.
70

As discussed in Note 5, effective February 3, 2007 the Predecessor modified its method of accounting for income taxes in connection with the adoption of FASB Interpretation 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – An Interpretation of FASB Statement 109 (“FIN 48”).


The adoption resulted in an $8.9 million decrease in retained earnings and a reclassification of certain amounts between deferred income taxes and other noncurrent liabilities to conform to the balance sheet presentation requirements of FIN 48. As of the date of adoption, the total reserve for uncertain tax benefits was $77.9 million. This reserve excludes the federal income tax benefit for the uncertain tax positions related to state income taxes, which is now included in deferred tax assets. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, the reserve for interest expense related to income taxes was increased to $15.3 million and a reserve for potential penalties of $1.9 million related to uncertain income tax positions was recorded. As of the date of adoption, approximately $27.1 million of the reserve for uncertain tax positions would impact the Company’s effective income tax rate if the Company were to recognize the tax benefit for these positions. After the Merger and the related application of purchase accounting, no portion of the reserve for uncertain tax positions that existed as of the date of adoption would impact our effective tax rate but would, if subsequently recognized, reduce the amount of goodwill recorded in relation to the Merger.


Subsequent to the adoption of FIN 48, the Company has elected to recordincludes income tax related interest and penalties as a component of the provision for income tax expense.


Income tax reserves are determined using thea methodology established by FIN 48.  FIN 48which requires companies to assess each income tax position taken using a two step process. A determination is first made as to whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, based upon the technical merits, upon examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is expected to meet the



78



more likely than not criteria, the benefit recorded for the tax position equals the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement of the respective tax position. Uncertain tax positions require determinations and estimated liabilities to be made based on provisions of the tax law which may be subject to change or varying interpretation. If the Company'sCompany’s determinations and estimates prove to be inaccurate, the resulting adjustments could be material to the Company’s future financial results.


Management estimates


The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

71

Accounting pronouncements

standards


In March 2008,June 2009 the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instrumentsa new accounting standard relating to variable interest entities. This standard amends previous standards and Hedging Activities”,requires an amendmententerprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity, specifies updated criteria for determining the primary beneficiary, requires ongoing reassessments of FASB Statement No. 133. SFAS 161 applies to all derivative instruments and nonderivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments pursuant to paragraphs 37 and 42whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of SFAS 133 and related hedged items accounteda variable interest entity, eliminates the quantitative approach previously required for under SFAS 133. SFAS 161determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, amends certain guidance for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity, requires entities to provide greater transparency through additionalenhanced disclosures about how and why an enterprise’s involvement in a variable interest entity, uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133 and its related interpretations, and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. SFAS 161 isamong other provisions. This standard was effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2008.the Company’s 2010 reporting periods. The Company currently plans to adopt SFAS 161 during its 2009 fiscal year.  No determination has yet been made regarding the potential impactadoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Reclassifications


In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations”.  The new standard establishes the requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest (formerly minority interest) in an acquiree; provides updated requirements for recognition and measurement of goodwill acquired in a business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and provides updated disclosure requirements to enable users of financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination.  This Statement applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  Early adoption is not allowed. This standard is not expected to impact the Company’s financial statements unless a qualifying transaction is consummated subsequent to the effective date.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”).  SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.  It provides entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions.  SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007.  The Company currently plans to adopt SFAS 159 during its 2008 fiscal year.  The Company is in the process of evaluating the potential impact of this standard on its financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”).  SFAS 157 provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities.  The standard also requires expanded information about the extent to which companies measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the information used to measure fair value, and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings.  The standard applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value.  The standard does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances for financial assets and liabilities.  SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  For non-financial assets and liabilities, the effective date has been delayed to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008.  The Company currently plans to adopt SFAS 157 during its 2008 and 2009 fiscal years as appropriate. The Company is in the process of evaluating the potential impact of this standard on its financial statements.
72

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications of the 20062008 and 2009 amounts have been made to conform to the 20072010 presentation.

2. Merger


2.

Initial public offering and special dividend


On March 11, 2007,November 18, 2009, the Company entered intocompleted the initial public offering of its common stock. The Company issued 22,700,000 shares in the offering, and an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Buck Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Parent”), and Buck, a Tennessee corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent.  Parent is and Buck was (priorexisting shareholder sold an additional 16,515,000 outstanding shares. Net proceeds to the Merger) controlled by investment funds affiliated withCompany from the offering of $446.0 million were used to redeem outstanding debt, as discussed in more detail in Note 7 below. The Company paid a $4.8 million transaction fee to Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P. (“KKR”).   and Goldman, Sachs & Co. in connection with the offering. Although this transaction fee was not paid from the net proceeds of the offering, it was directly related to the offering and accounted for as a cost of raising equity.



79



Upon the completion of the offering, the Company incurred additional charges of $58.8 million for fees paid to terminate its advisory agreement with KKR and Goldman, Sachs & Co. The transaction and termination fees paid to such parties are discussed in more detail in Note 12 below. The Company also incurred charges of $9.4 million for the accelerated vesting of certain share-based awards as discussed in more detail in Note 11 below.

On September 8, 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a special dividend on the Company’s outstanding common stock (including shares of restricted stock) of $0.7525 per share, or approximately $239.3 million in the aggregate, which was paid on September 11, 2009 to shareholders of record on September 8, 2009. The special dividend was paid with cash generated from operations. Pursuant to the terms of the Company’s stock option plans, holders of stock options received either a pro-rata adjustment to the terms of their share-based awards or a cash payment (totaling approximately $0.5 million for all such grantees) in substitution for such adjustment as a result of the dividend.

3.

Merger


On July 6, 2007, the transaction wasCompany consummated through a merger transaction (the “Merger”) of Buck with, and intoas a result, the Company. The Company survived the Merger asis a subsidiary of Parent.  The Company’s results of operations after July 6, 2007 include the effects of the Merger.


an entity controlled by investment funds affiliated with KKR. The aggregate purchase price was approximately $7.1 billion, including direct costs of the Merger, and was funded primarily through debt financings as described more fully below in Note 67 and cash equity contributions from KKR, GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P. and affiliated funds (affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co.), Citi Private Equity, Wellington Management Company, LLP, CPP Investment Board (USRE II) Inc., and other equity co-investors (collectively, the “Investors”) of approximately $2.8 billion (553.4 million shares of new common stock, $0.50 par value per share, valued at $5.00 per share).  Also in connection with the Merger, certain of the Company’s management employees invested, and were issued new shares representing less than 1% of the outstanding shares, in the Company.  Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the former holders of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.50 per share, received $22.00 per share, or approximately $6.9 billion, and all such shares were acquired as a result of the Merger. As of February 1, 2008, there were approximately 555,481,897 shares of Company common stock outstanding, a portion of which is redeemable as further discussed below in Note 9.


As discussed in Note 1, the

The Merger was accounted for as a reverse acquisition in accordance with theapplicable purchase accounting provisions of SFAS 141, “Business Combinations”.provisions. Because of this accounting treatment, the Company’s assets and liabilities havewere properly been accounted for at their estimated fair values as of the Merger date. The aggregate purchase price has been allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon an assessment of their relative fair values as of the Merger date.


73

The allocation of the purchase price is as follows (in thousands):

Cash and cash equivalents$349,615 
Short-term investments30,906 
Merchandise inventories1,368,130 
Income taxes receivable36,934 
Deferred income taxes57,176 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets63,204 
Property and equipment, net1,301,119 
Goodwill4,344,930 
Intangible assets1,396,612 
Other assets, net66,537 
Current portion of long-term obligations(7,088)
Accounts payable(585,518)
Accrued expenses and other(306,394)
Income taxes payable(84)
Long-term obligations(267,927)
Deferred income taxes(536,555)
Other liabilities(215,906)
Total purchase price assigned$7,095,691 

The purchase price allocation as of February 1, 2008 included approximately $4.34 billion of goodwill, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The goodwill balance at February 1, 2008 increased by $21.3 million over the balance reported at August 3, 2007, representing a refinement of the purchase price allocation related toas of the Merger.  The February 1, 2008 purchase price allocationMerger date also included approximately $1.4 billion of other intangible assets,assets. As of January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, these balances were as follows:

 

 

As of January 28, 2011

(In thousands)

Estimated
Useful Life

 

 

Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

Leasehold interests

2 to 17.5 years

 

$

141,180

 

$

83,458

 

$

57,722

Trade names and trademarks

Indefinite

 

 

1,199,200

 

 

-

 

 

1,199,200

 

 

 

$

1,340,380

 

$

83,458

 

$

1,256,922


 

 

As of January 29, 2010

(In thousands)

Estimated
Useful Life

 

 

Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

Leasehold interests

2 to 17.5 years

 

$

184,168

 

$

100,793

 

$

83,375

Internally developed software

3 years

 

 

12,300

 

 

10,592

 

 

1,708

 

 

 

 

196,468

 

 

111,385

 

 

85,083

Trade names and trademarks

Indefinite

 

 

1,199,200

 

 

-

 

 

1,199,200

 

 

 

$

1,395,668

 

$

111,385

 

$

1,284,283




 As of February 1, 2008
(In thousands)
Estimated
Useful Life
  
Gross
Carrying
Amount
  
Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Leasehold interests2 to 17.5 years $185,112 $23,663 $161,449
Internally developed software3 years  12,300  2,392  9,908
    197,412  26,055  171,357
Trade names and trademarksIndefinite  1,199,200  -  1,199,200
   $1,396,612 $26,055 $1,370,557

The Company recorded amortization expense related to amortizable intangible assets for the year-to-date Successor period ended February 1,2010, 2009 and 2008 of $26.1$27.4 million, $41.3 million and $45.0 million, respectively, ($23.725.7 million, $37.2 million and $40.9 million, respectively, of which is included in rent expense). AmortizableExpected future cash flows associated with the Company’s intangible assets willare not expected to be amortized over a weighted average period of 5.4 years.

materially affected by the Company’s intent or ability to renew or extend the arrangements.


For intangible assets subject to amortization, the estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows: 2008 - $44.7 million, 2009 - $41.2 million, 2010 - $27.3 million, 2011 - $21.0– $20.9 million, 2012 - - $17.1– $17.0 million, 2013 – $12.0 million, 2014 – $5.8 million and 2015 – $0.9 million.


4.

Earnings per share

Earnings per share is computed as follows (in thousands except per share data):

 

2010

 

Net

Income

 

Weighted Average

Shares

Per Share

Amount

Basic earnings per share

$

627,857 

 

 

341,047

 

$

1.84 

 

Effect of dilutive share-based awards

 

 

 

 

3,753

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

$

627,857 

 

 

344,800

 

$

1.82 

 


 

2009

 

Net

Income

 

Weighted Average

Shares

Per Share

Amount

Basic earnings per share

$

339,442 

 

 

322,778

 

$

1.05 

 

Effect of dilutive share-based awards

 

 

 

 

2,058

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

$

339,442 

 

 

324,836

 

$

1.04 

 

Fees and expenses related to


 

2008

 

Net

Income

 

Weighted Average

Shares

Per Share

Amount

Basic earnings per share

$

108,182 

 

 

317,024

 

$

0.34 

 

Effect of dilutive share-based awards

 

 

 

 

479

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

$

108,182 

 

 

317,503

 

$

0.34 

 


Basic earnings per share was computed by dividing net income by the Merger totaled $102.6 million, principally consistingweighted average number of investment banking fees, legal fees andshares of common stock compensation ($39.4 million as further discussed in Note 9), and are reflected inoutstanding during the 2007 results of operations.  Capitalized debt issuance costs, related to financing the Merger of $87.4 million as of the Merger date are reflected in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheet.


74

The following represents the unaudited pro forma results of our consolidated operations as if the Merger had occurred on February 4, 2006, after giving effect to certain adjustments, including the depreciation and amortization of the assets acquiredyear. Diluted earnings per share was determined based on their estimated fair values and changes in interest expense resulting from changes in consolidated debt (in thousands):

(In thousands)
Year Ended
February 1,
2008
 
Year ended
February 2,
2007
Revenue$9,495,246  $9,169,822 
Net loss (57,939)  
(156,188)

The pro forma information does not purportthe dilutive effect of share-based awards using the treasury stock method.

Options to be indicativepurchase shares of what the Company's results of operations would have been if the acquisition had in fact occurredcommon stock that were outstanding at the beginning of the periods presented, and is not intended to be a projection of the Company's future results of operations.


Subsequent to the announcement of the Merger Agreement, the Company and its directors, along with other parties, were named in seven putative class actions filed in Tennessee state courts alleging claims for breach of fiduciary duty arising out of the proposed Merger, all as described more fully under “Legal Proceedings” in Note 7 below.

3. Strategic initiatives
During 2006, the Company began implementing certain strategic initiatives related to its historical inventory management and real estate strategies, as more fully described below.

Inventory management

In November 2006, the Company undertook an initiative to discontinue its historical inventory packaway model for virtually all merchandise by the end of fiscal 2007. Under the packaway model, unsold inventory itemsrespective periods, but were stored on-site and returned to the sales floor to be sold year after year, until the items were eventually sold, damaged or discarded. Through end-of-season and other markdowns, this initiative resultednot included in the eliminationcomputation of seasonal, home products and basic clothing packaway merchandise to allow for increased levelsdiluted earnings per share because the effect of newer, current-season merchandise.  In connection with this strategic change, in the third quarter of 2006 the Company recorded a reserve for lower of cost or market inventory impairment estimates of $63.5exercising such options would be antidilutive, were 0.4 million, 0.2 million and incurred higher markdowns12.1 million in 2010, 2009 and writedowns on inventory in the second half of 20062008, respectively.




5.

Property and in 2007 than in comparable prior-year periods.  As a result of the Merger and in accordance with SFAS 141, the Company’s inventory balances, including the inventory associated with this strategic change, were adjusted to fair value and the related reserve was eliminated.

75

Exit and disposal activities
equipment


In November 2006, the Company decided to close, in addition to those stores that might be closed in the ordinary course of business, approximately 400 stores by the end of fiscal 2007, all of which have been closed as of February 1, 2008.  Additionally, in connection with the Merger, management approved and completed a plan to close an additional 60 stores prior to February 1, 2008.  The Company has recorded the following pre-tax costs associated with the closing of these approximately 460 stores (in millions):

 Total (a)
Incurred in
2006
Incurred in
2007
Merger
Additions (b)
Remaining
Lease contract termination costs (c)$34.3 $5.7 $16.3 $12.3 $- 
One-time employee termination benefits 1.0  0.3  0.5  0.2  - 
Other associated store closing costs 8.6  0.2  7.2  1.2  - 
Inventory liquidation fees 4.4  1.6  2.8  -  - 
Asset impairment & accelerated depreciation 12.8  8.3  3.6  0.9  - 
Inventory markdowns below cost 8.3  6.7  0.9  0.7  - 
Total$69.4 $22.8 $31.3 $15.3 $- 

(a)Reflects totals as of February 1, 2008, which, in total, are $1.5 million less than estimates as of November 2, 2007.
(b)These amounts were recorded as assumed liabilities in connection with the Merger.
(c)Including reversals of deferred rent accruals totaling $0.5 million, of which $0.1 million is reflected in 2006, and $0.4 million is reflected in 2007.  Excludes accretion expense to be incurred in future periods.

Other associated store closing costs as listed in the table above primarily include the removal of any usable assets as well as real estate consulting and other services.

Liability balances related to exit activities discussed above are as follows (in millions):

 
Balance,
February 2,
2007
2007
Expenses (a)
2007 Payments
and Other
Merger
Additions (b)
Balance,
February 1,
2008
Lease contract termination costs$5.0 $16.9 $14.1 $12.3 $20.1 
One-time employee termination benefits 0.3  0.5  1.0  0.2  - 
Other associated store closing costs (c) 0.2  7.2  7.6  1.2  1.0 
Inventory liquidation fees 0.3  2.8  3.1  -  - 
Total$5.8 $27.4 $25.8 $13.7 $21.1 

(a)2007 expenses associated with exit and disposal activities are included in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.
(b)These amounts were recorded as assumed liabilities in connection with the Merger.
(c)Primarily represents store closing costs including removal of store fixtures.

76

4.  Property and equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost and summarized as follows:


(In thousands)

January 28, 2011

 

January 29, 2010

Land and land improvements

$

174,439

 

$

137,903

Buildings

 

575,305

 

 

520,867

Leasehold improvements

 

173,836

 

 

130,774

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

1,235,756

 

 

992,423

Construction in progress

 

17,933

 

 

10,406

 

 

2,177,269

 

 

1,792,373

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

652,694

 

 

463,987

Net property and equipment

$

1,524,575

 

$

1,328,386


(In thousands)
Successor
2007
 
Predecessor
2006
Land and land improvements$137,539 $147,447 
Buildings 516,482  437,368 
Leasehold improvements 87,343  212,078 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 645,376  1,617,163 
Construction in progress 2,823  16,755 
  1,389,563  2,430,811 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 115,318  1,193,937 
Net property and equipment$1,274,245 $1,236,874 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was approximately $116.9$215.7 million, $201.1 million and $190.5 million for the Successor period from July 7, 2007 through February 1, 2008 compared to $83.5 million for the February 3, 2007 through July 6, 2007 Predecessor period, $199.6 million for 20062010, 2009 and $186.1 million for 2005.2008. Amortization of capital lease assets is included in depreciation expense.

5.  Income taxes


6.

Income taxes


The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:


  
Successor
  
Predecessor
 
(In thousands)
 
July 7, 2007
to
February 1, 2008
  
February 3, 2007
to
July 6, 2007
  
2006
  
2005
 
Current:            
Federal $(25,726) $31,114  $101,919  $175,344 
Foreign  409   495   1,200   1,205 
State  4,306   1,258   17,519   9,694 
   (21,011)  32,867   120,638   186,243 
Deferred:                
Federal  22,157   (18,750)  (34,807)  8,479 
Foreign  -   -   13   17 
State  (2,921)  (2,124)  (3,424)  (252)
   19,236   (20,874)  (38,218)  8,244 
  $(1,775) $11,993  $82,420  $194,487 

77

(In thousands)

2010

 

2009

 

2008

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

$

273,005 

 

$

173,027 

 

$

10,489 

Foreign

 

1,269 

 

 

1,465 

 

 

1,084 

State

 

28,062 

 

 

21,002 

 

 

1,214 

 

 

302,336 

 

 

195,494 

 

 

12,787 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

42,024 

 

 

12,412 

 

 

64,403 

Foreign

 

 

 

(49)

 

 

(3)

State

 

12,755 

 

 

4,817 

 

 

9,034 

 

 

54,779 

 

 

17,180 

 

 

73,434 

 

$

357,115 

 

$

212,674 

 

$

86,221 

A reconciliation between actual income taxes and amounts computed by applying the federal statutory rate to income before income taxes is summarized as follows:


(Dollars in thousands)

                      2010

                      2009

 

                   2008

 

U.S. federal statutory rate on earnings before income taxes

$

 344,740

35.0 

%

$

 

193,241 

35.0 

%

$

68,041 

35.0 

%

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

 

     26,877 

2.7 

 

  18,375 

3.3 

 

 

5,361 

2.8 

 

Jobs credits, net of federal income taxes

    

   (8,845)

(0.9)

 

    

  (8,590)

(1.6)

 

 

(9,149)

(4.7)

 

Increase (decrease) in valuation allowances

     

   (1,003)

(0.1)

 

    

  (1,722)

(0.3)

 

 

3,038 

1.6 

 

Income tax related interest expense (benefit), net of federal income taxes

   (5,004)

(0.5)

 

         

    1,289

0.2 

 

 

(2,015)

(1.0)

 

Nondeductible Merger-related lawsuit settlement

 

         -

 

         

     (366)

(0.1)

 

 

18,130 

9.3 

 

Other, net

       350

0.1 

 

  10,447 

2.0 

 

 

2,815 

1.4 

 

 

$

357,115 

36.3 

%

$

212,674 

38.5 

%

$

86,221 

44.4 

%




  Successor  Predecessor 
(Dollars in
thousands)
 
July 7, 2007
to February 1, 2008
  
February 3, 2007
to July 6, 2007
  2006  2005 
U.S. federal statutory rate
on earnings before
income taxes
 $(2,308)  35.0% $1,399   35.0% $77,127   35.0% $190,625   35.0%
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit  904   (13.7)  (1,135  (28.4  5,855   2.7   6,223   1.1 
Jobs credits, net of federal income taxes  (3,022)  45.8   (2,227)  (55.7)  (5,008)  (2.3)  (4,503)  (0.8)
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowances  -   -   551   13.8   3,211   1.5   (88)  (0.0)
Income tax related interest expense, net of federal income tax benefit  2,738   (41.5)  (172)  (4.3)  -   -   -   - 
Nondeductible transaction costs  -   -   13,501   337.9   -   -   -   - 
Other, net  (87)  1.3   76   1.9   1,235   0.5   2,230   0.4 
  $(1,775)  26.9% $11,993   300.2% $82,420   37.4% $194,487   35.7%

The 2010 effective tax rate is an expense of 36.3%. This expense is greater than the expected tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate. The 2010 effective rate is less than the 2009 rate of 38.5% due principally to reductions in state income tax expense, income tax related interest expense and other expense items. The 2010 effective resolution of various examinations by the taxing authorities, when combined with unfavorable examination results in 2009, resulted in a decrease in the year-to-year state income tax expense rate (net of federal income tax expense) of approximately 1.8%. This decrease in state income tax expense was partially offset by an increase in state income tax expense due to a shift in income to companies within the group that have a higher effective state income tax rate. In addition, income tax related interest accruals and income tax related penalty accruals (with the penalty accruals being included in Other, net) were also reduced due to favorable income tax examination results, thereby resulting in a decrease in income tax related interest expense and a decrease in Other income tax expense. Additional decreases in Other, net items occurred due to favorable outcomes in 2010 associated with the completion of a federal income tax examination and reductions in expense associated with uncertain tax benefit accruals.

The 2009 effective tax rate is an expense of 38.5%. This expense is greater than the expected tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate. The 2009 effective tax rate is less than the 2008 rate of 44.4% due principally to the unfavorable impact that the non-deductible, Merger-related lawsuit settlement had on the 2008 rate. This reduction in the effective tax rate was partially offset by a decrease in the tax rate benefit related to federal jobs credits. While the total amount of jobs credits earned in 2009 was similar to the amount earned in 2008, the impact of this benefit on the effective tax rate was reduced due to the 2009 increase in income before tax. The 2009 rate was also increased by accruals associated with uncertain tax benefits, which are included in Other, net.

The 2008 effective income tax rate for the Successor period ended February 1, 2008 is a benefitan expense of 26.9%44.4%. This benefitexpense is lessgreater than the expected U.S. statutory tax rate of 35% principally due to the incurrence of state income taxes in several of the group’s subsidiaries that file their state income tax returns on a separate entity basis and the election to include, effective February 3, 2007, income tax related interest and penalties in the amount reported as income tax expense.


The income tax rate for the Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007 is an expense of 300.2%.  This expense is higher than the expected U.S. statutory rate of 35% due principally to the non-deductibility of certain acquisitionthe settlement and related expenses.

The 2006 income tax rate was higher thanexpenses associated with the 2005 rate by 1.7%.  Factors contributing to this increase include additional expense related to the adoption of a new tax system in the State of Texas; a reduction in the contingent income tax reserve due to the resolution of contingent liabilities that is less than the decrease that occurred in 2005; an increase in the deferred tax valuation allowance, and an increase related to a non-recurring benefit recognized in 2005 related to an internal restructuring.  Offsetting these rate increases was a reduction in the income tax rate related to federal income tax credits.  Due to the reduction in the Company’s 2006 income before tax, a small increase in the amount of federal income tax credits earned yielded a much larger percentage reduction in the income tax rate for 2006 versus 2005.
78
Merger-related shareholder lawsuit.



83



Deferred taxes reflect the effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

(In thousands)

January 28,
2011

 

 

January 29,
2010

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred compensation expense

$

6,653

 

$

7,214

 

Accrued expenses and other

 

4,798

 

 

4,223

 

Accrued rent

 

8,581

 

 

5,329

 

Accrued insurance

 

67,634

 

 

67,124

 

Accrued bonuses

 

20,116

 

 

26,112

 

Interest rate hedges

 

13,650

 

 

22,249

 

Tax benefit of income tax and interest reserves related to
uncertain tax positions

 

2,520

 

 

9,498

 

Other

 

16,321

 

 

15,399

 

State tax net operating loss carryforwards, net of federal tax

 

4,697

 

 

7,000

 

State tax credit carryforwards, net of federal tax

 

12,511

 

 

15,696

 

 

 

157,481

 

 

179,844

 

Less valuation allowances

 

(7,083

)

 

(8,086

)

Total deferred tax assets

 

150,398

 

 

171,758

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

(222,757

)

 

(177,171

)

Inventories

 

(68,314

)

 

(66,002

)

Trademarks

 

(435,543

)

 

(435,336

)

Amortizable assets

 

(21,288

)

 

(31,724

)

Insurance related tax method change

 

(14,844

)

 

(30,059

)

Bonus related tax method change

 

(19,520

)

 

 

Other

 

(3,551

)

 

(2,699

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(785,817

)

 

(742,991

)

Net deferred tax liabilities

$

(635,419

)

$

(571,233

)


(In thousands)
Successor
February 1,
2008
  
Predecessor
February 2,
2007
Deferred tax assets:     
Deferred compensation expense$6,354 $10,090 
Accrued expenses and other 4,379  4,037 
Accrued rent 5,909  10,487 
Accrued insurance 61,887  9,899 
Deferred gain on sale/leasebacks -  2,312 
Inventories -  5,874 
Interest rate hedges 30,891  
Tax benefit of FIN 48 income tax and interest reserves 16,209  
Other 9,947  4,609 
State tax net operating loss carryforwards, net of federal tax 10,342  4,004 
State tax credit carryforwards, net of federal tax 8,727  8,604 
  154,645  59,916 
Less valuation allowances (1,560)  (5,249)
Total deferred tax assets 153,085  54,667 
Deferred tax liabilities:     
Property and equipment (108,675)  (71,465)
Inventories (20,291)  
Trademarks (428,627)  
Amortizable assets (64,419)  
Other (501)  (478)
Total deferred tax liabilities (622,513)  (71,943)
Net deferred tax liabilities$(469,428) $(17,276)

Net deferred tax liabilities are reflected separately on the consolidated balance sheets as current and noncurrent deferred income taxes. The following table summarizes net deferred tax liabilities as recorded in the consolidated balance sheets:

(In thousands) 
Successor
February 1,
2008
  
Predecessor
February 2,
2007
 
Current deferred income tax assets, net $17,297  $24,321 
Noncurrent deferred income tax liabilities, net  (486,725)  (41,597)
Net deferred tax liabilities $(469,428) $(17,276)


(In thousands)

January 28,
2011

 

January 29, 2010

Current deferred income tax liabilities, net

$

(36,854)

 

$

(25,061)

Noncurrent deferred income tax liabilities, net

 

(598,565)

 

 

(546,172)

Net deferred tax liabilities

$

(635,419)

 

$

(571,233)


The Company has a federal net operating loss carryforward as of February 1, 2008 of approximately $44.5 million which will expire in 2027.  The Company also has state net operating loss carryforwards as of January 28, 2011 that total approximately $261.1$136.7 million andwhich will expire beginning in 20122022 through 2027 and2029. The Company also has state tax credit carryforwards of approximately $13.4$19.2 million that will expire beginning in 20082011 through 2027.

2025.


The valuation allowance has been provided principally for state tax credit carryforwards.carryforwards and federal capital losses. The full amount2010 and 2009 decreases of the change$1.0 and $1.7 million, respectively, were recorded as a reduction in the valuation allowance for the 2007 Successor period, a decreaseincome tax expense. The 2008 increase of $4.2$8.2 million was recorded

84



as income tax expense of $3.0 million and an adjustment to goodwill. The increasegoodwill of $0.6 million in the Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007, the increase of $3.2 million in 2006 and the decrease of $0.1 million in 2005 were included in income tax expense for the respective periods.$5.2 million. Based upon expected future income, and available tax planning strategies, management believes that it is more likely than not that the results of operations will generate sufficient taxable income

79

to realize the deferred tax assets after giving consideration to the valuation allowance. After the Merger, the full benefit of any reversal of the valuation allowance will reduce goodwill and not income tax expense.


The Predecessor adopted the provisions of FIN 48 effective February 3, 2007.  The adoption resulted in an $8.9 million decrease in retained earnings and a reclassification of certain amounts between deferred income taxes and other noncurrent liabilities to conform to the balance sheet presentation requirements of FIN 48.  As of the date of adoption, the total reserve for uncertain tax benefits was $77.9 million.  This reserve excludes the federal income tax benefit for the uncertain tax positions related to state income taxes, which is now included in deferred tax assets.  As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, the reserve for interest expense related to income taxes was increased to $15.3 million and a reserve for potential penalties of $1.9 million related to uncertain income tax positions was recorded.


Subsequent to the adoption of FIN 48, the Company has elected to record income tax related interest and penalties as a component of the provision for income tax expense.

In the Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007, the Internal Revenue Service completed an examination of(“IRS”) is examining the Company’s federal income tax returns throughfor fiscal year 2003 resulting in a net income tax refund.  Thereyears 2006, 2007 and 2008. The 2005 and earlier years are no unresolved issues related to thisnot open for examination. None of the Company’s federal income tax returns areThe 2009 and 2010 fiscal years, while not currently under examination, by the Internal Revenue Service; however, fiscal years 2004 and later are still subject to possible examination byat the Internal Revenue Service.discretion of the IRS. The Company has various state income tax examinations that are currently in progress. The estimated liability related to these state income tax examinations is included in the Company’s reserve for uncertain tax positions. Generally, the Company’s tax years ended in 20042007 and forward remain open for examination by the various state taxing authorities.

As of February 1, 2008, the total reservesJanuary 28, 2011, accruals for uncertain tax benefits, interest expense related to income taxes and potential income tax penalties were $96.6$26.4 million, $19.7$1.9 million and $1.5$0.5 million, respectively, for a total of $117.8$28.8 million. Of this amount, $23.2$0.2 million and $78.3$27.3 million are reflected in current liabilities as accruedAccrued expenses and other and in other noncurrent Other liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheet with the remaining $16.3$1.3 million reducing deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carry forwards.


The change, from the date

As of adoption, through the end of the Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007 in the reservesJanuary 29, 2010, accruals for uncertain tax benefits, interest expense related to income taxes and potential income tax penalties that impactedwere $67.6 million, $8.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively, for a total of $78.1 million. Of this amount, $8.5 million and $68.0 million are reflected in current liabilities as Accrued expenses and other and in noncurrent Other liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated statement of operations was a net increase of $10.4balance sheet with the remaining $1.6 million and $0.2 million and a decrease of $0.4 million, respectively.  The change, from the end of the Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007, through the end of the Successor period ended February 1, 2008, in the reserves for uncertainreducing deferred tax benefits and interest expenseassets related to income taxes that impacted the consolidated statement of operations was a net increase of $0.2 million and $4.2 million, respectively.   There was no change in the reserve for potential income tax penalties during the Successor period.


80

operating loss carry forwards.

The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that the reserve for uncertain tax positions may be reduced by approximately $64.8$1.4 million in the coming twelve months principally as a result of the settlement of currently ongoing state income tax examinations and the anticipated filing of an income tax accounting method change request that is expected to resolve certain uncertainties related to accounting methods employed by the Company.examinations. The reasonably possible change of $64.8$1.4 million is included in both current liabilities in Accrued expenses and other ($21.20.2 million) and otherin noncurrent Other liabilities ($43.61.2 million) in the consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2008.January 28, 2011. Also, as of February 1, 2008 (after the merger and the related application of purchase accounting),January 28, 2011, approximately $0.3$26.4 million of the reserve for uncertain tax positions would impact the Company’s effective income tax rate if the Company were to recognize the tax benefit for these positions.

The consolidated statements of income for the respective years reflected below include the following amounts:

(In thousands)

2010

2009

2008

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

$

(12,000

)

$

11,900

 

$

800

 

Income tax related interest expense (benefit)

 

(5,800

)

 

2,300

 

 

(1,000

)

Income tax related penalty expense (benefit)

 

(700

)

 

400

 

 

300

 




85



A reconciliation of the reserve associated with uncertain income tax positions from February 3, 2007 (the date of adoption)1, 2008 through February 1, 2008January 28, 2011 is as follows:


(In thousands)

2010

2009

2008

 

Beginning balance

$

67,636

 

$

59,057

 

$

96,600

 

Increases – tax positions taken in the current year

 

125

 

 

13,701

 

 

25,977

 

Decreases – tax positions taken in the current year

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(2,250

)

Increases – tax positions taken in prior years

 

-

 

 

4,039

 

 

3,271

 

Decreases – tax positions taken in prior years

 

(36,973

)

 

(1,111

)

 

(58,607

)

Statute expirations

 

(1,570

)

 

-

 

 

(1,955

)

Settlements

 

(2,789

)

 

(8,050

)

 

(3,979

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

$

26,429

 

$

67,636

 

$

59,057

 


(In thousands) 
Balance as of February 3, 2007$77,864
Increases – tax positions taken in the current year 19,568
Increases – tax positions taken in prior years 1,149
Decrease – tax positions taken in prior years (9)
Statute expirations (185)
Settlements (1,787)
Balance as of February 1, 2008$96,600
6. Current and long-term obligations

7.

Current and long-term obligations


Current and long-term obligations consist of the following:


  Successor  Predecessor 
(In thousands) February 1, 2008  February 2, 2007 
Senior secured term loan facility $2,300,000  $- 
Senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility  102,500   - 
10 5/8% Senior Notes due July 15, 2015, net of discount of $22,083  1,152,917   - 
11 7/8/12 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2017  700,000   - 
8 5/8% Notes due June 15, 2010, net of discount of $- and $146, respectively  1,822   199,832 
Capital lease obligations  10,268   55,711 
Tax increment financing due February 1, 2035  14,495   14,495 
   4,282,002   270,038 
Less: current portion  (3,246)  (8,080)
Long-term portion $4,278,756  $261,958 

(In thousands)

January 28, 2011

 

January 29, 2010

Senior secured term loan facility

$

1,963,500 

 

$

1,963,500 

 

ABL Facility

 

 

 

 

10 5/8% Senior Notes due July 15, 2015, net of discount of
$11,161 and $14,788, respectively

 

853,172 

 

 

964,545 

 

11 7/8/12 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2017

 

450,697 

 

 

450,697 

 

8 5/8% Notes due June 15, 2010

 

 

 

1,822 

 

Capital lease obligations

 

6,363 

 

 

8,327 

 

Tax increment financing due February 1, 2035

 

14,495 

 

 

14,495 

 

 

 

3,288,227 

 

 

3,403,386 

 

Less: current portion

 

(1,157)

 

 

(3,671)

 

Long-term portion

$

3,287,070 

 

$

3,399,715 

 


On July 6, 2007, the

The Company entered into two senior secured credit agreements (the “New Credit“Credit Facilities”).  The New at the time of the Merger. As of January 28, 2011, the Credit Facilities provide total financing of $3,425.0 million,$2.995 billion, consisting of $2,300.0 million$1.964 billion in a senior secured term loan facility (“Term Loan Facility”) which matures on July 6, 2014, and a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (“ABL Facility”) of up to $1,125.0 million,$1.031 billion, subject to borrowing base availability, which matures on July 6, 2013.


81

Under the New Credit Facilities, the Company has the right at any time to request up to $325.0 million of incremental commitments under one or more incremental term loan facilities and/or asset-based revolving credit facilities, subject to certain conditions and subject to the lender’s desire to extend the incremental facilities.

The amount from time to time available under the senior secured asset-based revolving credit facilityABL Facility (including in respect ofup to $350.0 million for letters of credit) may not exceed the borrowing base (consisting of specified percentages of eligible inventory and credit card receivables less any applicable availability reserves). The senior secured asset-based revolving credit facilityABL Facility includes a $1.0 billion$930.0 million tranche and a $125.0$101.0 million (“last out”) tranche. Repayments of the senior secured asset-based revolving credit facilityABL Facility will be applied to the $125.0$101.0 million tranche only after all other tranches have been fully paid down.  As of February 1, 2008, the Company had borrowed $102.5 million under the “last out” tranche.


Borrowings under the New Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at the Company’s option, either (a) LIBOR or (b) a base rate (which is usually equal to the prime rate). The applicable margin for borrowings is (i) under the term loan facility,Term Loan, 2.75% with respect tofor LIBOR borrowings and 1.75% with respect tofor base-rate borrowings and (ii) as of February 1, 2008, under the asset-based revolving credit facilityABL Facility (except in the last out tranche described above), 1.50% with respect to as of January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, 1.25% for



86



LIBOR borrowings and 0.50% with respect to0.25% for base-rate borrowings and for any last out borrowings, 2.25% with respect tofor LIBOR borrowings and 1.25% with respect tofor base-rate borrowings. The applicable margins for borrowings under the asset-based revolving credit facilityABL Facility (except in the case of last out borrowings) are subject to adjustment each quarter based on average daily excess availability under the asset-based revolving credit facility.  As of February 1, 2008, the average interest rate for borrowings under the revolving credit facility was 6.35%.ABL Facility. The interest rate for borrowings under the term loan facilityTerm Loan Facility was 6.22%3.0% (without giving effect to the interest rate swapswaps discussed in Note 1)8) as of February 1, 2008.

both January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, respectively.


In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the New Credit Facilities, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the asset-based revolving credit facility in respect of theABL Facility for any unutilized commitments thereunder.commitments. The commitment fee rate wasis 0.375% per annum. The commitment fee rate will be reduced (except with regard to the last out tranche) to 0.25% per annum at any time that the unutilized commitments under the asset-based credit facilityABL Facility are equal to or less than 50% of the aggregate commitments under the asset-based revolving credit facility.ABL Facility. The Company also must pay customary letter of credit fees.


The senior secured credit agreement for the term loan facilityTerm Loan Facility requires the Company to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with percentages of excess cash flow, proceeds of non-ordinary course asset sales or dispositions of property, and proceeds of incurrences of certain debt. In addition, the senior secured credit agreement for the asset-based revolving credit facilityABL Facility requires the Company to prepay the asset-based revolving credit facility,ABL Facility, subject to certain exceptions, with proceeds of non-ordinary course asset sales or dispositions of property and any borrowings in excess of the then current borrowing base. The Term Loan Facility can be prepaid in whole or in part at any time.

Beginning September 30, 2009, the Company iswas required to repay installments on the loans under the term loan credit

82

facilityTerm Loan Facility in equal quarterly principal amounts in an aggregate amount per annum equal to 1% of the total funded principal amount at July 6, 2007, with2007. During 2009, the Company paid two such quarterly installments totaling $11.5 million. In addition, in January 2010 the Company voluntarily prepaid $325 million of the principal balance payableof the Term Loan Facility, and as a result, no further quarterly principal installments will be required prior to maturity of the Term Loan Facility on July 6, 2014.

The Company incurred a pretax loss of $4.7 million in 2009 for the write off of debt issuance costs associated with this prepayment.

All obligations under the New Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries (excluding certain immaterial subsidiaries and certain subsidiaries designated by the Company under the New Credit Facilities as “unrestricted subsidiaries”).


All obligations and guarantees of those obligations under the term loan credit facilityTerm Loan Facility are secured by, subject to certain exceptions, a second-priority security interest in all existing and after-acquired inventory and accounts receivable; a first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company’s and the guarantors’ tangible and intangible assets (other than the inventory and accounts receivable collateral just described)collateral); and a first-priority pledge of the capital stock held by the Company. All obligations under the asset-based revolving credit facilityABL Facility are secured by all existing and after-acquireafter-acquired inventory and accounts receivable, subject to certain exceptions.




87



The New Credit Facilities contain certain covenants, including, among other things, covenants that limit the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, sell assets, incur additional liens, pay dividends, make investments or acquisitions, or repay certain indebtedness.


As of February 1, 2008,

Under the ABL facility, for the years ended January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, the Company had no borrowings or repayments; for the year ended January 30, 2009, the Company had no borrowings and repayments of $102.5 million. As of January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, respectively, amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility included $52.7 million in borrowings, $28.8and $85.1 million of standby letters of credit, and $19.1 million and $15.4 million of commercial letters of credit, and $69.2 million of standby letters of credit outstanding under the asset-based revolving credit facility, withwhile excess availability under that facility of $769.2 million.  As of February 1, 2008, the Company had $2,300.0ABL Facility was $959.3 million outstanding under the term loan facility.

and $930.6 million, respectively.


In addition, on

On July 6, 2007, in conjunction with the Merger, the Company issued $1,175.0 million$1.175 billion aggregate principal amount of 10.625% senior notes due 2015 (the “senior notes”“Senior Notes”) which were issued net of a discount of $23.2 million and which mature on July 15, 2015 pursuant to an indenture, dated as of July 6, 2007 (the “senior indenture”), and $725 million aggregate principal amount of 11.875%/12.625% senior subordinated toggle notes due 2017 (the “senior subordinated notes”“Senior Subordinated Notes”), which mature on July 15, 2017, pursuant to an indenture, dated as of July 6, 2007 (the “senior subordinated indenture”). The senior notesSenior Notes and the senior subordinated notesSenior Subordinated Notes are collectively referred to herein as the “notes”“Notes”. The senior indenture and the senior subordinated indenture are collectively referred to herein as the “indentures”.

“indentures.”


Interest on the notesNotes is payable on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing on January 15, 2008.year. Interest on the senior notes will beSenior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes is payable in cash. Cash interestedinterest on the senior subordinated notes will accrueSenior Subordinated Notes accrues at a rate of 11.875% per annum and PIK interest (as that term is defined below) will accrue at a rate of 12.625% per annum.  The initial interest payment on the senior subordinated notes was paid in cash. For certain subsequent interest periods, the Company maypreviously had the ability to elect to pay interest on the senior subordinated notesSenior Subordinated Notes by increasing the principal amount of the senior subordinated notesSenior Subordinated Notes or issuing new senior subordinated notes (“PIK interest”).


83

, instead of paying interest in cash. This election was never utilized by the Company and due to the expiration of the notification period for such option, all interest on the Notes has been paid in cash.

The notesNotes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by each of the existing and future direct or indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the obligations under the Company’s New Credit Facilities.


The Company may redeem some or all of the notesNotes at any time at redemption prices described or set forth in the indentures. DuringIn addition, the fourth quarterholders of fiscal 2007, wethe Notes can require the Company to redeem the Notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the event of certain change in control events.

In May 2010, the Company repurchased $25.0in the open market $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.625% senior notes due 2015 at a price of 111.0% plus accrued and unpaid interest. In September 2010, the Company repurchased in the open market $65.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.625% senior notes due 2015 at a price of 110.75% plus accrued and unpaid interest. The 2010 repurchases resulted in pretax losses totaling $14.7 million. In connection with the Company’s November 2009 initial public offering, as further discussed in Note 2, the Company repurchased $195.7 million of the 11.875%/12.625% senior subordinated toggle notes due 2017,Senior Notes and $205.2 million of the



88



Senior Subordinated Notes at redemption prices of 110.625% and 111.875%, respectively, plus accrued and unpaid interest, resulting in pretax losses totaling $50.6 million. In January 2009, the Company repurchased $44.1 million of the Senior Subordinated Notes, resulting in a pretax gain of $4.9$3.8 million.

Pretax gains and losses associated with the redemption of the Notes are reflected in Other (income) expense in the consolidated statements of operations.


The indentures contain certain covenants, including, among other things, covenants that limit the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, sell assets, enter into transactions with affiliates, or consolidate or dispose of all of its assets.


Scheduled debt maturities, including capital lease obligations, for the Company’s fiscal years listed below are as follows (in thousands): 2008 - $3,246; 2009 - $13,009; 2010 - $25,171; 2011 - $23,254;$1,157; 2012 - $707; 2013 - $23,272;$292; 2014 - $1,963,815; 2015 - $864,787; thereafter - $4,216,034.

$468,630.


On July 6, 2007, immediately after

8.

Derivative financial instruments


The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk, primarily by managing the completionamount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined primarily by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Merger,Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s borrowings.

In addition, the Company completedis exposed to certain risks arising from uncertainties of future market values caused by the fluctuation in the prices of commodities. From time to time the Company has entered into derivative financial instruments to protect against future price changes related to transportation costs associated with forecasted distribution of inventory.

Cash flow hedges of interest rate risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate changes. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash tender offerflow hedges is recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (also referred to purchase anyas “OCI”) and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. Subsequent to the Merger, these transactions represent the only amounts reflected in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the



89



consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity. During the year ended January 28, 2011, such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing variable-rate debt. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.

As of January 28, 2011, the Company had three interest rate swaps with a combined notional value of $1.05 billion that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. Amounts reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt. The Company terminated an interest rate swap in October 2008 due to the bankruptcy declaration of the counterparty bank. The Company continues to report the net gain or loss related to the discontinued cash flow hedge in OCI and such net gain or loss is being reclassified into earnings during the original contractual terms of the swap agreement as the hedged interest payments are expected to occur as forecasted. During the next 52-week period, the Company estimates that an additional $27.2 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense for all of its $200 million principal amountinterest rate swaps.

Non-designated hedges of 8 5/8% Notes due June 2010 (the “2010 Notes”).  Approximately 99%commodity risk

Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and are used to manage the Company’s exposure to commodity price risk but do not meet strict hedge accounting requirements. In February 2009, the Company entered into a commodity hedge related to diesel fuel to limit its exposure to variability in diesel fuel prices and their effect on transportation costs. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings. As of January 28, 2011, the 2010 Notes were validly tendered and accepted for payment.  Company had no outstanding commodity hedges. During 2009, the Company entered into one diesel fuel commodity swap hedging monthly usage of diesel fuel that was not designated as a hedge in a qualifying hedging relationship, which expired prior to January 29, 2010.

The tender offer included a consent payment equal to 3% oftable below presents the parfair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheets as of January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010 Notes,(in thousands):


Tabular Disclosure of Fair Values of Derivative Instruments

 

 

 

 

Asset Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

 

Balance Sheet
Classification

 

Fair Value

Balance Sheet
Classification

 

Fair Value

Derivatives designated as hedging
instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of January 28, 2011

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

$

34,923

As of January 29, 2010

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

$

57,058




The tables below present the pre-tax effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on the consolidated statement of operations (including OCI) for the years ended January 28, 2011 and such payments alongJanuary 29, 2010:


Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations
For the year ended January 28, 2011

 

Derivatives in
Cash Flow
Hedging
Relationships

 

Amount of
(Gain) or Loss
Recognized in
OCI on
Derivative
(Effective
Portion)

Location of Gain or
Loss Reclassified
from Accumulated
OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)

 

Amount of
(Gain) or Loss
Reclassified
from
Accumulated
OCI into
Income
(Effective
Portion)

Location of Gain or
Loss Recognized in
Income on
Derivative
(Ineffective Portion
and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing)

 

Amount of (Gain)
or Loss Recognized
in Income on
Derivative
(Ineffective Portion
and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing)

Interest rate swaps

 

$

19,717

Interest expense

 

$

42,994

Other (income)
expense

 

$

526


Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations
For the year ended January 29, 2010

 

Derivatives in
Cash Flow
Hedging
Relationships

 

Amount of
(Gain) or Loss
Recognized in
OCI on
Derivative
(Effective
Portion)

Location of Gain or
Loss Reclassified
from Accumulated
OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)

 

Amount of
(Gain) or Loss
Reclassified
from
Accumulated
OCI into
Income
(Effective
Portion)

Location of Gain or
Loss Recognized in
Income on
Derivative
(Ineffective Portion
and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing)

 

Amount of (Gain)
or Loss Recognized
in Income on
Derivative
(Ineffective Portion
and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing)

Interest rate swaps

 

$

42,324

Interest expense

 

$

50,140

Other (income)
expense

 

$

618

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging
Instruments

Location of Gain or
Loss Recognized in
Income on
Derivative

 

Amount of
(Gain) or Loss
Recognized in
Income on
Derivative

 

 

 

 

Commodity hedges

Other (income)
expense

 

$

(341)

 

 

 

 


Credit-risk-related contingent features


The Company has agreements with associated settlement costs totaling $6.2 million were paid and reflected asall of its interest rate swap counterparties that contain a loss on debt retirement in the 2007 Successor period presented.  Additionally, becauseprovision providing that the Company receivedcould be declared in default on its derivative obligations if repayment of the requisite consentsunderlying indebtedness is accelerated by the lender due to the proposed amendmentsCompany's default on such indebtedness.


As of January 28, 2011, the fair value of interest rate swaps in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk related to these agreements, was $44.0 million. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at January 28, 2011, it could have been required to post full collateral or settle its obligations under the agreements at an estimated termination value equal to the indenture pursuant to which the 2010 Notes were issued, a supplemental indenture to effect such amendments was executed and delivered.  The amendments, which eliminated substantially allfair value of the restrictive covenants contained in the indenture, became operative upon the purchase of the tendered 2010 Notes.

7.Commitments and contingencies
Leases

$44.0 million. As of February 1, 2008,January 28, 2011, the Company had not breached any of these provisions or posted any collateral related to these agreements.




9.

Commitments and contingencies


Leases


As of January 28, 2011, the Company was committed under capital and operating lease agreements and financing obligations for most of its retail stores, three of its DCs, and certain of its furniture, fixtures and equipment.  The majoritystores. Many of the Company’s stores are subject to short-term leases (an average of three to five years) with multiple renewal options when available.  The Company also has stores subject to build-to-suit arrangements with landlords which typically carry a primary lease term of 1010-15 years with multiple renewal options. The Company also has stores subject to shorter-term leases (usually with initial or current terms of three to five years), and many of these leases have multiple renewal options. Approximately 44%35% of the leased stores have provisions for contingent rentals based upon a specified percentage of defined sales volume. The Company leases three of its DCs. The land and buildings of two of the DCs are subject to operating lease agreements and the third DC is subject to a financing arrangement. The entities involved in the ownership structure underlying these leases meet the accounting definition of a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”). The Company is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs and, accordingly, has not included these entities in its consolidated financial statements. Certain leases contain restrictive covenants. As of February 1, 2008,January 28, 2011, the Company is not aware of any material violations of such covenants, however, there is a degree of uncertainty with regard to the Company’s DC leases as discussed below.

84

The Merger and certain of the related financing transactions may be interpreted as giving rise to certain trigger events (which may include events of default) under the Company’s three DC leases. In such event, the Company’s net cost of acquiring the underlying assets could approximate $112 million. At this time, the Company does not believe the resolution of such issues would result in the purchase of these DCs; however, the payments associated with such an outcome would have a negative impact on the Company’s liquidity. To minimize the uncertainty associated with such possible interpretations, the Company is negotiating the restructuring of these leases and the related underlying debt. The Company has concluded that a probable loss exists in connection with the restructurings and has recorded expenses totaling $12.0 million in SG&A expenses in the Successor statement of operations for the period ended February 1, 2008. The ultimate resolution of these negotiations may result in changes in the amounts of such losses, and such changes may be material.

covenants.

In January 1999, and April 1997, the Company sold its DCsDC located in Ardmore, Oklahoma and South Boston, Virginia, respectively, for 100% cash consideration. Concurrent with the sale transactions,transaction, the Company leased the propertiesproperty back for periodsa period of 23 and 25 years, respectively.years. The transactions weretransaction was recorded as a financing obligationsobligation rather than salesa sale as a result of, among other things, the lessor’s ability to put the propertiesproperty back to the Company under certain circumstances. The property and equipment, along with the related lease obligations,obligation associated with these transactions werethis transaction are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets.


In August 2007, the Company purchased a secured promissory note (the “Ardmore Note”) from Principal Life Insurance Company, which hadan unrelated third party with a face value of $34.3 million at the date of purchase andwhich approximated the remaining financing obligation. The Ardmore Note represents debt issued by the third party entity from which the Company leases the Ardmore DC. The Ardmore Note is being accounted for as a “held to maturity” debt security in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in DebtDC and Equity Securities” (see Note 1).  However, by acquiring the Ardmore Note,therefore the Company holds the debt instrument pertaining to its lease financing obligation and, becauseobligation. Because a legal right of offset exists, the Company is accounting for the acquired Ardmore Note as a reduction of its outstanding financing obligationsobligation in its consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2008 in accordance with the provisions of FASB Interpretation 39, “Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts – An Interpretation of APB Opinion 10 and FASB Statement 105.”
sheets.


In May 2003, the Company purchased two secured promissory notes (the “South Boston Notes”) from Principal Life Insurance Company totaling $49.6 million. The South Boston Notes represented debt issued by the third party entity from which the Company leased the South Boston DC. In June 2006, the Company acquired the third party entity, which owned legal title to the South Boston DC assets and had issued the related debt in connection with the original financing transaction. There was no material gain or loss recognized as a result of this transaction. Based on the Company’s ownership of the third party entity at February 1, 2008, the financing obligation and South Boston Notes are eliminated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

85

92



Future minimum payments as of February 1, 2008January 28, 2011 for capital and operating leases are as follows:


(In thousands)
 
Capital
Leases
Operating
Leases
2008 $3,740  $335,457 
2009  1,909   286,490 
2010  810   237,873 
2011  599   198,954 
2012  599   158,464 
Thereafter  6,476   396,977 
         
Total minimum payments  14,133  $1,614,215 
Less: imputed interest  (3,865)    
Present value of net minimum lease payments  10,268     
Less: current portion, net  (3,246)    
Long-term portion $7,022     

(In thousands)

Capital

Leases

 

Operating

Leases

2011

1,535 

 

481,921

 

2012

 

1,040 

 

 

444,804

 

2013

 

599 

 

 

394,781

 

2014

 

602 

 

 

338,781

 

2015

 

627 

 

 

275,299

 

Thereafter

 

4,609 

 

 

1,067,756

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

 

9,012 

 

3,003,342

 

Less: imputed interest

 

(2,649)

 

 

 

 

Present value of net minimum lease payments

 

6,363 

 

 

 

 

Less: current portion, net

 

(1,157)

 

 

 

 

Long-term portion

5,206 

 

 

 

 

Capital leases were discounted at an effective interest rate of approximately 5.43%6.3% at February 1, 2008.January 28, 2011. The gross amount of property and equipment recorded under capital leases and financing obligations at February 1, 2008January 28, 2011 and February 2, 2007,at January 29, 2010, was $33.5$31.0 million and $85.1$34.8 million, respectively. Accumulated depreciation on property and equipment under capital leases and financing obligations at February 1, 2008January 28, 2011 and February 2, 2007,January 29, 2010, was $2.7$7.4 million and $41.0$6.9 million, respectively.


Rent expense under all operating leases is as follows:


  
Successor
  
Predecessor
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
July 7, 2007 through
February 1, 2008
  
February 3, 2007 through
July 6, 2007
  
2006
  
2005
 
Minimum rentals (a) $205,672  $143,188  $327,911  $295,061 
Contingent rentals  8,780   6,964   16,029   17,245 
  $214,452  $150,152  $343,940  $312,306 
                 
(a)Excludes net contract termination costs of $2.4 million, $19.1 million, and $5.7 million for the Successor period ended February 1, 2008 and the Predecessor periods ended July 6, 2007 and February 2, 2007, respectively.  These expenses were recorded in association with the closing of stores associated with strategic initiatives as further discussed in Note 3. Also excludes amortization of leasehold interests of $26.1 million included in rent expense for the Successor period ended February 1, 2008.

(In thousands)

2010

 

2009

 

2008

Minimum rentals (a)

$

471,402

 

$

407,379

 

$

370,827

Contingent rentals

 

17,882

 

 

21,248

 

 

18,796

 

$

489,284

 

$

428,627

 

$

389,623

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Excludes amortization of leasehold interests of $25.7 million, $37.2 million and $40.9 million included in rent expense for the years ended January 28, 2011, January 29, 2010 and January 30, 2009, respectively.


Legal proceedings


On August 7, 2006, a lawsuit entitled Cynthia Richter, et al. v. Dolgencorp, Inc., et al. was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama (Case No. 7:06-cv-01537-LSC) (“Richter”) in which the plaintiff alleges that she and other current and former Dollar General store managers were improperly classified as exempt executive employees under the FLSAFair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”) and seeks to recover overtime pay, liquidated damages, and attorneys’ fees and costs. On August 15, 2006, the Richter plaintiff filed a motion in which she asked the court to certify a nationwide

86

class of current and former store managers. The Company opposed the plaintiff’s motion. On March 23, 2007, the court conditionally certified a nationwide class of individuals who worked forclass. On December 2, 2009, notice was mailed to over 28,000 current or former Dollar General as store managers, since August 7, 2003. The number of persons who will be included inand approximately 3,860 individuals



93



opted into the class has not been determined, andlawsuit. In September 2010, the court has not approved the Noticeentered a scheduling order that will be sent to the class.


On May 30, 2007, the court stayed all proceedings in the case, including the sending of the Notice, to evaluate,governs, among other things, certain appeals currentlydeadlines for fact discovery (September 30, 2011) and the Company’s anticipated decertification motion (August 15, 2011). The court’s scheduling order establishes a trial date of February 12, 2012.


On July 20, 2010, a lawsuit was filed in the judicial district in which the Richter matter is pending in the Eleventh Circuit involving claimswhich a former store manager made allegations substantially similar to those raised in this action. That stay has been extended through June 30, 2008. DuringRichter and sought to represent a nationwide class of current and former store managers (Lisa Beard v. Dollar General Corporation, et al., Case No. 7:10-cv-01956-SLB). The plaintiff in Beard seeks to recover overtime pay, liquidated damages, and attorneys’ fees and costs. On March 4, 2011, the stay, the statute of limitations will be tolled for potentialBeard plaintiff moved to amend her complaint to strike all class members. At its conclusion,allegations and notified the court will determine whetherof her withdrawal of the consent forms previously filed by approximately 95 opt-in plaintiffs. The plaintiff’s motion to extendamend was granted on March 7, 2011, which had the stay or to permit thiseffect of rendering the Beard action to proceed.a single-plaintiff case. If the court ultimately permits Notice to issue,case remains a single-plaintiff case, it is extremely unlikely that the Company willcase could have an opportunity ata material impact on the close of the discovery period to seek decertification of the class, and the Company expects to file suchCompany’s financial statements as a motion.

whole.


The Company believes that its store managers are and have been properly classified as exempt employees under the FLSA and that thisthe Richter action is not appropriate for collective action treatment. The Company has obtained summary judgment in some, although not all, of its pending individual or single-plaintiff store manager exemption cases in which it has filed such a motion.


The Company intends to vigorously defend this action.the Richter and Beard matters. However, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether the courtRichter ultimately will permit this actionbe permitted to proceed collectively, and no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in the defense of either action on the merits or otherwise. IfSimilarly, at this time the Company cannot estimate either the size of any potential class or the value of the claims asserted in Richter. For these reasons, the Company is unable to estimate any potential loss or range of loss in that action; however, if the Company is not successful in its defense efforts, to defend this action, the resolution of the Richter action could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements as a whole.


On May 18, 2006, the Company was served with a lawsuit entitled Tammy Brickey, Becky Norman, Rose Rochow, Sandra Cogswell and Melinda Sappington v. Dolgencorp, Inc. and Dollar General Corporation (Western District of New York, Case No. 6:06-cv-06084-DGL, originally filed on February 9, 2006 and amended on May 12, 2006 (“Brickey”)). The Brickey plaintiffs seek to proceed collectively under the FLSA and as a class under New York, Ohio, Maryland and North Carolina wage and hour statutes on behalf of, among others, assistant store managers who claim to be owed wages (including overtime wages) under those statutes. At this time, it is not possible to predict whetherOn February 22, 2011, the court will permit this actiondenied the plaintiffs’ class certification motion in its entirety and ordered that the matter proceed only as to proceed collectively orthe named plaintiffs. To date, the plaintiffs have not appealed that order. If the case proceeds only as a class. However,to the named plaintiffs, the Company believes that this action isdoes not appropriate for either collective or class treatment and thatexpect the Company’s wage and hour policies and practices comply with both federal and state law. The Company plansoutcome to vigorously defend this action; however, no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in the defense on the merits or otherwise, and, if it is not successful, the resolution of this action could have a material adverse effect on the Company’sto its financial statements as a whole.


On March 7, 2006, a complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama (Janet Calvert v. Dolgencorp, Inc., Case No. 2:06-cv-00465-VEH



94



(“Calvert”)), in which the plaintiff, a former store manager, alleged that she was paid less than male store managers because of her sex, in violation of the Equal Pay Act and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended (“Title VII”). The complaint subsequently was amended to include additional plaintiffs, who also allege to have been paid less than males because of their sex, and to add allegations that the Company’s compensation practices disparately impactedimpact females. Under the amended complaint, Plaintiffs seek to proceed collectively under the Equal Pay Act and as a class under Title VII, and request back wages, injunctive and declaratory relief, liquidated damages, punitive damages and attorney’sattorneys’ fees and costs.


87

On July 9, 2007, the plaintiffs filed a motion in which they asked the court to approve the issuance of notice to a class of current and former female store managers under the Equal Pay Act. The Company opposed plaintiffs’ motion. On November 30, 2007, the court conditionally certified a nationwide class of females under the Equal Pay Act who worked for Dollar General as store managers between November 30, 2004 and November 30, 2007. The notice was issued on January 11, 2008, and persons to whom the notice was sent were required to opt into the suit by March 11, 2008. Approximately 2,100 individuals have opted into the lawsuit.


On April 19, 2010, the plaintiffs moved for class certification relating to their Title VII claims. The Company will have an opportunity atfiled its response to the close ofcertification motion in June 2010. Briefing has closed, and the discovery periodparties are awaiting a ruling. The Company’s motion to seek decertification ofdecertify the Equal Pay Act class and thewas denied as premature. The Company expects to file such motion.

a similar motion in due course.


The parties have agreed to mediate this action, and the mediation is scheduled to begin on March 24, 2011. The court has stayed the action during the period in which the parties attempt to resolve the matter.


The Company has tendered the matter to its Employment Practices Liability Insurance (“EPLI”) carrier for coverage under its EPLI policy. At this time, the Company expects that the EPLI carrier will participate in any resolution of some or all of the plaintiffs’ claims.


At this time, it is not possible to predict whether the court ultimately will permit the Calvert action to proceed collectively under the Equal Pay Act or as a class under the Title VII. However,Although the Company believes that the case is not appropriate for class or collective treatment and that its policies and practices comply with the Equal Pay Act and Title VII.  The Company intends to vigorously defend the action;action, no assurances can be given that it will be successful in the defense on the merits or otherwise. Similarly, at this time the Company cannot estimate either the size of any potential class or the value of the claims raised in this action. For these reasons, the Company is unable to estimate any potential loss or range of loss; however, if the Company is not successful in defending this action, its resolution could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements as a whole.


On June 16, 2010, a lawsuit entitled Shaleka Gross, et al v. Dollar General Corporation was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Mississippi (Civil Action No. 3:10CV340WHB-LR) in which three former non-exempt store employees, on behalf of themselves and certain other non-exempt Dollar General store employees, alleged that they were not paid for all hours worked in violation of the FLSA. Specifically, plaintiffs alleged that they were not properly paid for certain breaks and sought back wages (including overtime wages), liquidated damages and attorneys’ fees and costs.



95



Before the Company was served with the Gross complaint, the plaintiffs dismissed the action and re-filed it in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Mississippi, now captioned as Cynthia Walker, et al. v. Dollar General Corporation, et al. (Civil Action No. 4:10-CV119-P-S). The Walker complaint was filed on September 16, 2010, and although it adds approximately eight additional plaintiffs, it adds no substantive allegations beyond those alleged in the Gross complaint. The Company filed a motion to transfer the case back to the Southern District of Mississippi and a motion to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction over two corporate defendants and for failure to state a claim as to Dollar General Corporation, all of which are pending. The court stayed the matter pending resolution of the motion to dismiss. To date, no other individuals have opted into the Walker matter, and the plaintiffs have not asked the court to certify any class.


On August 26, 2010, a lawsuit containing allegations substantially similar to those raised in the Walker matter was filed by a single plaintiff in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Kentucky (Brenda McCown v. Dollar General Corporation, Case No.210-297 (WOB)). On December 22, 2010, the court entered an order establishing certain deadlines, including the deadline for discovery related to certification issues (June 1, 2011) and for plaintiff’s certification motion, if any (June 30, 2011). No trial date has been set. To date, approximately three other individuals have opted into the McCown matter. The plaintiff has not asked the court to certify any class.


At this time, it is not possible to predict whether the courts will permit the Walker or McCown actions to proceed collectively. However, the Company believes that those actions are not appropriate for collective treatment and that its wage and hour policies and practices comply with both federal and state law. Although the Company plans to vigorously defend Walker and McCown, no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in the defense on the merits or otherwise. IfSimilarly, at this time the Company cannot estimate either the size of any potential class or the value of the claims raised in these actions. For these reasons, the Company is unable to estimate any potential loss or range of loss; however if the Company is not successful in defendingits defense efforts, the Calvert action, its resolution of either or both of these actions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements as a whole.


On November 9, 2007,

In October 2008, the Company was served withterminated an action entitled Sheneica Nunn, et al. v. Dollar General Corporation, et al. (Circuit Courtinterest rate swap as a result of the counterparty’s declaration of bankruptcy. This declaration of bankruptcy constituted a default under the contract governing the swap, giving the Company the right to terminate. The Company subsequently settled the swap in November 2008 for Dane County, Wisconsin, Case No. 07CV4178) in whichapproximately $7.6 million, including interest accrued to the plaintiff, on behalfdate of herself andtermination. On May 14, 2010, the Company received a putative classdemand from the counterparty for an additional payment of African-American applicants, allegesapproximately $19 million plus interest, claiming that the Company’s criminal background check process disparately impacts African-Americansvaluation used to calculate the $7.6 million was commercially unreasonable, and seeking to invoke the alternative dispute resolution procedures established by the bankruptcy court. The Company is participating in violation of Title VIIthe alternative dispute resolution procedures because it believes a reasonable settlement would be in the best interest of the Civil Rights ActCompany to avoid the substantial risk and costs of 1964, as amended, and the Wisconsin Fair Employment Act.litigation, but does not believe that additional payment is owed. The Company has removedbelieves the casemethodology it used to federal court,calculate the settlement amount was commercially reasonable and it currently is pending in the United States District Court for the Western District of Wisconsin. At this time, it is not possible to predict whether the court will permit this action to proceed as a class under either Title VII or the Wisconsin statute. However, the Company believes that this action is not appropriate for class treatment and that the Company’s background check policies and practices comply with both federal and state law.  The Company plans to vigorously defend this action;appropriate; however, no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in theits defense on the merits or otherwise, and, if itotherwise. If the Company is successful in its defense,



96



no loss will occur. If the Company is not successful or it deems it advisable to resolve the matter prior to trial through the continuing mediation, the resolution of this action could haveresult in a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements as a whole.


On September 8, 2005, the Company received a request for information from the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) with respect to Krazy String, a product that was offered for sale in the Company’s stores. The EPA asserted that Krazy String contained an aerosol that included an ozone depleting substance in violation of the Clean Air Act. On July 12, 2006, the Company agreed to an Administrative Compliance Order requiring the destruction of the Krazy String remaining in inventory. After advising the Company that it was considering imposing a penalty in connection with Krazy String, on February 5, 2007 the EPA proposed a penalty of approximately $800,000. The Company believed that amount to be excessive under applicable EPA policies. After additional discussions with the EPA, the Company and the EPA agreed on January 17, 2008 to resolve this matter through the Company’s payment of a $155,826 penalty.
88

The Company paid this penalty in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and has received full reimbursement from the product vendor.

Subsequentloss up to the announcement of the agreement relating to the Merger, the Company and its directors were named in seven putative class actions alleging claims for breach of fiduciary duty arising out of the Company’s proposed sale to KKR. Each of the complaints alleged, among other things, that the Company’s directors engaged in “self-dealing” by agreeing to recommend the transaction to the Company’s shareholders and that the consideration available to such shareholders in the transaction is unfairly low. On motion of the plaintiffs, each of these cases was transferred to the Sixth Circuit Court for Davidson County, Twentieth Judicial District, at Nashville. By order dated April 26, 2007, the seven lawsuits were consolidated in the court under the caption, “In re: Dollar General,” Case No. 07MD-1. On June 13, 2007, the court denied the Plaintiffs’ motion for a temporary injunction to block the shareholder vote that was then held on June 21, 2007. On June 22, 2007, the Plaintiffs filed their amended complaint making claims substantially similar to those outlined above. The matter is currently in discovery. The Company believes that the foregoing lawsuit is without merit and continues to defend the action vigorously; however, if the Company is not successful in that defense, its resolution could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements as a whole.
claimed $19 million plus interest.


From time to time, the Company is a party to various other legal actions involving claims incidental to the conduct of its business, including actions by employees, consumers, suppliers, government agencies, or others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation, including without limitation under federal and state employment laws and wage and hour laws. The Company believes, based upon information currently available, that such other litigation and claims, both individually and in the aggregate, will be resolved without a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements as a whole. However, litigation involves an element of uncertainty. Future developments could cause these actions or claims to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows, or financial position. In addition, certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely to the Company or settled by the Company, may result in liability material to the Company’s financial position or may negatively affect our operating results if changes to the Company’s business operation are required.


8.  Benefit plans

10.

Benefit plans


The Dollar General Corporation 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan, which became effective on January 1, 1998, is a safe harbor defined contribution plan and is subject to the Employee Retirement and Income Security Act (“ERISA”).


Participants are permitted to contribute between 1% and 25% of their pre-tax annual eligible compensation as defined in the 401(k) plan document, subject to certain limitations under the Internal Revenue Code. Employees who are over age 50 are permitted to contribute additional amounts on a pre-tax basis under the catch-up provision of the 401(k) plan subject to Internal Revenue Code limitations. The Company currently matches employee contributions, including catch-up contributions, at a rate of 100% of employee contributions up to 5% of

89

annual eligible salary, after an employee has been employed for over one year and has completed a minimum of 1,000 hours of service.


A participant’s right to claim a distribution of his or her account balance is dependent on the plan, ERISA guidelines and Internal Revenue Service regulations. All active employeesparticipants are fully vested in all contributions to the 401(k) plan. During the 2007 Successor2010, 2009 and Predecessor periods, 2006 and 2005,2008, the Company expensed approximately $3.0$9.5 million, $4.3 million, $6.4$8.4 million and $5.8$8.0 million, respectively, for matching contributions. The Merger did not significantly impact the comparability of such expense amounts between periods.


The Company also has a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan (“SERP”) and compensation deferral plan (called(“CDP”), known as the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan)Plan, for a select group of management and highly compensated employees. The supplemental retirement planSERP is a noncontributory defined contribution plan with annual Company contributions ranging from 2% to 12%10% of base pay plus bonus depending upon age, plus years of service and job grade. Under the compensation deferral plan,CDP, participants may defer up to 65% of base pay and up to 100% of bonus pay. An employee may be designated for participation in one or both of the plans, according to the eligibility



97



requirements of the plans. The Company matches base pay deferrals at a rate of 100% of base pay deferral, up to 5% of annual salary, with annual salary offset by the amount of match-eligible salary in the 401(k) plan. All participants are 100% vested in their compensation deferral planCDP accounts.


As a result of the Merger which constituted a “change in control” under the CDP/SERP Plan, all previously unvested amounts under the supplemental retirement plan vested on July 6, 2007.  For newly eligible SERP participants after July 6, 2007, the supplemental retirement plan accounts vest at the earlier of the participant’s attainment of age 50 or the participant’s being credited with 10 or more “years of service”, upon termination of employment due to death or “total and permanent disability” or upon a “change in control”, all as defined in the CDP/SERP Plan. The Company incurred compensation expense for these plans of approximately $0.3$1.7 million, $1.9 million and $1.2 million in the 2007 Successor period, $0.5 million in the 2007 Predecessor period, $0.8 million in 20062010, 2009 and $0.6 million in 2005.
2008, respectively.


The supplemental retirement plan and compensation deferral planCDP/SERP Plan assets are invested at the option of the participant in an account that mirrors the performance of a fund or fundsaccounts selected by the Company’s Compensation Committee or its delegate (the “Mutual Fund Options”) or, priordelegate. Effective August 2, 2008, the deemed fund options under the CDP/SERP Plan were changed to mirror the Merger, in an account that mirroredsame fund options offered under the performance of the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock Option”).  A participant’s compensation deferral401(k) plan and supplemental retirement plan account balances will be paid in accordance with the participant’s election by (a) lump sum, (b) monthly installments over a 5, 10 or 15 year period or (c)which include a combination of lump sumregistered mutual funds and installments.  The vested amount will bea collective trust fund.

Vested amounts are payable at the time designated by the plan upon the participant’s termination of employment, disability, death or retirement, except that participants may elect to receive an in-service distribution or an “unforeseeable emergency hardship” distribution of vested amounts credited to the compensation deferralCDP account. Account balances deemed to be invested in the Mutual Fund Options are payable in cash and, prior to the Merger, account balances deemed to be invested in the Common Stock Option were payable in shares of Dollar General common stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares.

cash.


90

As a result of the Merger, the CDP/SERP Plan liabilities were fully funded into an irrevocable rabbi trust.  All account balances deemed to be invested in the Common Stock Option were liquidated at a value of $22.00 per share and the proceeds were transferred to an existing Mutual Fund Option within the Plan.

Asset balances in the Mutual Funds Optionfund options that mirror the registered mutual funds are stated at fair market value, which is based on quoted market prices. The current portionAsset balances in the collective trust fund are stated at contract value of these balances is included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and the long term portion is included in Other assets, netunderlying fund assets. These investments are classified as trading securities in the consolidated balance sheets.  In accordance with EITF 97-14 “Accounting for Deferred Compensation Arrangements Where Amounts Earned Are Heldsheets as further discussed in a Rabbi Trust and Invested,” the Company’s stock was recorded at historical cost and included in Other shareholders’ equity, prior to the Merger.  Also, prior to the Merger, the deferred compensation liability related to the Company stock for active plan participants was included in shareholders’ equity and subsequent changes to the fair value of the obligation were not recognized, in accordance with the provisions of EITF 97-14. However, as a result of the Merger, Plan participants no longer have the option of investing in the Company’s stock.Note 1. The deferred compensation liability related to the Mutual Funds Optionfund options is recorded at the fair value of the investments held in the trust. The current portion of these balances is included in Accrued expenses and other and the long term portion is included in Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.


The Company sponsored through 2007 a supplemental executive retirement planinvestment options for the Chief Executive Officer (called the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for David A. Perdue)registered mutual funds and accountedat contract value for the plan in accordance with SFAS 158.  As a result of the Merger, which constituted a change in control under the terms of this plan and the grantorcollective trust agreement, and Mr. Perdue’s subsequent resignation, Mr. Perdue became 100% vested.  A deposit of $6,208,966 was made to the trust representing Mr. Perdue’s lump sum vested benefit and accumulated interest, which amount was paid to Mr. Perdue on January 7, 2008 effectively terminating the plan.

Prior to the Merger, non-employee directors could defer all or a part of any fees normally paid by the Company to a voluntary nonqualified compensation deferral plan.  The compensation eligiblefund. See Note 1 for deferral includes the annual retainer, meeting and other fees, as well as any per diem compensation for special assignments, earned by a director for his or her service to the Company’s Board of Directors or one of its committees.  The deferred compensation was credited to a liability account, which was then invested at the option of the director, in deemed investments which mirrored either the Mutual Fund Options or the Common Stock Option and the deferred compensation was to be paid in accordance with the director’s election. All deferred compensation was immediately due and payable upon a “change in control” of the Company, as defined by the Plan. As a result of the Merger, which constituted a change in control under the Plan, all accounts held in the Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors were distributed.
91

9. Share-based payments
additional discussion.

11.

Share-based payments


The Company accounts for share-based payments in accordance with SFAS 123(R).applicable accounting standards. Under SFAS 123(R),these standards, the fair value of each award is separately estimated and amortized into compensation expense over the service period. The fair value of the Company’s stock option grants are estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of valuation and reduce expense ratably over the vesting period. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the determination of compensation expense.


The Successor statement of operations for the period from July 7, 2007 to February 1, 2008 reflect share-based compensation expense (a component of SG&A expenses) under the fair value method of SFAS 123(R) for outstanding share-based awards and a corresponding reduction of pre-tax income in the amount of $3.8 million ($2.4 million net of tax).

The Company recognized $45.4 million of share-based compensation expense in the Predecessor statements of operations in 2007 ($28.5 million net of tax), including $6.0 million of  compensation expense prior to the Merger included in SG&A expenses comprised of $2.3 million and $3.7 million, respectively, for stock options and restricted stock and restricted stock units. The remaining $39.4 million of such expense related directly to the Merger is reflected in Transaction and related costs in the consolidated statement of operations for the Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007, consisting of $18.7 million and $20.7 million, respectively, for the accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted stock and restricted stock units.

For the year ended February 2, 2007, the fair value method of SFAS 123(R) resulted in additional share-based compensation expense and a corresponding reduction in net income before income taxes in the amount of $3.6 million ($2.2 million net of tax).

Prior to the Merger, the Company maintained various share-based compensation programs which included options, restricted stock and restricted stock units. In connection with the Merger, the Company’s outstanding stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units became fully vested immediately prior to the closing of the Merger and were settled in cash, canceled or, in limited circumstances, exchanged for new options of the Company, as described below.  Unless exchanged for new options, each option holder received an amount in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes, equal to $22.00 less the exercise price of each in-the-money option.  Additionally, each restricted stock and restricted stock unit holder received $22.00 in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes.  Certaincertain stock options held by Company management were exchanged for new options to purchase common stock in the Company (the “Rollover Options”). The exercise price of the Rollover Options and the number of shares of Company common stock underlying the Rollover Options were adjusted as a result of the Merger. The Rollover Options otherwise continue under the terms of the equity plan under which the original options were issued.


On February 3, 2006, the vesting of all outstanding options granted prior to August 2, 2005, other than options previously granted to the Company’s then CEO and options granted in 2005 to the officers of the Company at the level of Executive Vice President or above, accelerated
92

pursuant to a January 24, 2006 action of the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. In addition, pursuant to that Compensation Committee action, the vesting of all outstanding options granted on or after August 2, 2005 but prior to January 24, 2006, other than options granted during that time period to the officers of the Company at the level of Executive Vice President or above, accelerated effective as of the date that is six months after the applicable grant date. Certain options granted on January 24, 2006 to certain newly hired officers below the level of Executive Vice President were granted with a six-month vesting period. The decision to accelerate the vesting of these stock options resulted in compensation expense of $0.9 million, before income taxes, recognized during the fourth quarter of 2005, and was made primarily to reduce non-cash compensation expense to be recorded in future periods under the provisions of SFAS 123(R). The future expense eliminated as a result of the decision to accelerate the vesting of these options was approximately $28 million, or $17 million net of income taxes, over the four-year period during which the stock options would have vested, subject to the impact of additional adjustments related to certain stock option forfeitures. The Company also believed this decision benefited employees.

On July 6, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees, (thewhich plan was subsequently amended (as so amended, the “Plan”).



98



The Plan provides for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, and other stock-based awards or dividend equivalent rights to key employees, directors, consultants or other persons having a service relationship with the Company, its subsidiaries and certain of its affiliates. The number of shares of Company common stock authorized for grant under the Plan is 24,000,000.31,142,858. No more than 4.5 million shares may be granted to any one Plan participant in the form of stock options and stock appreciation rights in any given fiscal year of the Company, and no more than 1.5 million shares may be granted to any one Plan participant in the form of other stock-based awards in any given fiscal year of the Company. As of February 1, 2008, 3,470,200January 28, 2011, 17,837,497 of such shares are available for future grants.


During

Since the Successor period ended February 1, 2008,Merger, the Company has granted options under the Plan that vest solely upon the continued employment of the recipient (“Time Options”) as well as options that vest upon the achievement of predetermined annual or cumulative financial-based targets that coincide with(“Performance Options”). Through November 2009, 20% of each of the Time Options and Performance Options generally vest annually over a five-year period. Beginning in December 2009, the Company began granting awards whereby 25% of each of the Time Options and Performance Options generally vest annually over a four-year period. Assuming the financial targets are met, the Performance Options vest as of the Company’s fiscal year (“Performance Options”).  According toend, and as a result the award terms, 20% of the Time Options vest on each of the five successive anniversary dates of the merger transaction,initial and 20% of the Performance Options vests at the endfinal tranche of each Performance Option grant is prorated based upon the date of the successive five fiscal years in which the performance target is achieved.grant. In the event the performance target is not achieved in any given year, such optionsannual performance period, the Performance Options for that year willperiod may still subsequently vest, upon the achievement ofprovided that a cumulative performance target.target is achieved. Vesting of the Time Options and Performance Options is also subject to acceleration in the event of an earlier change in control or certain public offering.offerings of the Company’s common stock. Each of these options, whether Time Options or Performance Options have a contractual term of 10 years and an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.


Both the Time Options and the Performance Options are subject to various provisions set forth in a management stockholder’s agreement entered into with each option holder by which the Company may require the employee, upon termination, to sell to the Company any vested options or shares received upon exercise of the Time Options or Performance Options at amounts that differ based upon the reason for the termination. In particular, in the event that the employee resigns “without good reason” (as defined in the management stockholdersstockholder’s agreement), then any options whether or not then exercisable are forfeited and any shares received upon prior exercise of such options are callable at the Company’s option at an amount equal to the lesser of fair value or the amount paid for the shares (i.e., the exercise price). In such

93

cases, because the employee would not benefit in any share appreciation over the exercise price, for accounting purposes under SFAS 123(R) such options are not considered vested until the expiration of the Company’s call option, (July 6, 2012).which is generally five years subsequent to the date of grant. Accordingly, all references to the vesting provisions or vested status of the options discussed in this note give effect to the vesting pursuant to thethese accounting provisions of SFAS 123(R) and may differ from descriptions of the vesting status of the Time Options and Performance Options located elsewhere in this report or the Company’s Annual Reportother SEC filings. The Company records expense for Time Options on Form 10-K.
a straight-line basis over the term of the management stockholder’s agreement (generally five years).


Each of the Company’s management-owned shares, Rollover Options, and vested new options include certain provisions by which the holder of such shares, Rollover Options, or



99



vested new options may require the Company to repurchase such instruments in limited circumstances. Specifically, each such instrument is subject to a repurchaseput right for a period of 365 days after termination due to the death or disability of the holder of the instrument that occurs generally within five years from the closing date of the Merger.grant. In such circumstances, the holder of such instruments may require the Company to repurchase any shares at the fair market value of such shares and any Rollover Options or vested new options at a price equal to the intrinsic value of such rolloverRollover or vested new options. Because the Company does not have control over the circumstances in which it may be required to repurchase the outstanding shares or Rollover Options, such shares and Rollover Options, valued at a fair value and intrinsic value of $6.0$8.8 million and $3.2$0.4 million, respectively, at January 28, 2011, and $14.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively, at January 29, 2010, have been classified as Redeemable common stock in the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets as of these dates. The values of these equity instruments are based upon the fair value and intrinsic value, respectively, of the underlying stock and Rollover Options at February 1, 2008.the date of issuance. Because redemption of such shares is uncertain, such shares are not subject to re-measurement until their redemption becomes probable.


In addition

Subsequent to the repurchaseMerger, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted an Equity Appreciation Rights Plan, which plan was later amended and restated (as amended and restated, the “Rights Plan”). The Rights Plan provides for the granting of equity appreciation rights upon death or disabilityto nonexecutive managerial employees. In 2009, the Rights Plan was modified such that are common to all management held shares, Rollover Options, andcertain equity appreciation rights vested new options,as a result of the management stockholder’s agreement whichCompany’s initial public offering discussed in Note 2 that otherwise would not have vested. At January 29, 2010, 697,762 equity appreciation rights were outstanding. During 2010, 783,322 equity appreciation rights were granted, 1,406,237 of such rights, affecting 1,028 employees, vested in conjunction with the Company entered into with certain executive officers providesstock offerings, 21,557 of such officers with an additional repurchase right in the event their employment terminates for any reason prior to July 21, 2008.  Such executive officers may require the Company to repurchase their outstanding shares and Rollover Options atrights vested as a priceresult of $5 per share in the case of shares and the difference in $5 per share and the exercise price of any Rollover Options that they hold.  This repurchase right exists for a period of 365 days following their termination within the required timeframe.  As noted above, eachother provisions of the shares, whether held by general membersRights Plan, 53,290 of management or executive officers, has been classified within Redeemable common stock onsuch rights were cancelled and no such rights remain outstanding at January 28, 2011.


For the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2008.  In the case of the Rollover Options held by the executive officers, however, the additional repurchase rights in the event of their termination prior to July 21, 2008 are considered within the control of the employee, and as such, $3.6 million (representing the fixed repurchase price) related to such Rollover Options have been classified in Other (noncurrent) liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at February 1, 2008 pursuant to SFAS 123(R).


The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) effective February 4, 2006 and began recognizing compensation expense for stock options based onyear ended January 28, 2011, the fair value method of theaccounting for share-based awards on the grant date. The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) under the modified-prospective-transition methodresulted in share-based compensation expense (a component of SG&A expenses) and therefore, results from prior periods have not been restated. The following table illustrates the effect ona corresponding reduction in net income before income taxes in the amount of $30.2 million ($18.4 million net of tax) of which $12.7 million ($7.8 million net of tax) was related to stock options, $17.4 million ($10.6 million net of tax) was related to equity appreciation rights and earnings per shareless than $0.1 million was related to restricted stock units as ifdiscussed in more detail below.

For the Company had appliedyear ended January 29, 2010, the fair value

94

recognition provisions method of SFAS 123accounting for share-based awards resulted in share-based compensation expense (a component of SG&A expenses) and a corresponding reduction in net income before income taxes in the amount of $22.2 million ($13.6 million net of tax) of which $11.7 million ($7.1 million net of tax) was related to stock options, granted under$7.2 million ($4.4 million net of tax) was related to equity appreciation rights and $3.3 million ($2.0 million net of tax) was related to restricted stock as discussed in more detail below. Of these amounts, $6.9 million of the expense for equity appreciation rights and $2.5 million of the expense for restricted stock was attributable to the vesting of certain awards in conjunction with the Company’s stock plans forinitial public offering.

For the year ended February 3, 2006. For purposes of this pro forma disclosure, the value of the options is estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model for all option grants.


(In thousands) 
Year Ended
February 3,
2006
 
Net income – as reported $350,155 
Deduct: Total pro forma stock-based employee compensation expense determined
under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects per SFAS 123
  32,621 
Net income – pro forma $317,534 

Under SFAS 123(R), forfeitures are estimated at the time of valuation and reduce expense ratably over the vesting period. Under SFAS 123,January 30, 2009, the Company elected to account for forfeitures when awards were actually forfeited, at which time all previous pro formarecorded share-based compensation expense (which, after-tax, approximated $5.5 millionand a corresponding reduction in net income before income taxes in the year ended February 3, 2006)amount of $10.0



100



million ($6.1 million net of tax) of which $8.9 million ($5.4 million net of tax) was reversedrelated to reduce pro forma expense for that year.


SFAS 123(R) also requires the benefitsstock options and $1.1 million ($0.7 million net of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation costtax) was related to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R). For the Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007 and year ended February 2, 2007, the $3.9 million and $2.5 million excess tax benefits, respectively, classified as financing cash inflows would have been classified as an operating cash inflow if the Company had not adopted SFAS 123(R). The impact of the adoption of SFAS 123(R) on future results will depend on, among other things, levels of share-based payments granted in the future, actual forfeiture rates and the timing of option exercises.

restricted stock.

The fair value of each option grant is separately estimated by applying the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing valuation model. The weighted average for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of options granted in the Successor period ended February 1, 2008 and Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007 and years ended February 2, 2007January 28, 2011, January 29, 2010 and February 3, 2006,January 30, 2009, and a summary of the methodology applied to develop each assumption, are as follows:


 
February 1,
2008
July 6,
2007
February 2,
2007
February 3,
2006
Expected dividend yield0%0.91%0.82 %0.85 %
Expected stock price volatility41.9%18.5%28.8 %27.1 %
Weighted average risk-free interest rate4.6%4.5%4.7 %4.2 %
Expected term of options (years)7.5 5.7 5.7  5.0  

 

January 28, 2011

January 29, 2010

January 30, 2009

Expected dividend yield

0

%

0

%

%

Expected stock price volatility

39.1

%

41.2

%

40.2 

%

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

2.8

%

2.8

%

2.8 

%

Expected term of options (years)

7.0

 

7.4

 

7.4 

 


Expected dividend yield - This is an estimate of the expected dividend yield on the Company’s stock. Prior to the Merger this estimate was based on historical dividend payment trends. Subsequent to the Merger, theThe Company is subject to limitations on the payment of dividends under its credit facilitiesCredit Facilities as further discussed in Note 6.7. An increase in the dividend yield will decrease compensation expense.


Expected stock price volatility - This is a measure of the amount by which the price of the Company’s common stock has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. Prior to the Merger, the Company used actual historical changes in the market price of the Company’s common stock

95

and implied volatility based upon traded options, weighted equally, to calculate the volatility assumption, as it was the Company’s belief that this methodology provided the best indicator of future volatility. For historical volatility, the Company calculated daily market price changes from the date of grant over a past period representative of the expected life of the options to determine volatility. Subsequent to the Merger the expected volatilities have been based upon the historical volatilities of a peer group of four companies, as the Company’s common stock is nothas only been publicly traded.traded for a limited period of time relative to the expected term of the options. An increase in the expected volatility will increase compensation expense.


Weighted average risk-free interest rate - This is the U.S. Treasury rate for the week of the grant having a term approximating the expected life of the option. An increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase compensation expense.

Expected term of options - This is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding. For options issued prior to the Merger, the Company took into consideration that its stock option grants prior to August 2002 were significantly different than grants issued on and after that date, and therefore that the historical and post-vesting employee behavior patterns for grants prior to that date were of little or no value in determining future expectations. As a result, the Company excluded these pre-August 2002 grants from its analysis of expected term. For pre-Merger options, the Company estimated expected term using a computation based on an assumption that outstanding options would be exercised approximately halfway through their contractual term, taking into consideration such factors as grant date, expiration date, weighted-average time-to-vest, actual exercises and post-vesting cancellations. Options granted have a maximum term of 10 years. Due to the absence ofrelatively limited historical data for grants issued subsequent to the Merger, the Company has estimated the expected term as the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual term of the option. An increase in the expected term will increase compensation expense.


At January 28, 2011, 53,434 Rollover Options were outstanding, all of which were exercisable. The aggregate intrinsic value of these outstanding Rollover Options was $1.4 million with a weighted average remaining contractual term of 4.3 years, and a weighted average exercise price of $2.1875.




101



A summary of Time Options activity during the period ended January 28, 2011 is as follows:


(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)

Options
Issued

Average Exercise Price

Remaining Contractual Term in Years

Intrinsic
Value

Balance, January 29, 2010

 

 6,123,052 

 

$

8.68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 348,784 

 

 

27.39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 (342,293)

 

 

8.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

 (351,412)

 

 

10.53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 28, 2011

 

 5,778,131 

 

$

9.73

 

 

7.3

 

$

108,104

 

Vested or expected to vest at January 28, 2011

 

 5,491,477 

 

$

9.55

 

 

7.2

 

$

103,695

 

Exercisable at January 28, 2011

 

 2,773,235 

 

$

8.31

 

 

7.0

 

$

55,706

 


The weighted average grant date fair value of Time Options granted during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $12.61, $6.73 and $4.17, respectively.

A summary of Performance Options activity during the period ended January 28, 2011 is as follows:


(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)

Options
Issued

Average Exercise Price

Remaining Contractual Term in Years

Intrinsic
Value

Balance, January 29, 2010

 

 6,251,623 

 

$

8.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 348,784 

 

 

27.39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 (777,249)

 

 

8.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

 (326,134)

 

 

10.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 28, 2011

 

 5,497,024 

 

$

9.82

 

 

7.3

 

$

102,369

 

Vested or expected to vest at January 28, 2011

 

 5,198,923 

 

$

9.62

 

 

7.3

 

$

97,838

 

Exercisable at January 28, 2011

 

 3,426,809 

 

$

8.68

 

 

7.0

 

$

67,597

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of Performance Options granted was $12.61, $6.73 and $4.17 during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

In April 2010, the Company granted 100,000 options to its Chief Executive Officer with an exercise price of $29.38 and a vesting period of one year from the date of grant.

The total intrinsic value of all stock options repurchased by the Company under terms of the management stockholders’ agreements during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $0.1 million, $0.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively.

At January 28, 2011, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options was $30.8 million with an expected weighted average expense recognition period of 2.8 years.


The Company currently believes that the performance targets related to the unvested Performance Options will be achieved. If such goals are not met, and there is no change in control or certain public offerings of the Company’s common stock which would result in the



102



acceleration of vesting of the Performance Options, future compensation cost relating to unvested Performance Options will not be recognized.

Through January 28, 2011, all Time Options and Performance Options have been granted to employees. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company granted 33,051 non-qualified stock options to members of its Board of Directors. These options vest ratably on an annual basis over a four year period from the date of grant.  

In January 2008, the Company granted 508,572 nonvested restricted shares to its Chief Executive Officer. As a result of the Company’s initial public offering these shares vested, at a total fair value equal to $11.5 million. Subsequent to the offering, the Company granted a total of 9,084 restricted stock unit awards to members of its Board of Directors. For 2010, 2009 and 2008, the share-based compensation expense related to nonvested shares before income taxes was less than $0.1 million, $3.3 million ($2.0 million net of tax) and $1.1 million ($0.7 million net of tax), respectively. At January 28, 2011, the total compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock awards not yet recognized was approximately $0.1 million.

All nonvested restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards granted for the Predecessor and Successor periods in the year ended February 1, 2008periods presented had a purchase price of zero. The Company records compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the restriction period based on the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The nonvested restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards granted under the plan to employees during the Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007 were originally scheduled to vest and become payable ratably over a three-year period from the respective grant dates. The nonvested restricted stock unit awards granted under the plan to non-employee directors during the Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007 were originally2009 vested or are scheduled to vest over a one-year period from the respective grant dates, but became payable as a result of the Merger as discussed above.


In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R), unearned compensation is not recorded within shareholders’ equity for nonvested restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards. Accordingly, during the year ended February 2, 2007, the Company reversed its unearned compensation balance as of February 3, 2006 of approximately $5.2 million, with an offset to common stock and additional paid-in capital.

96

The Company issues new shares when options are exercised. A summary of stock option activity during the Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007 is as follows:

 
Options
Issued
 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Balance, February 2, 2007 19,398,881    $18.38  
Granted 1,997,198     21.15  
Exercised (2,496,006)    16.64  
Exchanged for cash in Merger (14,829,364)    18.53  
Exchanged for Rollover Options (2,225,175)    18.76  
Canceled (1,845,534)    22.17  
Balance, July 6, 2007    $ 

During the Predecessor period from February 3, 2007 to July 6, 2007 and years ended February 2, 2007 and February 3, 2006, the weighted average grant date fair value of options granted was $5.37, $5.86 and $6.33, respectively; 4,213,373, 617,234 and 8,281,184 options vested, net of forfeitures, respectively; with a total fair value of approximately $23.6 million, $2.5 million and $56.5 million, respectively; and the total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $10.8 million, $6.8 million and $16.7 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the Successor period from July 7, 2007 to February 1, 2008 (all of which were Rollover Options) was $0.5 million.

At February 1, 2008, 1,799,102 Rollover Options were outstanding, all of which were exercisable. The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding Rollover Options was $6.7 million with a weighted average remaining contractual term of 7.36 years, and a weighted average exercise price of $1.25.

All stock options granted prior to the Merger in the period ended July 6, 2007 and the year ended February 2, 2007 under the termsone-third increments at each of the Company’s pre-merger stock incentive plan were non-qualified stock options issued at a price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, were originally scheduled to vest ratably over a four-year period, and were to expire 10 years following the date of grant.

A summary of activity related to nonvested restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards during the Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007 is as follows:

 
Nonvested
Shares
 
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Balance, February 2, 2007 748,631    $16.63 
Granted 749,508     21.17 
Vested (1,476,044)    18.83 
Canceled (22,095)    20.72 
Balance, July 6, 2007    $ 

97

A summary of Time Options activity during the Successor period ended February 1, 2008 is as follows:

 
Options
Issued
 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Granted 9,945,000    $5.00  
Exercised      
Canceled (410,000)    5.00  
Balance, February 1, 2008 9,535,000    $5.00  

During the Successor period from July 7, 2007 to February 1, 2008, the weighted average grant date fair value of Time Options granted was $2.65; no options vested or were exercised. At February 1, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding 2007 Time Options was $0 with a weighted average remaining contractual term of 9.6 years. None of the outstanding Time Options are currently exercisable.

A summary of Performance Options activity during the Successor period ended February 1, 2008 is as follows:

 
Options
Issued
 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Granted 9,945,000    $5.00  
Exercised      
Canceled (410,000)    5.00  
Balance, February 1, 2008 9,535,000    $5.00  

During the Successor period from July 7, 2007 to February 1, 2008, the weighted average grant date fair value of Performance Options granted was $2.65; 1,907,000 Performance Options vested and are exercisable, net of forfeitures, with a total fair value of approximately $5.1 million, and none of those options were exercised. At February 1, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding 2007 Performance Options was $0 with a weighted average remaining contractual term of 9.6 years.

At February 1, 2008, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options was $46.8 million with an expected weighted average expense recognition period of 4.4 years.

The Company currently believes that the performance targets related to the Performance Options will be achieved.  If such goals are not met, and there is no change in control, no compensation cost relating to these Performance Options will be recognized and any compensation cost recognized to date will be reversed.

In January 2008, the Company granted 890,000 nonvested restricted shares to its CEO. These shares vest on the first to occur of (i) a change in control, (ii) an initial public offering, (iii) termination without cause or due to death or disability, or (iv) the last day of the Company’s 2011 fiscal year. These shares represent the only outstanding restricted shares as of February 1, 2008. At February 1, 2008, the total compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock awards not yet recognized was approximately $4.4 million.

98

10. Related party transactions
three subsequent annual shareholder meetings.

12.

Related party transactions

Affiliates of certain of the Investors participated as (i) lenders in the Company’s New Credit Facilities discussed in Note 6;7; (ii) initial purchasers of the Company’s notesNotes discussed in Note 6;7; (iii) counterparties to certain interest rate swaps discussed in Note 18 and (iv) as advisors in the Merger. Certain fees were paid upon closing

The Company believes affiliates of KKR and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (among other entities) are lenders under the Term Loan Facility. The amount of principal outstanding under the Term Loan Facility from the date of the Merger to affiliatesSeptember 30, 2009, was $2.3 billion. The Company paid principal of certain of the Investors.  These fees primarily included underwriting fees, advisory fees, equity commitment fees, syndication fees, merger and acquisition fees, sponsor fees, costs of raising equity, and out of pocket expenses.  The aggregate fees paid to these related parties$336.5 million during the Successor period ended February 1,remainder of 2009 and approximately $53.4 million, $74.8 million and $133.4 million of interest on the Term Loan Facility during 2010, 2009 and 2008, totaled $134.9respectively.

Goldman, Sachs & Co. is a counterparty to an amortizing interest rate swap with a notional amount of $323.3 million portionsand $396.7 million as of which have been capitalizedJanuary 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, respectively, entered into in connection with the Term Loan Facility. The Company paid Goldman, Sachs & Co. approximately $12.9 million, $17.9 million and $9.5 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, pursuant to the interest rate swap as debt financing costs or as direct acquisition costs.


further discussed in Note 8.

The Company entered into a monitoringsponsor advisory agreement, dated July 6, 2007, with affiliates of certain of the InvestorsKKR and Goldman, Sachs & Co. pursuant to which those entities will provideprovided management and advisory services to the Company. Under the terms of the monitoringsponsor advisory agreement, among other things, the Company iswas obliged to pay to those entities an aggregate, annualinitial management fee of $5.0



103



$5.0 million payable in arrears at the end of each calendar quarter plus all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of services under the agreement upon request.  The fees incurred for the Successor period ended February 1, 2008 totaled $2.9 million.  Afterannually. Upon the completion of the Company’s first fiscal year,initial public offering discussed in Note 2, pursuant to the managementadvisory agreement, the Company paid a fee will increase atof $63.6 million from cash generated from operations to KKR and Goldman, Sachs & Co., which amount included a rate of 5% per year. Those entities also are entitled to receive atransaction fee equal to 1%, or $4.8 million, of the gross transaction valueprimary proceeds from the offering accounted for as a cost of raising equity and a corresponding reduction to Additional paid-in capital; and approximately $58.8 million in connection with certain subsequent financing, acquisition, disposition,its termination, which is included in SG&A expenses for 2009. Including the transaction and change in control transactions, as well as a termination fee infees discussed above, the event of an initial public offering or under certaintotal management fees and other circumstances.expenses incurred for the years ended January 28, 2011, January 29, 2010 and January 30, 2009 totaled $0.2 million, $68.0 million and $6.6 million, respectively. In addition, on July 6, 2007, the Company also entered into a separate indemnification agreement with the parties to the monitoringsponsor advisory agreement, pursuant to which the Company agreed to provide customary indemnification to such parties and their affiliates.


The

From time to time, the Company uses Capstone Consulting, LLC, a team of executives who work exclusively with KKR portfolio companies providing certain consulting services. The Chief Executive Officer of Capstone servesserved on our Board.the Company’s Board of Directors until March 2009. Although neither KKR nor any entity affiliated with KKR owns any of the equity of Capstone, prior to January 1, 2007 KKR had provided financing to Capstone. The aggregate fees incurred for Capstone services for the Successor periodperiods ended February 1, 2008January 28, 2011, January 29, 2010 and January 30, 2009 totaled $1.9 million.


zero, $0.2 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

The Company purchased a totalentered into an underwriting agreement with KKR Capital Markets (an affiliate of $25 million of the 11.857%/12.625% senior subordinated notes held byKKR), Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and several other entities to serve as further discussed in Note 6 and paid a commission of less than $0.1 millionunderwriters in connection therewith.


11. Capital stock
Prior to the Merger, thewith its initial public offering. The Company had a Shareholder Rights Plan (the “Rights Plan”) under which Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock Purchase Rights (the “Rights”) were issued for each outstanding shareprovided underwriting discounts of common stock.  The Rights were attached to all common stock outstanding as of March 10, 2000. On May 8, 2000, the Company effected a five for four stock split at which time,approximately $27.4 million pursuant to the adjustment provisions containedunderwriting agreement, approximately $6.0 million of which was provided to each of (a) KKR Capital Markets; (b) Goldman, Sachs & Co.; and (c) Citigroup Global Markets Inc. The Company paid approximately $3.3 million in expenses related to the Rights
99

Agreement, each outstanding shareinitial public offering (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions), including the offering-related expenses of the selling shareholder which the Company was required to pay under the terms of an existing registration rights agreement.

Affiliates of KKR and of Goldman, Sachs & Co. served as underwriters in connection with the secondary offerings of the Company’s common stock evidenced the right to receive eight-tenths of a Right.  Such Rights attached to all additionalheld by certain existing shareholders that were completed in April 2010 and December 2010. The Company did not sell shares of common stock, issued prior to the Plan’s termination immediately prior to the effective date of the Merger.  The Rights entitled the holders to purchasereceive proceeds from the Company one one-hundredthsecondary sales, or pay any underwriting fees in connection with either secondary offering. Certain members of a share (a “Unit”)our management, including certain of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock, no par value, at a purchase price of $100 per Unit, subject to adjustment, upon certain triggering events definedour executive officers, exercised registration rights in the Plan.  The Rights Plan terminated by its terms immediately prior to the effective date of the Merger. No Rights were exercised prior to that date.

connection with such offerings.




On November 29, 2006, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $500 million of its outstanding common stock.  On September 30, 2005, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to 10 million shares of its outstanding common stock. These authorizations allowed for purchases in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time, subject to market conditions. The objective of the Company’s share repurchase initiative was to enhance shareholder value by purchasing shares at a price that produced a return on investment that was greater than the Company’s cost of capital. Additionally, share repurchases generally were undertaken only if such purchases resulted in an accretive impact on the Company’s fully diluted earnings per share calculation.  As a result of the Merger, the 2006 authorization is no longer outstanding. No purchases were made pursuant to this authorization. The 2005 authorization was completed prior to its expiration date. During 2006, the Company purchased approximately 4.5 million shares pursuant to the 2005 authorization at a total cost of $79.9 million. During 2005, the Company purchased approximately 5.5 million shares pursuant to the 2005 authorization at a total cost of $104.7 million and approximately 9.5 million shares pursuant to an earlier authorization at a total cost of $192.9 million.
12.  Insurance settlement
During 2006 and 2005, the Company received proceeds of $13.0 million and $8.0 million, respectively, representing insurance recoveries for destroyed and damaged assets, costs incurred and business interruption coverage related to Hurricane Katrina, which are reflected in results of operations for these years as a reduction of SG&A expenses. The claim was settled in 2006. The business interruption portion of the proceeds was approximately $5.8 million and was received in 2006. Insurance recoveries related to fixed assets losses are included in cash flows from investing activities and recoveries related to inventory losses and business interruption are included in cash flows from operating activities.
13.Segment reporting

13.

Segment reporting

The Company manages its business on the basis of one reportable segment. See Note 1 for a brief description of the Company’s business. As of February 1, 2008,January 28, 2011, all of the Company’s operations were located within the United States with the exception of an immateriala Hong Kong subsidiary, formed to assistand a liaison office in India, the processcollective assets and revenues of importing certain merchandise that began operations in 2004.which are not material. The following net sales data is presented in accordance with SFAS 131, “Disclosuresaccounting standards related to disclosures about Segmentssegments of an Enterprise and Related Information.”

enterprise.

(In thousands)

2010

 

2009

 

2008

Classes of similar products:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumables

$

9,332,119

 

$

8,356,381

 

$

7,248,418

Seasonal

 

1,887,917

 

 

1,711,471

 

 

1,521,450

Home products

 

917,638

 

 

869,772

 

 

862,226

Apparel

 

897,326

 

 

858,756

 

 

825,574

Net sales

$

13,035,000

 

$

11,796,380

 

$

10,457,668


100

  Successor  Predecessor 
(In thousands) 
July 7, 2007
through
February 1, 2008
  
February 1, 2007
through
July 6, 2007
  
2006
  2005 
Classes of similar products:            
Highly consumable $3,701,724  $2,615,110  $6,022,014  $5,606,466 
Seasonal  908,301   604,935   1,509,999   1,348,769 
Home products  507,027   362,725   914,357   907,826 
Basic clothing  454,441   340,983   723,452   719,176 
Net sales $5,571,493  $3,923,753  $9,169,822  $8,582,237 

14.

Quarterly financial data (unaudited)


14.Subsequent event
Subsequent to the 2007 fiscal year end, the Company entered into a $350.0 million step-down interest rate swap which became effective February 28, 2008 in order to mitigate an additional portion of the variable rate interest exposure under the New Credit Facilities discussed in Note 6.  The Company entered into the swap with Wachovia Capital Markets and the terms result in the Company paying a fixed rate of 5.58% on a notional amount of $350.0 million for the first year and $150.0 million for the second year.

15.  Quarterly financial data (unaudited)

The following is selected unaudited quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended February 1, 2008January 28, 2011 and February 2, 2007.January 29, 2010. Each quarterquarterly period listed below was a 13-week accounting period. The sum of the four quarters for any given year may not equal annual totals due to rounding.


(In thousands)

 

First

Quarter

 

 

Second Quarter

 

 

Third Quarter

 

 

Fourth Quarter

 

2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

3,111,314

 

$

3,214,155

 

$

3,223,427 

 

$

3,486,104

 

Gross profit

 

999,756

 

 

1,035,979

 

 

1,010,668 

 

 

1,130,153

 

Operating profit

 

290,723

 

 

300,757

 

 

274,334 

 

 

408,251

 

Net income

 

135,996

 

 

141,195

 

 

128,120 

 

 

222,546

 

Basic earnings per share

 

0.40

 

 

0.41

 

 

0.38 

 

 

0.65

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

0.39

 

 

0.41

 

 

0.37 

 

 

0.64

 


(In thousands)

 

First

Quarter

 

 

Second Quarter

 

 

Third Quarter

 

 

Fourth Quarter

 

2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

2,779,937

 

$

2,901,907

 

$

2,928,751 

 

$

3,185,785

 

Gross profit

 

855,358

 

 

906,042

 

 

903,082 

 

 

1,025,389

 

Operating profit

 

224,869

 

 

233,217

 

 

216,239 

 

 

278,933

 

Net income

 

83,006

 

 

93,590

 

 

75,649 

 

 

87,197

 

Basic earnings per share

 

0.26

 

 

0.29

 

 

0.24 

 

 

0.26

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

0.26

 

 

0.29

 

 

0.24 

 

 

0.26

 

  Predecessor  Successor 
(In thousands) 
First
Quarter
  
May 5, 2007-
July 6, 2007
  
July 7, 2007-
August 3, 2007 (a)
  
Third
Quarter
  
Fourth
Quarter
 
2007:               
Net sales $2,275,267  $1,648,486  $699,078  $2,312,842  $2,559,573 
Gross profit  633,060   438,515   184,723   646,800   740,371 
Operating profit (loss)  55,368   (46,120)  (6,025)  65,703   186,466 
Net income (loss)  34,875   (42,873)  (27,175)  (33,032)  55,389 
                     


Predecessor 
First
Quarter
  
Second
Quarter
  
Third
Quarter
  
Fourth
Quarter
 
2006:            
Net sales $2,151,387  $2,251,053  $2,213,396  $2,553,986 
Gross profit  584,274   611,534   526,447   645,950 
Operating profit  81,285   80,577   3,339   83,075 
Net income (loss)  47,670   45,468   (5,285)  50,090 

(a)Includes the results of operations of Buck Acquisition Corp. for the period prior to its merger with and into Dollar General Corporation from March 6, 2007 (its formation) through July 6, 2007 (reflecting the change in fair value of interest rate swaps), and the post-merger results of Dollar General Corporation for the period from July 7, 2007 through February 1, 2008.  See Notes 1 and 2.

101

As discussed in Note 2,11, in the Predecessor period ended July 6, 2007,first quarter of 2010 the Company recorded transaction and other costs related to the Merger of $56.7 million andincurred share-based compensation expense related directly toexpenses of $13.3 million ($8.1 million net of tax, or $0.02 per diluted share) for the Mergeraccelerated vesting of $39.4 million as discussedcertain share-based awards in Note 9. conjunction with a secondary offering of the Company’s common stock which is included in SG&A expenses.



105



As discussed in Note 2,7, in the Successor period ended August 3, 2007,second quarter of 2010, the Company recorded transaction and other costs related to the Mergerrepurchased $50.0 million principal amount of $5.6its outstanding Senior Notes, resulting in a pretax loss of $6.5 million a loss on debt retirement related to the Merger($4.0 million net of $6.2 million; a contingent loss related to certain DC leases of $8.6 milliontax, or $0.01 per diluted share) which is recognized as Other (income) expense.

As discussed in Note 7; and a gain on certain interest rate swaps discussed7, in Note 1 of $6.8 million.


In the third quarter of 2007,2010, the Company recorded an additional contingentrepurchased $65.0 million principal amount of its outstanding Senior Notes, resulting in a pretax loss related to certain DC leases of $3.4$8.2 million ($5.0 million net of tax, or $0.01 per diluted share) which is recognized as discussed in Note 7. Other (income) expense.

As discussed in Note 6,11, in the fourth quarter of 2007,2010 the Company recordedincurred share-based compensation expenses of $3.8 million ($2.3 million net of tax, or $0.01 per diluted share) for the accelerated vesting of certain share-based awards in conjunction with a gain on debt retirementsecondary offering of $4.9 million.


the Company’s common stock which is included in SG&A expenses.

As discussed in Note 12, during the first and third quarters of 2006, the Company received proceeds, net of taxes, of $3.2 million and $5.0 million, respectively, representing insurance recoveries for destroyed and damaged assets, costs incurred and business interruption coverage related to Hurricane Katrina, which is reflected in results of operations for these periods as a reduction of SG&A expenses.


As discussed in Note 3, in the third quarter of 2006, the Company completed a strategic review of its real estate portfolio and traditional inventory packaway strategy. The review resulted in plans to close approximately 400 underperforming stores and to eliminate nearly all packaway merchandise by the close of fiscal 2007. As a result, in the third quarter of 2006, the Company recorded SG&A charges and a lower of cost or market inventory impairment, which reduced the Company’s net income. Also, the change in merchandising strategy resulted in substantially higher markdowns on inventory in the fourth quarter of 20062009, the Company terminated an advisory agreement with KKR and Goldman, Sachs & Co. pursuant to which those entities provided management and advisory services to the Company, which resulted in a pretax charge of approximately $58.8 million ($179.946.2 million at cost) negatively impacting gross profitnet of tax, or $0.14 per diluted share), which is included in SG&A expenses.


As discussed in Note 7, in the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company repurchased $195.7 million principal amount of its outstanding Senior Notes, $205.2 million principal amount of its outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes, and repaid $325.0 million principal amount on the Term Loan Facility, resulting in a pretax loss of $55.3 million ($33.8 million net income.

16.  Guarantor subsidiaries
of tax, or $0.10 per diluted share) which is recognized as Other (income) expense.


As discussed in Note 11, in the fourth quarter of 2009 the Company incurred share-based compensation expenses of $9.4 million ($5.8 million net of tax, or $0.02 per diluted share) for the accelerated vesting of certain share-based awards in conjunction with the Company’s initial public offering, which is included in SG&A expenses.


15.

Guarantor subsidiaries

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) have fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis the Company's obligations under certain outstanding debt obligations. Each of the Guarantors is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The following consolidating schedules present condensed financial information on a combined basis, in thousands.




 

January 28, 2011

 

DOLLAR
GENERAL
CORPORATION

GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES

ELIMINATIONS

CONSOLIDATED

TOTAL

BALANCE SHEET:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

111,545

 

$

364,404

 

$

21,497

 

$

-

 

$

497,446

 

Merchandise inventories

 

-

 

 

1,765,433

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

1,765,433

 

Income taxes receivable

 

13,529

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(13,529

)

 

-

 

Deferred income taxes receivable

 

8,877

 

 

-

 

 

6,825

 

 

(15,702

)

 

-

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

741,352

 

 

3,698,117

 

 

4,454

 

 

(4,338,977

)

 

104,946

 

Total current assets

 

875,303

 

 

5,827,954

 

 

32,776

 

 

(4,368,208

)

 

2,367,825

 

Net property and equipment

 

105,155

 

 

1,419,133

 

 

287

 

 

-

 

 

1,524,575

 

Goodwill

 

4,338,589

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

4,338,589

 

Intangible assets, net

 

1,199,200

 

 

57,722

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

1,256,922

 

Deferred income taxes receivable

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

47,690

 

 

(47,690

)

 

-

 

Other assets, net

 

5,337,522

 

 

12,675

 

 

304,285

 

 

(5,596,171

)

 

58,311

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

11,855,769

 

$

7,317,484

 

$

385,038

 

$

(10,012,069

)

$

9,546,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term obligations

$

-

 

$

1,157

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

1,157

 

Accounts payable

 

3,691,564

 

 

1,541,593

 

 

50,824

 

 

(4,330,340

)

 

953,641

 

Accrued expenses and other

 

68,398

 

 

226,225

 

 

61,755

 

 

(8,637

)

 

347,741

 

Income taxes payable

 

11,922

 

 

13,246

 

 

14,341

 

 

(13,529

)

 

25,980

 

Deferred income taxes payable

 

-

 

 

52,556

 

 

-

 

 

(15,702

)

 

36,854

 

Total current liabilities

 

3,771,884

 

 

1,834,777

 

 

126,920

 

 

(4,368,208

)

 

1,365,373

 

Long-term obligations

 

3,534,447

 

 

3,000,877

 

 

-

 

 

(3,248,254

)

 

3,287,070

 

Deferred income taxes payable

 

417,874

 

 

228,381

 

 

-

 

 

(47,690

)

 

598,565

 

Other liabilities

 

67,932

 

 

27,250

 

 

136,400

 

 

-

 

 

231,582

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable common stock

 

9,153

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

9,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Common stock

 

298,819

 

 

23,855

 

 

100

 

 

(23,955

)

 

298,819

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

2,945,024

 

 

431,253

 

 

19,900

 

 

(451,153

)

 

2,945,024

 

Retained earnings

 

830,932

 

 

1,771,091

 

 

101,718

 

 

(1,872,809

)

 

830,932

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(20,296

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(20,296

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

4,054,479

 

 

2,226,199

 

 

121,718

 

 

(2,347,917

)

 

4,054,479

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$

11,855,769

 

$

7,317,484

 

$

385,038

 

$

(10,012,069

)

$

9,546,222

 

102

  As of February 1, 2008 
SUCCESSOR 
DOLLAR
GENERAL CORPORATION
  GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES  
OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
  ELIMINATIONS  
CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 
BALANCE SHEET:               
ASSETS               
Current assets:               
Cash and cash equivalents $8,320  $59,379  $32,510  $-  $100,209 
Short-term investments  -   -   19,611   -   19,611 
Merchandise inventories  -   1,288,661   -   -   1,288,661 
Income tax receivable  102,273   -   -   (69,772)  32,501 
Deferred income taxes  6,090   -   18,501   (7,294)  17,297 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  221,408   337,741   9,341   (509,025)  59,465 
Total current assets  338,091   1,685,781   79,963   (586,091)  1,517,744 
Net property and equipment  83,658   1,190,131   456   -   1,274,245 
Goodwill  4,344,930   -   -   -   4,344,930 
Intangible assets  10,911   1,359,646   -   -   1,370,557 
Deferred income taxes  47,299   -   43,658   (90,957)  - 
Other assets, net  2,629,967   1,652   175,238   (2,657,902)  148,955 
                     
Total assets $7,454,856  $4,237,210  $299,315  $(3,334,950) $8,656,431 
                     
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                    
Current liabilities:                    
Current portion of long-term obligations $-  $3,246  $-  $-  $3,246 
Accounts payable  317,116   736,844   40   (502,960)  551,040 
Accrued expenses and other  48,431   188,877   69,712   (6,064)  300,956 
Income taxes payable  -   59,264   13,507   (69,772)  2,999 
Total current liabilities  365,547   988,231   83,259   (578,796)  858,241 
Long-term obligations  4,257,250   1,837,715   -   (1,816,209)  4,278,756 
Deferred income taxes  -   584,976   -   (98,251)  486,725 
Other liabilities  119,064   21,191   179,459   -   319,714 
                     
Redeemable common stock  9,122   -   -   -   9,122 
                     
Shareholders’ equity:                    
Preferred stock  -   -   -   -   - 
Common stock  277,741   23,753   100   (23,853)  277,741 
Additional paid-in capital  2,480,062   653,711   19,900   (673,611)  2,480,062 
Retained earnings  (4,818)  127,633   16,597   (144,230)  (4,818)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (49,112)  -   -   -   (49,112)
Other shareholders’ equity  -   -   -   -   - 
Total shareholders’ equity  2,703,873   805,097   36,597   (841,694)  2,703,873 
                     
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $7,454,856  $4,237,210  $299,315  $(3,334,950) $8,656,431 
103

  As of February 2, 2007 
PREDECESSOR DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION  GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES  
OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
  ELIMINATIONS  
CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 
BALANCE SHEET:               
ASSETS               
Current assets:               
Cash and cash equivalents $114,310  $58,107  $16,871  $-  $189,288 
Short-term investments  -   -   29,950   -   29,950 
Merchandise inventories  -   1,432,336   -   -   1,432,336 
Income tax receivable  4,884   4,949   -   -   9,833 
Deferred income taxes  7,422   13,482   3,417   -   24,321 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  139,913   928,854   166,468   (1,178,215)  57,020 
Total current assets  266,529   2,437,728   216,706   (1,178,215)  1,742,748 
Net property and equipment  98,580   1,137,710   584   -   1,236,874 
Deferred income taxes  581   -   5,536   (6,117)  - 
Other assets, net  2,693,030   23,489   20,133   (2,675,760)  60,892 
                     
Total assets $        3,058,720  $3,598,927  $242,959  $(3,860,092) $3,040,514 
                     
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                    
Current liabilities:                    
Current portion of long-term obligations $-  $8,080  $-  $-  $8,080 
Accounts payable  1,084,460   577,443   69,710   (1,176,339)  555,274 
Accrued expenses and other  13,327   241,849   258   (1,876)  253,558 
Income taxes payable  -   6,453   9,506   -   15,959 
Total current liabilities  1,097,787   833,825   79,474   (1,178,215)  832,871 
Long-term obligations  199,842   1,584,526   -   (1,522,410)  261,958 
Deferred income taxes  -   47,714   -   (6,117  41,597 
Other non-current liabilities  15,344   35,521   107,476   -   158,341 
                     
Shareholders’ equity:                    
Preferred stock  -   -   -   -   - 
Common stock  156,218   23,753   100   (23,853)  156,218 
Additional paid-in capital  486,145   653,711   19,900   (673,611)  486,145 
Retained earnings  1,103,951   419,877   36,009   (455,886)  1,103,951 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (987)  -   -   -   (987)
Other shareholders’ equity  420   -   -   -   420 
Total shareholders’ equity  1,745,747   1,097,341   56,009   (1,153,350)  1,745,747 
                     
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $3,058,720  $3,598,927  $242,959  $(3,860,092) $3,040,514 
104

  July 7, 2007 through February 1, 2008 
SUCCESSOR 
DOLLAR
GENERAL
CORPORATION
  GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES  
OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
  ELIMINATIONS  
CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 
STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS:
               
Net sales $96,300  $5,571,493  $65,057  $(161,357) $5,571,493 
Cost of goods sold  -   3,999,599   -   -   3,999,599 
Gross profit  96,300   1,571,894   65,057   (161,357)  1,571,894 
Selling, general and administrative  103,272   1,337,311   46,524   (161,357)  1,325,750 
Operating profit (loss)  (6,972)  234,583   18,533   -   246,144 
Interest income  (58,786)  (23,206)  (8,013)  86,206   (3,799)
Interest expense  274,104   64,991   8   (86,206)  252,897 
Loss on interest rate swaps  2,390   -   -   -   2,390 
Loss on debt retirement, net  1,249   -   -   -   1,249 
Income (loss) before income taxes  (225,929)  192,798   26,538   -   (6,593)
Income taxes  (76,881)  65,166   9,940   -   (1,775)
Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net of taxes  144,230   -   -   (144,230)  - 
Net income (loss) $(4,818) $127,632  $16,598  $(144,230) $(4,818)
  February 3, 2007 through July 6, 2007 
PREDECESSOR DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION  GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES  
OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
  ELIMINATIONS  
CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 
STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS:
               
Net sales $76,945  $3,923,753  $44,206  $(121,151) $3,923,753 
Cost of goods sold  -   2,852,178   -   -   2,852,178 
Gross profit  76,945   1,071,575   44,206   (121,151)  1,071,575 
Selling, general and administrative  166,224   982,321   34,933   (121,151)  1,062,327 
Operating profit (loss)  (89,279  89,254   9,273   -   9,248 
Interest income  (53,278)  (11,472)  (5,626)  65,330   (5,046)
Interest expense  19,796   55,828   5   (65,330)  10,299 
Income (loss) before income taxes  (55,797  44,898   14,894   -   3,995 
Income taxes  (4,814  11,924   4,883   -   11,993 
Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net of taxes  42,985   -   -   (42,985)  - 
Net income (loss) $(7,998) $32,974  $10,011  $(42,985) $(7,998)
105

  For the year ended February 2, 2007 
PREDECESSOR DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION  GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES  
OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
  ELIMINATIONS  
CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 
STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS:
               
Net sales $165,463  $9,169,822  $107,383  $(272,846) $9,169,822 
Cost of goods sold  -   6,801,617   -   -   6,801,617 
Gross profit  165,463   2,368,205   107,383   (272,846)  2,368,205 
Selling, general and administrative  149,272   2,154,371   89,132   (272,846)  2,119,929 
Operating profit  16,191   213,834   18,251   -   248,276 
Interest income  (126,628)  (33,521)  (11,543)  164,690   (7,002)
Interest expense  60,856   138,749   -   (164,690)  34,915 
Income before income taxes  81,963   108,606   29,794   -   220,363 
Income taxes  36,513   36,568   9,339   -   82,420 
Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net of taxes  92,493   -   -   (92,493)  - 
Net income $137,943  $72,038  $20,455  $(92,493) $137,943 
  For the year ended February 3, 2006 
PREDECESSOR DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION  GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES  
OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
  ELIMINATIONS  
CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 
STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS:
               
Net sales $162,805  $8,582,237  $184,889  $(347,694) $8,582,237 
Cost of goods sold  -   6,117,413   -   -   6,117,413 
Gross profit  162,805   2,464,824   184,889   (347,694)  2,464,824 
Selling, general and administrative  139,879   1,936,514   174,258   (347,694)  1,902,957 
Operating profit  22,926   528,310   10,631   -   561,867 
Interest income  (97,005)  (65,428)  (3,504)  156,936   (9,001)
Interest expense  85,536   97,626   -   (156,936)  26,226 
Income before income taxes  34,395   496,112   14,135   -   544,642 
Income taxes  17,824   172,892   3,771   -   194,487 
Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net of taxes  333,584   -   -   (333,584)  - 
Net income $350,155  $323,220  $10,364  $(333,584) $350,155 
106

  July 7, 2007 through February 1, 2008 
SUCCESSOR DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION  GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES  
OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
  ELIMINATIONS  
CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:               
Cash flows from operating activities:               
Net income (loss) $(4,818) $127,632  $16,598  $(144,230) $(4,818)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                    
Depreciation and amortization  21,634   128,431   148   -   150,213 
Deferred income taxes  (2,120)  20,208   1,463   -   19,551 
Loss on debt retirement, net  1,249   -   -   -   1,249 
Noncash share-based compensation  3,827   -   -   -   3,827 
Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net  (144,230)  -   -   144,230   - 
Noncash unrealized loss on interest rate swap  3,705   -   -   -   3,705 
Change in operating assets and liabilities:                    
Merchandise inventories  -   79,469   -   -   79,469 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (1,120)  4,783   76   -   3,739 
Accounts payable  (40,745)  12,428   (13,078)  -   (41,395)
Accrued expenses and other  (7,456)  6,418   17,099   -   16,061 
Income taxes  (45,416)  44,829   7,935   -   7,348 
Other  (3,169)  4,246   (422)  -   655 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities  (218,659)  428,444   29,819   -   239,604 
Cash flows from investing activities:                    
Acquisition, net of cash acquired  (5,649,182)  (1,129,953  40,744   -   (6,738,391)
Purchases of property and equipment  (1,617)  (82,003)  (21)  -   (83,641)
Purchases of short-term investments  -   -   (3,800)  -   (3,800)
Sales of short-term investments  -   -   21,445   -   21,445 
Purchases of long-term investments  -   -   (7,473)  -   (7,473)
Purchase of promissory note  -   (37,047)  -   -   (37,047)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment  -   533   -   -   533 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  (5,650,799)  (1,248,470)  50,895   -   (6,848,374)
Cash flows from financing activities:                    
Issuance of common stock  2,759,540   -   -   -   2,759,540 
Borrowings under revolving credit facility  1,522,100   -   -   -   1,522,100 
Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility  (1,419,600)  -   -   -   (1,419,600)
Issuance of long-term obligations  4,176,817   -   -   -   4,176,817 
Repayments of long-term obligations  (236,084)  (5,861)  -   -   (241,945)
Repurchase of common stock  (541)  -   -   -   (541)
Changes in intercompany note balances, net  (837,062  885,266   (48,204)  -   - 
Debt issuance costs  (87,392)  -   -   -   (87,392)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  5,877,778   879,405   (48,204)  -   6,708,979 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents  8,320   59,379   32,510   -   100,209 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period  -   -   -   -   - 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $8,320  $59,379  $32,510  $-  $100,209 
107

  February 3, 2007 through July 6, 2007 
PREDECESSOR DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION  GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES  
OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
  ELIMINATIONS  
CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:               
Cash flows from operating activities:               
Net income (loss) $(7,998) $32,974  $10,011  $(42,985) $(7,998)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
Depreciation and amortization  9,051   74,770   96   -   83,917 
Deferred income taxes  (7,982)  (9,194)  (3,698)  -   (20,874)
Noncash share-based compensation  45,433   -   -   -   45,433 
Tax benefit from stock option exercises  (3,927)  -   -   -   (3,927)
Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net  (42,985)  -   -   42,985   - 
Change in operating assets and liabilities:                    
Merchandise inventories  -   16,424   -   -   16,424 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  5,758   (11,762)  (180)  -   (6,184)
Accounts payable  44,909   (23,103)  12,988   -   34,794 
Accrued expenses and other  7,897   36,021   9,077   -   52,995 
Income taxes  (24,998)  31,741   (3,934)  -   2,809 
Other  21   4,726   (190)  -   4,557 
Net cash provided by operating activities  25,179   152,597   24,170   -   201,946 
Cash flows from investing activities:                    
Purchases of property and equipment  (5,321)  (50,737)  (95)  -   (56,153)
Purchases of short-term investments  -   -   (5,100)  -   (5,100)
Sales of short-term investments  -   -   9,505   -   9,505 
Purchases of long-term investments  -   -   (15,754)  -   (15,754)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment  -   620   -   -   620 
Net cash used in investing activities  (5,321)  (50,117)  (11,444)  -   (66,882)
Cash flows from financing activities:                    
Repayments of long-term obligations  (148)  (4,352)  -   -   (4,500)
Payment of cash dividends  (15,710)  -   -   -   (15,710)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  41,546   -   -   -   41,546 
Tax benefit of stock options  3,927   -   -   -   3,927 
Changes in intercompany note balances, net  75,840   (86,988)  11,148   -   - 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  105,455   (91,340)  11,148   -   25,263 
                     
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents  125,313   11,140   23,874   -   160,327 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year  114,310   58,107   16,871   -   189,288 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $239,623  $69,247  $40,745  $-  $349,615 





 

January 29, 2010

 

DOLLAR
GENERAL
CORPORATION

GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES

ELIMINATIONS

CONSOLIDATED

TOTAL

BALANCE SHEET:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

97,620

 

$

103,001

 

$

21,455

 

$

-

 

$

222,076

 

Merchandise inventories

 

-

 

 

1,519,578

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

1,519,578

 

Income taxes receivable

 

9,924

 

 

1,645

 

 

-

 

 

(4,026

)

 

7,543

 

Deferred income taxes receivable

 

16,066

 

 

-

 

 

3,559

 

 

(19,625

)

 

-

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

625,157

 

 

3,040,792

 

 

704

 

 

(3,570,401

)

 

96,252

 

Total current assets

 

748,767

 

 

4,665,016

 

 

25,718

 

 

(3,594,052

)

 

1,845,449

 

Net property and equipment

 

99,452

 

 

1,228,829

 

 

105

 

 

-

 

 

1,328,386

 

Goodwill

 

4,338,589

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

4,338,589

 

Intangible assets, net

 

1,201,223

 

 

83,060

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

1,284,283

 

Deferred income taxes receivable

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

36,405

 

 

(36,405

)

 

-

 

Other assets, net

 

4,288,270

 

 

8,920

 

 

297,757

 

 

(4,528,135

)

 

66,812

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

10,676,301

 

$

5,985,825

 

$

359,985

 

$

(8,158,592

)

$

8,863,519

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term obligations

$

1,822

 

$

1,849

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

3,671

 

Accounts payable

 

3,033,723

 

 

1,311,063

 

 

46,818

 

 

(3,560,651

)

 

830,953

 

Accrued expenses and other

 

72,320

 

 

226,571

 

 

53,149

 

 

(9,750

)

 

342,290

 

Income taxes payable

 

4,086

 

 

-

 

 

4,465

 

 

(4,026

)

 

4,525

 

Deferred income taxes payable

 

-

 

 

44,686

 

 

-

 

 

(19,625

)

 

25,061

 

Total current liabilities

 

3,111,951

 

 

1,584,169

 

 

104,432

 

 

(3,594,052

)

 

1,206,500

 

Long-term obligations

 

3,645,820

 

 

2,689,492

 

 

13,178

 

 

(2,948,775

)

 

3,399,715

 

Deferred income taxes payable

 

394,045

 

 

188,532

 

 

-

 

 

(36,405

)

 

546,172

 

Other liabilities

 

115,701

 

 

40,065

 

 

146,582

 

 

-

 

 

302,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable common stock

 

18,486

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

18,486

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Common stock

 

298,013

 

 

23,855

 

 

100

 

 

(23,955

)

 

298,013

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

2,923,377

 

 

431,253

 

 

19,900

 

 

(451,153

)

 

2,923,377

 

Retained earnings

 

203,075

 

 

1,028,459

 

 

75,793

 

 

(1,104,252

)

 

203,075

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(34,167

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(34,167

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

3,390,298

 

 

1,483,567

 

 

95,793

 

 

(1,579,360

)

 

3,390,298

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$

10,676,301

 

$

5,985,825

 

$

359,985

 

$

(8,158,592

)

$

8,863,519

 

108





 

For the year ended January 28, 2011

 

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION

GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES

OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES

ELIMINATIONS

CONSOLIDATED

TOTAL

STATEMENTS OF INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

311,280

 

$

13,035,000

 

$

84,878

 

$

(396,158

)

$

13,035,000

 

Cost of goods sold

 

-

 

 

8,858,444

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

8,858,444

 

Gross profit

 

311,280

 

 

4,176,556

 

 

84,878

 

 

(396,158

)

 

4,176,556

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

283,069

 

 

2,948,346

 

 

67,234

 

 

(396,158

)

 

2,902,491

 

Operating profit

 

28,211

 

 

1,228,210

 

 

17,644

 

 

-

 

 

1,274,065

 

Interest income

 

(44,677

)

 

(7,025

)

 

(19,986

)

 

71,468

 

 

(220

)

Interest expense

 

300,934

 

 

44,723

 

 

23

 

 

(71,468

)

 

274,212

 

Other (income) expense

 

15,101

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

15,101

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

(243,147

)

 

1,190,512

 

 

37,607

 

 

-

 

 

984,972

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

(102,448

)

 

447,881

 

 

11,682

 

 

-

 

 

357,115

 

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net of taxes

 

768,556

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(768,556

)

 

-

 

Net income

$

627,857

 

$

742,631

 

$

25,925

 

$

(768,556

)

$

627,857

 

  For the year ended February 2, 2007 
PREDECESSOR DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION  GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES  
OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
  ELIMINATIONS  
CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:               
Cash flows from operating activities:               
Net income $137,943  $72,038  $20,455  $(92,493) $137,943 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
Depreciation and amortization  21,436   178,920   252   -   200,608 
Deferred income taxes  (1,845)  (35,118)  (1,255)  -   (38,218)
Noncash share-based compensation  7,578   -   -   -   7,578 
Tax benefit from stock option exercises  (2,513)  -   -   -   (2,513)
Noncash inventory adjustments and asset impairments  -   78,115   -   -   78,115 
Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net  (92,493)  -   -   92,493   - 
Change in operating assets and liabilities:                    
Merchandise inventories  -   (28,057)  -   -   (28,057)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (1,042)  (13,655)  9,286   -   (5,411)
Accounts payable  (4,246)  39,189   18,601   -   53,544 
Accrued expenses and other  (225)  38,564   14   -   38,353 
Income taxes  (2,558)  (29,524)  (3,083)  -   (35,165)
Other  430   (1,850)  -   -   (1,420)
Net cash provided by operating activities  62,465   298,622   44,270   -   405,357 
Cash flows from investing activities:                    
Purchases of property and equipment  (13,270)  (247,788)  (457)  -   (261,515)
Purchases of short-term investments  (38,700)  -   (10,975)  -   (49,675)
Sales of short-term investments  38,700   -   12,825   -   51,525 
Purchases of long-term investments  -   -   (25,756)  -   (25,756)
Insurance proceeds related to property and equipment  -   1,807   -   -   1,807 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment  143   1,496   11   -   1,650 
Net cash used in investing activities  (13,127)  (244,485)  (24,352)  -   (281,964)
Cash flows from financing activities:                    
Borrowings under revolving credit facility  2,012,700   -   -   -   2,012,700 
Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility  (2,012,700)  -   -   -   (2,012,700)
Repayments of long-term obligations  97   (14,215)  -   -   (14,118)
Payment of cash dividends  (62,472)  -   -   -   (62,472)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  19,894   -   -   -   19,894 
Repurchases of common stock  (79,947)  -   -   -   (79,947)
Tax benefit of stock options  2,513   -   -   -   2,513 
Changes in intercompany note balances, net  74,438   (39,676)  (34,762)  -   - 
Other financing activities  39   (623)  -   -   (584)
Net cash used in financing activities  (45,438)  (54,514)  (34,762)  -   (134,714)
                     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  3,900   (377)  (14,844)  -   (11,321)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year  110,410   58,484   31,715   -   200,609 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $114,310  $58,107  $16,871  $-  $189,288 



 

For the year ended January 29, 2010

 

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION

GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES

OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES

ELIMINATIONS

CONSOLIDATED

TOTAL

STATEMENTS OF INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

306,036

 

$

11,796,380

 

$

91,265

 

$

(397,301

)

$

11,796,380

 

Cost of goods sold

 

-

 

 

8,106,509

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

8,106,509

 

Gross profit

 

306,036

 

 

3,689,871

 

 

91,265

 

 

(397,301

)

 

3,689,871

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

337,224

 

 

2,734,793

 

 

61,897

 

 

(397,301

)

 

2,736,613

 

Operating profit (loss)

 

(31,188

)

 

955,078

 

 

29,368

 

 

-

 

 

953,258

 

Interest income

 

(52,047

)

 

(10,968

)

 

(19,674

)

 

82,545

 

 

(144

)

Interest expense

 

375,280

 

 

52,980

 

 

29

 

 

(82,545

)

 

345,744

 

Other (income) expense

 

55,542

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

55,542

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

(409,963

)

 

913,066

 

 

49,013

 

 

-

 

 

552,116

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

(149,478

)

 

346,117

 

 

16,035

 

 

-

 

 

212,674

 

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net of taxes

 

599,927

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(599,927

)

 

-

 

Net income

$

339,442

 

$

566,949

 

$

32,978

 

$

(599,927

)

$

339,442

 

109

  For the year ended February 3, 2006 
PREDECESSOR DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION  GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES  
OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
  ELIMINATIONS  
CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:               
Cash flows from operating activities:               
Net income $350,155  $323,220  $10,364  $(333,584) $350,155 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
Depreciation and amortization  20,046   166,600   178   -   186,824 
Deferred income taxes  (750)  16,692   (7,698)  -   8,244 
Noncash share-based compensation  3,332   -   -   -   3,332 
Tax benefit from stock option exercises  6,457   -   -   -   6,457 
Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net  (333,584)  -   -   333,584   - 
Change in operating assets and liabilities:                    
Merchandise inventories  -   (97,877)  -   -   (97,877)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (4,546)  23,200   (29,284)  -   (10,630)
Accounts payable  (26,052)  (54,502)  167,784   -   87,230 
Accrued expenses and other  (12,210)  52,719   (133)  -   40,376 
Income taxes  13   (38,619)  12,589   -   (26,017)
Other  2,919   4,472   -   -   7,391 
Net cash provided by operating activities  5,780   395,905   153,800   -   555,485 
Cash flows from investing activities:                    
Purchases of property and equipment  (18,089)  (265,954)  (69)  -   (284,112)
Purchases of short-term investments  (123,925)  -   (8,850)  -   (132,775)
Sales of short-term investments  166,350   500   -   -   166,850 
Purchases of long-term investments  -   -   (16,995)  -   (16,995)
Insurance proceeds related to property and equipment  -   1,210   -   -   1,210 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment  100   1,319   -   -   1,419 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  24,436   (262,925)  (25,914)  -   (264,403)
Cash flows from financing activities:                    
Borrowings under revolving credit facility  232,200   -   -   -   232,200 
Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility  (232,200)  -   -   -   (232,200)
Issuance of long-term borrowing  -   14,495   -   -   14,495 
Repayments of long-term obligations  (4,969)  (9,341)  -   -   (14,310)
Payment of cash dividends  (56,183)  -   -   -   (56,183)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  29,405   -   -   -   29,405 
Repurchases of common stock  (297,602)  -   -   -   (297,602)
Changes in intercompany note balances, net  281,481   (165,005)  (116,476)  -   - 
Other financing activities  892   -   -   -   892 
Net cash used in financing activities  (46,976)  (159,851)  (116,476)  -   (323,303)
                     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  (16,760)  (26,871)  11,410   -   (32,221)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year  127,170   85,355   20,305   -   232,830 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $110,410  $58,484  $31,715  $-  $200,609 





 

For the year ended January 30, 2009

 

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION

GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES

OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES

ELIMINATIONS

CONSOLIDATED

TOTAL

STATEMENTS OF INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

236,682

 

$

10,457,668

 

$

97,917

 

$

(334,599

)

$

10,457,668

 

Cost of goods sold

 

-

 

 

7,396,571

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

7,396,571

 

Gross profit

 

236,682

 

 

3,061,097

 

 

97,917

 

 

(334,599

)

 

3,061,097

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

210,665

 

 

2,499,331

 

 

73,214

 

 

(334,599

)

 

2,448,611

 

Litigation settlement and related costs, net

 

32,000

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

32,000

 

Operating profit (loss)

 

(5,983)

 

 

561,766

 

 

24,703

 

 

-

 

 

580,486

 

Interest income

 

(62,722

)

 

(36,844

)

 

(13,532

)

 

110,037

 

 

(3,061

)

Interest expense

 

427,365

 

 

74,586

 

 

18

 

 

(110,037

)

 

391,932

 

Other (income) expense

 

(2,788

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(2,788

)

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

(367,838

)

 

524,024

 

 

38,217

 

 

-

 

 

194,403

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

(115,924

)

 

190,146

 

 

11,999

 

 

-

 

 

86,221

 

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net of taxes

 

360,096

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(360,096

)

 

-

 

Net income

$

108,182

 

$

333,878

 

$

26,218

 

$

(360,096

)

$

108,182

 

110

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE





 

For the year ended January 28, 2011

 

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION

GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES

OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES

ELIMINATIONS

CONSOLIDATED

TOTAL

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

627,857

 

$

742,631

 

$

25,925

 

$

(768,556

)

$

627,857

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

33,015

 

 

221,851

 

 

61

 

 

-

 

 

254,927

 

Deferred income taxes

 

17,817

 

 

47,719

 

 

(14,551

)

 

-

 

 

50,985

 

Tax benefit of stock options

 

(13,905

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(13,905

)

Loss on debt retirement, net

 

14,576

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

14,576

 

Non-cash share-based compensation

 

15,956

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

15,956

 

Noncash inventory adjustments and asset impairments

 

-

 

 

7,607

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

7,607

 

Other non-cash gains and losses

 

1,395

 

 

4,547

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

5,942

 

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net

 

(768,556

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

768,556

 

 

-

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merchandise inventories

 

-

 

 

(251,809

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(251,809

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(1,646

)

 

(3,642

)

 

(4,869

)

 

-

 

 

(10,157

)

Accounts payable

 

(5,446

)

 

124,120

 

 

4,750

 

 

-

 

 

123,424

 

Accrued expenses and other

 

(28,442

)

 

(12,410

)

 

(1,576

)

 

-

 

 

(42,428

)

Income taxes

 

18,136

 

 

14,891

 

 

9,876

 

 

-

 

 

42,903

 

Other

 

816

 

 

(2,008

)

 

(2

)

 

-

 

 

(1,194

)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

(88,427

)

 

893,497

 

 

19,614

 

 

-

 

 

824,684

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(22,830

)

 

(397,322

)

 

(243

)

 

-

 

 

(420,395

)

Sales of property and equipment

 

-

 

 

1,448

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

1,448

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(22,830

)

 

(395,874

)

 

(243

)

 

-

 

 

(418,947

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

631

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

631

 

Repayments of long-term obligations

 

(129,217

)

 

(1,963

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(131,180

)

Repurchases of common stock and settlement of equity awards, net of employee taxes paid

 

(13,723

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(13,723

)

Tax benefit of stock options

 

13,905

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

13,905

 

Changes in intercompany note balances, net

 

253,586

 

 

(234,257

)

 

(19,329

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

125,182

 

 

(236,220

)

 

(19,329

)

 

-

 

 

(130,367

)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

13,925

 

 

261,403

 

 

42

 

 

-

 

 

275,370

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

97,620

 

 

103,001

 

 

21,455

 

 

-

 

 

222,076

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

$

111,545

 

$

364,404

 

$

21,497

 

$

-

 

$

497,446

 





 

For the year ended January 29, 2010

 

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION

GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES

OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES

ELIMINATIONS

CONSOLIDATED

TOTAL

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

339,442

 

$

566,949

 

$

32,978

 

$

(599,927

)

$

339,442

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

36,541

 

 

220,048

 

 

182

 

 

-

 

 

256,771

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(18,571

)

 

67,317

 

 

(33,886

)

 

-

 

 

14,860

 

Tax benefit of stock options

 

(5,390

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(5,390

)

Loss on debt retirement, net

 

55,265

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

55,265

 

Non-cash share-based compensation

 

17,295

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

17,295

 

Noncash inventory adjustments and asset impairments

 

-

 

 

647

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

647

 

Other non-cash gains and losses

 

3,221

 

 

4,699

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

7,920

 

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net

 

(599,927

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

599,927

 

 

-

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merchandise inventories

 

-

 

 

(100,248

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(100,248

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

2,582

 

 

(10,252

)

 

372

 

 

-

 

 

(7,298

)

Accounts payable

 

26,535

 

 

79,515

 

 

(1

)

 

-

 

 

106,049

 

Accrued expenses and other

 

(20,672

)

 

10,494

 

 

(2,465

)

 

-

 

 

(12,643

)

Income taxes

 

48,494

 

 

(50,112

)

 

2,771

 

 

-

 

 

1,153

 

Other

 

(3,203

)

 

2,171

 

 

32

 

 

-

 

 

(1,000

)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

(118,388

)

 

791,228

 

 

(17

)

 

-

 

 

672,823

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(34,647

)

 

(216,032)

 

 

(68

)

 

-

 

 

(250,747

)

Sales of property and equipment

 

-

 

 

2,701

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

2,701

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(34,647

)

 

(213,331

)

 

(68

)

 

-

 

 

(248,046

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

443,753

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

443,753

 

Issuance of long-term obligations

 

-

 

 

1,080

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

1,080

 

Repayments of long-term obligations

 

(782,518

)

 

(2,742

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(785,260

)

Payment of cash dividends and related amounts

 

(239,731

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(239,731

)

Repurchases of common stock and settlement of equity awards, net of employee taxes paid

 

(5,928

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(5,928

)

Tax benefit of stock options

 

5,390

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

5,390

 

Changes in intercompany note balances, net

 

537,052

 

 

(537,638

)

 

586

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(41,982

)

 

(539,300

)

 

586

 

 

-

 

 

(580,696

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

(195,017

)

 

38,597

 

 

501

 

 

-

 

 

(155,919

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

292,637

 

 

64,404

 

 

20,954

 

 

-

 

 

377,995

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

$

97,620

 

$

103,001

 

$

21,455

 

$

-

 

$

222,076

 





 

For the year ended January 30, 2009

 

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION

GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES

OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES

ELIMINATIONS

CONSOLIDATED

TOTAL

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

108,182

 

$

333,878

 

$

26,218

 

$

(360,096

)

$

108,182

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

34,638

 

 

213,003

 

 

258

 

 

-

 

 

247,899

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(4,681

)

 

16,500

 

 

61,615

 

 

-

 

 

73,434

 

Tax benefit of stock options

 

(950

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(950

)

Gain on debt retirement, net

 

(3,818

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(3,818

)

Non-cash share-based compensation

 

9,958

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

9,958

 

Noncash inventory adjustments and asset impairments

 

-

 

 

50,671

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

50,671

 

Other non-cash gains and losses

 

714

 

 

5,538

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

6,252

 

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net

 

(360,096

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

360,096

 

 

-

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merchandise inventories

 

-

 

 

(173,014

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(173,014

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(2,310

)

 

3,765

 

 

(2,053

)

 

-

 

 

(598

)

Accounts payable

 

18,717

 

 

121,546

 

 

93

 

 

-

 

 

140,356

 

Accrued expenses and other

 

11,427

 

 

46,177

 

 

11,132

 

 

-

 

 

68,736

 

Income taxes

 

56,596

 

 

(10,797

)

 

(11,813

)

 

-

 

 

33,986

 

Other

 

2,529

 

 

11,643

 

 

(88

)

 

-

 

 

14,084

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

(129,094

)

 

618,910

 

 

85,362

 

 

-

 

 

575,178

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(16,467

)

 

(189,058

)

 

(21

)

 

-

 

 

(205,546

)

Purchases of short-term investments

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(9,903

)

 

-

 

 

(9,903

)

Sales of short-term investments

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

61,547

 

 

-

 

 

61,547

 

Sales of property and equipment

 

-

 

 

1,266

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

1,266

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

(16,467

)

 

(187,792

)

 

51,623

 

 

-

 

 

(152,636

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

4,228

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

4,228

 

Repayments under revolving credit facility

 

(102,500

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(102,500

)

Repayments of long-term obligations

 

(40,780

)

 

(3,645

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(44,425

)

Repurchases of common stock and settlement of equity awards, net of employee taxes paid

 

(3,009

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(3,009

)

Tax benefit of stock options

 

950

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

950

 

Changes in intercompany note balances, net

 

570,989

 

 

(422,448

)

 

(148,541

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

429,878

 

 

(426,093

)

 

(148,541

)

 

-

 

 

(144,756

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

284,317

 

 

5,025

 

 

(11,556

)

 

-

 

 

277,786

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

8,320

 

 

59,379

 

 

32,510

 

 

-

 

 

100,209

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

$

292,637

 

$

64,404

 

$

20,954

 

$

-

 

$

377,995

 





ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE


Not Applicable.

ITEM 9A(T).   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
applicable.


ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES


(a)

Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.


(b)

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our management prepared and is responsible for the consolidated financial statements and all related financial information contained in this report. This responsibility includes establishing and maintaining effectiveadequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.


To comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002, management designed and implemented a structured and comprehensive assessment process to evaluate the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. TheSuch assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting was based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Management regularly monitors our internal control over financial reporting, and actions are taken to correct any deficiencies as they are identified. Based on its assessment, management has concluded that Dollar General’sour internal control over financial reporting is effective as of February 1, 2008.

January 28, 2011.


This annual report does not include an attestation report of

Ernst & Young LLP, regardingthe independent registered public accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements, has issued an attestation report on management's assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. Such attestation report is contained below.




114



(c) Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Dollar General Corporation


We have audited Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries’  internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s reportAnnual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.


We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.


A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to attestation bythe risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.




115



In our opinion, Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2011, based onthe COSO criteria.


We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries as of January 28, 2011 and January 29, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the years ended January 28, 2011, January 29, 2010, and January 30, 2009 of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries and our report dated March 22, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

     /s/ Ernst & Young LLP pursuant to temporary rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit us to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

Nashville, Tennessee

March 22, 2011


(c)           

(d)

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There have been no changes during the quarter ended February 1, 2008January 28, 2011 in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


111

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION


Not applicable.




116



PART III


ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE


(a)

Information Regarding Directors and Executive Officers.  Information  The information required by this Item 10 regarding our current directors and executive officers asdirector nominees is contained under the captions “—Who are the nominees this year,” “—What are the backgrounds of March 17, 2008 is set forth below. Each of our directors holds office for a term of 1 year or until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Our executive officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and are elected annually by the Board to serve until their successors are duly elected. There are nothis year’s nominees,” “—Are there any familial relationships between any of ourthe nominees” and “—How are directors or executive officers.


Name
Age
Position
Michael M. Calbert45Director (Chairman of the Board)
Raj Agrawal34Director
Adrian Jones43Director
Dean B. Nelson49Director
Richard W. Dreiling54Director; Chief Executive Officer
David L. Beré54President & Chief Operating Officer
David M. Tehle51Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
Beryl J. Buley46Division President, Merchandising, Marketing & Supply Chain
Kathleen R. Guion56Division President, Store Operations & Store Development
Susan S. Lanigan45Executive Vice President & General Counsel
Challis M. Lowe62Executive Vice President, Human Resources
Anita C. Elliott43Senior Vice President & Controller
Wayne Gibson49Senior Vice President, Dollar General Markets & Shrink

Mr. Calbert has been with KKR for eight yearsidentified and during that time has been directly involved with several portfolio companies and participated in another four investments. He heads the Retail industry team. Mr. Calbert is currently on the board of directors of Toys “R” Us, Inc. and U.S. Foodservice. Mr. Calbert joined Randall's Food Markets as the Chief Financial Officer in 1994, ultimately taking the company through a transaction with KKR in June 1997. He left Randall’s Food Markets after the company was sold in September 1999 and joined KKR. Mr. Calbert started his professional career as a consultant with Arthur Andersen Worldwide, where his primary focus was on the retail/consumer industry. He has been a member of our Boardnominated,” all under “Proposal 1: Election of Directors, since July 2007. KKR” as well as “Corporate Governance—Does the Board have standing Audit, Compensation, and Nominating Committees,” all in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed for our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 25, 2011 (the “2011 Proxy Statement”), which information under such captions is an affiliateincorporated herein by reference. Information required by this Item 10 regarding our executive officers is contained in Part I of Dollar General.

Mr. Agrawal joined KKR in 2006 and is a memberthis Form 10-K under the caption “Executive Officers of the Retail and Energy industry teams. Prior to joining KKR, he was a Vice PresidentRegistrant,” which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)

Compliance with Warburg Pincus, where he was involvedSection 16(a) of the Exchange Act. Information required by this Item 10 regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is contained under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the execution and oversight of a number of investments in the energy sector. Mr. Agrawal’s prior experience also includes Thayer Capital Partners, where he played a role in the firm’s business services investments, and McKinsey & Co., where he provided strategic and M&A advice to clients in a variety of industries. He has been a member of our Board of Directors since July 2007. KKR2011 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is an affiliate of Dollar General.


112

Mr. Jones has been with Goldman, Sachs & Co. since 1994. He is a managing director in Principal Investment Area (PIA) in New York where he focuses on healthcare and consumer-related opportunities and sits on the Global Investment Committee. Mr. Jones joined Goldman, Sachs & Co. as an associate in the Investment Banking Division and, after two years in the Communications and Media Department and mobility assignments in Equity Capital Markets and in the Executive Office of Goldman Sachs International, he joined PIA in London in 1998. He returned to New York with PIA in 2002 and became a managing director later that year. He became a partner in 2004. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is an affiliate of Dollar General. Mr. Jones is currently on the board of directors of Biomet, Inc., Burger King Holdings, Inc., Education Management Corporation, HealthMarkets, Inc. and Signature Hospital, LLC. He has been a member of our Board of Directors since July 2007.

Mr. Nelson has been the Chairman of the Board (since April 2003) and was previously President and Chief Executive Officer (since October 2005 – September 2007) of PRIMEDIA Inc., a targeted media company. He has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Capstone Consulting LLC, a strategic consulting firm, since 2000. From August 1985 to February 2000, Mr. Nelson was employedincorporated herein by Boston Consulting Group, Inc., a strategic consulting firm, where he served as a Senior Vice President from December 1998 to February 2000 and held various other positions from August 1985 to November 1998. Mr. Nelson is a member of the Board of Directors of Sealy Corporation and Toys “R” Us, Inc. He has been a member of our Board of Directors since July 2007.

Mr. Dreiling joined Dollar General in January 2008 as Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. Dreiling served as Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of Duane Reade Holdings, Inc. and Duane Reade Inc., the largest drugstore chain in New York City, from November 2005 until January 2008 and as Chairman of the Board of Duane Reade from March 2007 until January 2008. Mr. Dreiling previously served as Executive Vice President—Chief Operating Officer of Longs Drug Store Corporation, an operator of a chain of retail drug stores on the West Coast and Hawaii, since March 2005, after having joined Longs in July 2003 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Dreiling served as Executive Vice President—Marketing, Manufacturing and Distribution at Safeway, Inc., a food and drug retailer. Prior to that, Mr. Dreiling served from 1998 to 2000 as President of Vons, a Southern California food and drug division of Safeway.

Mr. Beré has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since December 2006. He also served as our Interim Chief Executive Officer from July 6, 2007 to January 21, 2008. He served as a member of our Board of Directors from 2002 until March 2008. He served from December 2003 until June 2005 as Corporate Vice President of Ralcorp Holdings, Inc. and as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Bakery Chef, Inc., a leading manufacturer of frozen bakery products that was acquired by Ralcorp Holdings in December 2003. From 1998 until the acquisition, Mr. Beré was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Bakery Chef, Inc., and also served on its Board of Directors. From 1996 to 1998, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of McCain Foods USA, a manufacturer and marketer of frozen foods and a subsidiary of McCain Foods Limited. From 1978 to 1995, Mr. Beré worked for The Quaker Oats
113

Company and served as President of the Breakfast Division from 1992 to 1995 and President of the Golden Grain Division from 1990 to 1992.

Mr. Tehle joined Dollar General in June 2004 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He served from 1997 to June 2004 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Haggar Corporation, a manufacturing, marketing and retail corporation. From 1996 to 1997, he was Vice President of Finance for a division of The Stanley Works, one of the world’s largest manufacturers of tools, and from 1993 to 1996, he was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Hat Brands, Inc., a hat manufacturer. Earlier in his career, Mr. Tehle served in a variety of financial-related roles at Ryder System, Inc. and Texas Instruments. Mr. Tehle serves as a director of Jack in the Box, Inc.

Mr. Buley joined Dollar General in December 2005 as Division President, Merchandising, Marketing and Supply Chain. Prior to joining Dollar General, he served from April 2005 through November 2005 as Executive Vice President, Retail Operations of Mervyn’s Department Store, a privately held company operating 265 department stores, where he was responsible for store operations, supply chain (including 4 distribution centers), real estate, construction, visual merchandising and interior planning, and loss prevention. From September 2003 to March 2005, Mr. Buley worked for Sears, Roebuck and Company, a multi-line retailer offering a wide array of merchandise and related services. As Sears’ Executive Vice President and General Manager of Retail Store Operations, he was responsible for all store-based activities. Prior to that, he had responsibility for 8 distinct businesses operating in over 2,200 locations as Sears’ Senior Vice President and General Merchandise Manager of the Specialty Retail Group. Prior to joining Sears, Mr. Buley spent 15 years in various positions with Kohl’s Corporation, which operates a chain of specialty department stores, including Executive Vice President of Stores, responsible for store operations, and Senior Vice President of Stores.

Ms. Guion joined Dollar General in October 2003 as Executive Vice President, Store Operations. She was named Executive Vice President, Store Operations and Store Development in February 2005, and was promoted to Division President, Store Operations and Store Development in November 2005. From 2000 until joining Dollar General, Ms. Guion served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Duke and Long Distributing Company, a convenience store chain operator and wholesale distributor of petroleum products. Prior to that time, she served as an operating partner for Devon Partners (1999-2000), where she developed operating plans and assisted in the identification of acquisition targets in the convenience store industry, and as President and Chief Operating Officer of E-Z Serve Corporation (1997-1998), an owner/operator of convenience stores, mini-marts and gas marts. From 1987 to 1997, Ms. Guion served as the Vice President and General Manager of the largest division (Chesapeake Division) of company-owned stores at 7-Eleven, Inc., a convenience store chain. Other positions held by Ms. Guion during her tenure at 7-Eleven include District Manager, Zone Manager, Operations Manager, and Division Manager (Midwest Division).

Ms. Lanigan joined Dollar General in July 2002 as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. She was promoted to Senior Vice President in October 2003 and to Executive Vice President in March 2005. Prior to joining Dollar General, Ms. Lanigan served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary at Zale Corporation, a specialty retailer of
114

fine jewelry. During her six years with Zale, Ms. Lanigan held various positions, including Associate General Counsel. Prior to that, she held legal positions with both Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and the law firm of Troutman Sanders LLP.

Ms. Lowe joined Dollar General as Executive Vice President of Human Resources in September 2005. From 2000 to 2004, Ms. Lowe was Executive Vice President of Human Resources, Corporate Communications, and Public Affairs for Ryder System, Inc., a logistics and transportation services company. She was Executive Vice President of Human Resources and Administration Services for Beneficial Management Corporation, an international consumer finance company, from 1997 to 1999, and Executive Vice President of Human Resources and Communications for Heller International, a commercial finance company, from 1993 to 1997. She also served as Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, for Sanwa Business Credit Corporation from 1985 to 1993. Prior to joining Sanwa, she spent 13 years with Continental Illinois Leasing Corporation and Continental Bank, where her last position was Vice President and Division Head. Ms. Lowe serves as a director of The South Financial Group, Inc.

Ms. Elliott joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President and Controller in August 2005. Prior to joining Dollar General, she served as Vice President and Controller of Big Lots, Inc., a closeout retailer, from May 2001 to August 2005. Overseeing a staff of 140 employees at Big Lots, she was responsible for accounting operations, financial reporting and internal audit. Prior to serving at Big Lots, she served as Vice President and Controller for Jitney-Jungle Stores of America, Inc., a grocery retailer, from April 1998 to March 2001. At Jitney-Jungle, Ms. Elliott was responsible for the accounting operations and the internal and external financial reporting functions. Prior to serving at Jitney-Jungle, she practiced public accounting for 12 years, 6 of which were with Ernst & Young LLP.

Mr. Gibson joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President of Dollar General Market in November 2005. He was named Senior Vice President of Dollar General Markets and Shrink in January 2008. Prior to joining Dollar General, he assembled and led teams of investment bankers and private equity fund managers in several mid-sized business acquisition efforts from 2004 to November 2005. He also served as Senior Vice President of Global Logistics (2000-2003) and Vice President of Imports and Logistics (1998-2000) for The Home Depot, Inc., a home improvement retailer. He founded Gibson Associates, a management consulting firm, in 1997 and served there until 1998. Prior to that, he served in various positions at Rite Aid Corporation from 1994 to 1997, including Senior Vice President of Logistics. He also served retailers as a management consulting principal (1993-1994) and management consultant (1984-1993) at Deloitte & Touche.

(b)           Procedures for Shareholders to Nominate Directors; Arrangements to Serve as Directors.  The procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors that were contained in our Bylaws prior to the Merger were eliminated as a result, and at the effective time, of the Merger.

All of our directors are managers of Buck Holdings, LLC. The Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Buck Holdings, LLC generally requires that the members of Buck Holdings, LLC take all necessary action to ensure that the persons who
115

serve as managers of Buck Holdings, LLC also serve on our Board. In addition, Mr. Dreiling’s employment agreement provides that he will continue to serve as a member of our Board as long as he remains our Chief Executive Officer.

Because of these requirements, together with Buck Holdings’ controlling ownership of our outstanding common stock, we do not currently have a policy or procedures with respect to shareholder recommendations for nominees to our Board.

reference.

(c)           Audit Committee Financial Expert.   Our Audit Committee is composed of Messrs. Calbert and Agrawal. In light of our status as a closely held company and the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our Board has not designated any member of the Audit Committee as an “audit committee financial expert.” Though not formally considered by our Board given that our securities are not registered or traded on any national securities exchange, based upon the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) upon which our common stock was listed prior to the Merger, we do not believe that Messrs. Calbert or Agrawal would be considered independent because of their relationships with KKR which indirectly owns, through its interests in Parent, over 50% of our outstanding common stock, and certain other relationships with us as more fully described under Item 13 below.


(d)           

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.  We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and Board members. This Code is posted on our Internet website at www.dollargeneral.com. If we choose to no longer post such Code, we will provide a free copy to any person upon written request to Dollar General Corporation, c/o Investor Relations Department, 100 Mission Ridge, Goodlettsville, TN 37072. We intend to provide any required disclosure of an amendment to or waiver from the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We will either post this Codefunctions, on our Internet website located at www.dollargeneral.com or, if not so posted, provide a copy of the Code to any person without charge upon written request to Dollar General Corporation, c/o Investor Relations Department, 100 Mission Ridge, Goodlettsville, TN 37072.  We intend to provide any required disclosure of any amendment to or waiver from the Code that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on www.dollargeneral.com promptly following the amendment or waiver. We may elect to disclose any such amendment or waiver in a report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC either in addition to or in lieu of the website disclosure. The information contained on or connected to our Internet website is not incorporated by reference into this reportForm 10-K and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file with or furnish to the SEC.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
(a)           Executive Compensation.  We refer


(d)

Procedures for Shareholders to the persons included in the Summary Compensation Table below as our “named executive officers” (or “NEOs”). In addition, references to “2007” mean our fiscal year ended February 1, 2008, references to the “Merger” mean our merger that occurred on July 6, 2007 discussed more fully elsewhere inNominate Directors. Information required by this document, references to the “Merger Agreement” mean the agreement governing the Merger and references to “Project Alpha” refer to certain strategic initiatives discussed in the “Executive Overview” section of "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this document.

116

Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

We strive to attract, retain and motivate persons with superior ability, to reward outstanding performance, and to align our NEOs’ and shareholders’ long-term interests. OurItem 10 regarding material compensation principles applicable to 2007 NEO compensation included the following, all of which are discussed in more detail in “Elements of 2007 NEO Compensation” below:

·  We generally target total compensation at the benchmarked median of our market comparator group, but we make adjustments based on circumstances, such as unique job descriptions and our particular niche in the retail sector, that are not reflected in the market data. For competitive reasons, our levels of total compensation or for any component of compensation may exceed median.
·  We set base salaries to reflect the responsibilities, experience and contributions of the NEOs and the salaries for comparable benchmarked positions, subject to minimums set forth in employment agreements.
·  We emphasize pay for performance and reward NEOs who enhance our performance. We accomplish this by linking cash incentives to the achievement of our financial goals and through subjective evaluations of the NEOs’ contributions to the achievement of our business goals.
·  We promote ownership of our common stock to align the interests of our NEOs with those of our shareholders.

Beginning in 2004 (2003 with respect to Mr. David Perdue), the Compensation Committee authorized employment agreements with NEOs which, among other things, set forth minimum levels of certain compensation components because the Committee believed, based on benchmarking data, that such arrangements were a common protection offered to NEOs at comparable companies and because contracts were needed to ensure continuity and to retain NEOs to execute changes necessary to meet our strategic objectives. The Committee also wanted to give standard protections to both the NEOs and to us upon the termination of any NEO’s employment.

Compensation Process

Oversight of 2007 NEO Compensation.  Prior to the Merger, the Compensation Committee was responsible for recommending CEO compensation to the independent directors of our Board and for approving compensation of other NEOs. The independent directors of the Board retained sole authority to determine CEO compensation. Prior to the Merger, the Committee members were Messrs. Dennis Bottorff, Reginald Dickson and E. Gordon Gee. Subsequent to the Merger, our Board made all executive compensation decisions until a new Compensation Committee was established in March 2008.

117

Use of Outside Advisors in Determining NEO Compensation.  Prior to the Merger, the Compensation Committee selected Hewitt Associates as its compensation consultant. Hewitt also provides consulting services to our human resources group, both with respect to management’s work in connection with NEO compensation (as described below under “Management’s Role in Determining or Recommending 2007 NEO Compensation”) and in connection with general employee compensation and benefits matters.

Prior to the Merger, the Committee approved a written agreement with Hewitt describing the general terms of the working relationship. In particular, Hewitt may perform compensation consulting services upon management or Committee request, which services may include competitive market pay analyses, support regarding legal, regulatory or accounting considerations impacting compensation programs, redesign of those programs, assistance with market data, trends and competitive practices, meeting preparation and attendance and other miscellaneous work.

Management’s Role in Determining or Recommending 2007 NEO Compensation. Prior to the Merger, management assisted Hewitt in gathering and analyzing relevant competitive data and identifying and evaluating various alternatives for 2007 compensation. Mr. Perdue (while he served as CEO) and Ms. Challis Lowe regularly provided their recommendations in Compensation Committee meetings regarding NEO compensation and assisted Hewitt in making presentations to the Committee. Mr. Perdue participated fully with the Committee in assessing NEO performance and made recommendations on the compensation level for each NEO pay component prior to the Merger. No member of management attended the Committee’s own private session.

In connection with the Merger, NEOs were represented by legal counsel who negotiated on their behalf with KKR and its legal counsel with respect to the terms of the new long-term incentive plan.  Such negotiations did not address the amounts or value of the grants to be given under that plan upon the closing of the Merger.  Messrs. Richard Dreiling and David Beré also were represented by legal counsel in negotiations with respect to the terms of their employment agreements and compensation.

While the Board and the Committee valued and welcomed the input of management, Board and Committee members ultimately made all 2007 NEO compensation decisions.

Use of Market Benchmarking Data in Determining 2007 NEO Compensation.  To attract and retain NEOs who we believe will enhance our long-term business results, we must pay compensation that is competitive with the external market for executive talent. We believe that the primary NEO talent market consists of retail companies with revenues and business models similar to ours because those companies have executive positions similar in breadth, complexity and scope of responsibility to our NEO positions. For 2007, the Compensation Committee directed Hewitt to provide data on total and individual compensation elements from its proprietary salary survey database and from the proxy statements of selected retail companies that met these criteria. We refer to this combined group as the market comparator group. In 2007, this group consisted of Advance Auto Parts, AutoZone, Family Dollar, Kohl’s, Limited Brands, Long Drug Stores, Nordstrom, OfficeMax, Office Depot, RadioShack, Staples, J.C. Penney, The
118

Gap, Federated Department Stores, Blockbuster, The Pantry, Ross Stores, and SuperValue Inc. Hewitt was also asked to provide proxy statement information for certain other significantly larger retail companies (Wal-Mart, Target, Walgreen’s and CVS) to be used as additional reference points in assessing the appropriateness of our NEOs’ compensation levels.

The Committee believed that the median of the competitive market generally was the appropriate target for an NEO’s total compensation, although the target for each compensation component relative to the competitive market varied.

Elements of 2007 NEO Compensation

We provide compensation in the form of base salary, short-term incentives, long-term incentives, benefits and perquisites. As discussed in more detail below, the Compensation Committee believed that each of these elements was a necessary component of an NEO’s compensation package and was consistent with compensation programs at competing companies. Prior to the Merger, the Committee reviewed base salary, short-term incentives, and long-term incentives at least annually and other elements periodically when material changes were considered.

Base Salary.    Base salary generally promotes the recruiting and retention functions of our compensation principles by reflecting the salaries for comparable positions in the competitive marketplace. The Committee believed that we would be unable to attract or retain quality NEOs in the absence of competitive base salary levels. For this reason, base salary constitutes a significant portion of an NEO’s total compensation. Base salary also furthers our pay for performance role of our philosophy because, as a threshold matter, an NEO is not eligible for a salary increase unless he or she achieves a satisfactory overall performance evaluation.

In determining each NEO’s 2007 base salary, the Committee reviewed with Mr. Perdue his evaluation of each NEO’s individual performance. The evaluations included a review of performance versus goals established earlier in 2006, except for Mr. Beré who did not have established goals because he was hired near the end of fiscal 2006.  Because the Committee agreed with Mr. Perdue’s conclusion that each NEO performed satisfactorily overall in 2006, each NEO was eligible as a threshold matter for a salary increase.

The Committee also reviewed the benchmarking data provided by Hewitt, as described above, and considered certain provisions in the Merger Agreement limiting the aggregate employee base salary increase pool to no more than 3%. Because Hewitt’s data showed that existing base salaries with a 3% increase would continue to approximate the market median, the Committee approved a 3% base salary increase for each NEO in 2007.

Subsequent to the fiscal 2007 year end but prior to the filing of this document, the new Compensation Committee considered the 2008 base salary increases for each NEO.  Mr. Dreiling, with Mr. Beré’s input, reviewed the 2007 individual performance of each NEO, including a review of performance versus goals established earlier in 2007. Because Mr. Dreiling determined that each NEO performed satisfactorily overall in 2007, as a threshold matter each NEO was eligible for a salary increase.

119

The Committee reviewed benchmarking data provided by Hewitt of a market comparator group substantially similar to the group used for purposes of 2007 compensation decisions (with the addition of Payless Shoe Source, Retail Ventures and Big Lots and the removal of Office Depot and RadioShack). This benchmarking data showed that there was a significant movement in the market median for Ms. Guion’s position and, as a result, the Committee adjusted her pay accordingly. The Committee approved 3% base salary increases for all NEOs (other than Mr. Dreiling, who did not receive a base salary increase since he was hired shortly before the end of the 2007 fiscal year, and Ms. Guion, who received an approximate 15.5% base salary increase for the reason discussed above) in order to maintain base salaries at the median of the market comparator group.

Short-Term Incentive Plan.    Our short-term incentive plan, called Teamshare, serves to motivate NEOs to achieve certain objective financial goals that are established early in the fiscal year. As is the case with base salary, as a threshold matter an NEO may not receive a Teamshare payout unless he or she receives a satisfactory overall performance evaluation, even if the Teamshare financial goal is attained. Accordingly, Teamshare fulfills a part of our pay for performance philosophy while aligning our NEOs’ and shareholders’ interests.  Teamshare also helps us meet our recruiting and retention objectives by providing compensation opportunities that are consistent with those prevalent in our market comparator group.

(a)  2007 Teamshare Structure.  Teamshare authorizes the payment of cash bonuses, calculated as a percentage of base salary, based on our performance measured against a financial performance measure established early in the fiscal year. “Threshold,” “target” and “maximum” performance goals are set, along with corresponding potential payout percentages.  Payouts are prorated between threshold and maximum levels in relation to actual performance results.

In 2007, the Compensation Committee had decided to re-evaluate its historical use of net income as the Teamshare performance measure given changes in our business strategy, but before that evaluation could occur we announced the proposed Merger and agreed to consult with KKR on significant changes to certain of our normal business practices. KKR requested, and the Committee agreed, to adopt a metric based principally upon earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) as the sole 2007 Teamshare performance measure. After discussions with KKR, the Committee set this performance target for 2007 at $570 million, which was equal to our annual financial objective. Consistent with prior practice and after consultation with KKR, the Committee also set the threshold and maximum levels at 90% and 110%, respectively, of the target level. The Committee considered the Teamshare performance target to be challenging and generally consistent with the level of difficulty of achievement associated with our performance-based awards for prior years.  We did not achieve the threshold Teamshare performance level in fiscal years 2006 or 2005. We achieved Teamshare performance levels between threshold and target in fiscal years 2004 and 2002 and at maximum in fiscal year 2003.

120

The Committee directed that our Teamshare 2007 EBITDA performance measure be computed using numbers from our issued financial statements, adjusted to exclude:

·  consulting, accounting, legal, valuation, banking, filing, disclosure and similar costs, fees and expenses directly related to the consideration, negotiation, approval and consummation of the Merger and related financing and any related litigation or settlement of any related litigation;
·  costs and expenses constituting severance payments and benefits incurred during the 12 month period following the date of shareholder approval of the Merger; and
·  the impact of any unplanned items of a non-recurring or extraordinary nature.

The Committee then set the potential Teamshare payout range for the NEOs, other than Mr. Perdue and Mr. Dreiling (see “Compensation of Mr. Perdue” and “Compensation of Mr. Dreiling” below) and Mr. Beré (see below), at the following base salary percentages: 32.5% (threshold), 65% (target), and 130% (maximum). In determining this range, the Committee reviewed Hewitt’s benchmarking information regarding competitive target incentives for comparable positions in our market comparator group. This analysis showed that our existing target salary payout percentages generally exceeded the market median, but that our total direct compensation would remain at or slightly above the market median because our long-term incentive compensation remains significantly below the market median. The Committee also continued to rely on Hewitt’s prior year benchmarking data which indicated that the typical practice was to set the threshold payout percentage at half of the target and the maximum payout percentage at twice the target. Accordingly, the Committee made no changes to the potential payout range for those NEOs fromprocedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors is contained under the prior year.
captions “—How are directors identified and nominated,” “—How are nominees evaluated; what are the minimum qualifications” and “—Can shareholders nominate directors,” all under “Proposal 1: Election of Directors” in the 2011 Proxy Statement, which information under such captions is incorporated herein by reference.



Mr. Beré assumed

(e)

Audit Committee Information. Information required by this Item 10 regarding our audit committee and our audit committee financial expert is contained under the position of Interim CEO upon Mr. Perdue’s resignation on July 6, 2007.  At that time,captions “Corporate Governance—Does the Board set Mr. Beré’s potential Teamshare payout percentages at 35% (threshold), 140% (target)have standing Audit, Compensation and 280% (maximum) of base salary upon achievement of EBITDA-based performance levels of $630 million (threshold), $700 million (target),Nominating Committees” and $770 million (maximum).  Mr. Beré’s performance target level, as well as the calculation of the related EBITDA-based performance metric, were chosen to match the level used for vesting purposes for the performance-based options (discussed below under “Long-Term Incentive Program”) granted to the NEOs“—Does Dollar General have an audit committee financial expert serving on July 6, 2007. Threshold and maximum performance levels were set at 90% and 110% of the target level. Mr. Beré’s fiscal 2007 bonus opportunity was not based on a prorated graduated scale for performance between the threshold and target and the target and maximum levels.


(b)  2007 Teamshare Results.  Mr. Dreiling, with Mr. Beré’s input, reviewed the 2007 individual performance of each NEO, including a review of performance versus goals established earlier in 2007. Because Mr. Dreiling determined that each NEO performed satisfactorily overall in 2007, as a threshold matter each NEO was eligible to receive a 2007 Teamshare payout to the extent we achieved the relevant EBITDA performance target. In March 2008, our new Compensation Committee approved an EBITDA calculation for this purpose between the “target” and “maximum” performance levels. Accordingly, each NEO received a Teamshare payoutits Audit Committee” in the amount reflected in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table at the following percentages of base salary:  Mr. Dreiling, 127% (based on an annualization of his partial fiscal 2007 salary); Mr. Beré, 140%;  and Mr. Tehle,  Mr. Buley,  Ms. Guion and Ms. Lowe, 82.6%.
121

2011 Proxy Statement, which information under such captions is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


Long-Term Incentive Program.    Long-term equity incentives motivate NEOs to focus on long-term success for shareholders. These incentives also provide a balance between short-term and long-term goals. Prior to the Merger, we delivered these incentives as equity grants structured to recognize stock price changes.

The Compensation Committee targeted a certain economic value to be delivered through these incentives which an NEO would realize only if our stock price increased. Long-term incentives are also important to our compensation program’s recruiting and retention objectives because most of the companies in our market comparator group offer them.  Following the Merger, our long-term incentives are designed to compensate NEOs for a long-term commitment to us, while motivating sustained increases in our financial performance.


Prior to the Merger, the Committee typically made equity grant decisions when it reviewed other compensation decisions and evaluated NEO performance, and it was our practice to establish option exercise prices as the closing market price on the grant date. We typically released our annual earnings and other financial results shortly thereafter, but the grants were made regardless of whether earnings were favorable or unfavorable. In accordance with our usual practice, the Committee made pre-Merger 2007 annual equity grant decisions prior to the annual earnings release but after the announcement of the proposed Merger.

Because Hewitt’s benchmarking data indicated that our target long-term incentive values for NEOs (other than Mr. Perdue) were significantly below the median of our market comparator group, the Committee decided in fiscal 2006 to increase that value by approximately 20-25% for fiscal 2006 compensation. At the same time, the Committee also decided to change the options/restricted stock units (“RSUs”) allocation from the previous 80%/20% to 70%/30% for fiscal 2006 compensation, which, according to Hewitt, more closely aligned with market practice. In 2007, the Committee decided to further adjust the relationship of options and RSUs to reflect a 50%/50% allocation of the economic value for 2007 long-term incentive grants which Hewitt advised continued to further align with market practice.

The Committee’s decision regarding the 2007 equity grant mix also took into account the limited availability of shares for use under the shareholder-approved option program existing at that time.  If the options/RSUs mix continued unchanged from 2006, there likely would not have been enough shares for equity grants through fiscal 2008, the year the plan was scheduled to terminate by its terms.  The Committee believed the best way to address that issue, while also assisting with retention and motivation of NEOs and maintaining alignment with shareholder interests, was to adjust the options/RSUs grant mix.

In connection with the Merger, all outstanding equity awards became fully vested and were settled in cash, canceled or rolled over, as described below. Unless they elected to roll over their existing options, each NEO received in exchange for each option an amount in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes, equal to $22.00 less the exercise price of each option. Additionally, each NEO received in exchange for each RSU or share of restricted stock an amount in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes, equal to $22.00.
122

Certain NEOs elected to roll over their existing options in connection with the Merger (the “Rollover Options”). The exercise price of the Rollover Options and the number of shares underlying the Rollover Options were adjusted as a result of the Merger to provide their pre-Merger value equivalents. The Rollover Options otherwise continue under the terms of the equity plan under which they were issued.

On July 6, 2007, our Board adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees (the “2007 Plan”).  For certain designated employees, including NEOs, the Board required a personal financial investment in Dollar General in order for the employee to be eligible to receive an option grant under the 2007 Plan. That investment could be made in the form of cash, rollover of stock and/or rollover of in-the-money options issued prior to the Merger. Each NEO (other than Mr. Perdue who resigned and Mr. Dreiling who is discussed separately below) met the personal investment requirement and, accordingly, received option grants under the 2007 Plan.

The options granted under the 2007 Plan are divided so that half are time-vested and half are performance-vested based on a comparison of an EBITDA-based performance metric, as described below, against pre-set goals for that performance metric. The combination of time and performance based vesting of these awards is designed to compensate executives for long-term commitment to us, while motivating sustained increases in our financial performance. The options have an exercise price of $5 per share, which was the fair market value on the grant date.

The time-vested options vest and become exercisable ratably on each of the five anniversary dates of July 6, 2007 solely based upon continued employment with us over that time period. The performance-vested options are eligible to vest and become exercisable ratably if the Board determines in good faith that we achieve specified annual performance targets based on EBITDA and adjusted as described below. For fiscal 2007 that target was $700 million, which was based on our annual financial plan and anticipated permitted adjustments, primarily to account for unique expenses related to the Merger and costs associated with Project Alpha.  If a performance target for a given fiscal year is not met, the performance-based options may still vest and become exercisable on a “catch up” basis if, at the end of a subsequent fiscal year through fiscal 2012, a specified cumulative EBITDA-based performance target is achieved. Because the performance targets are based on our long-term financial plan, we believe these levels, while attainable, require strong performance and execution. We consider these performance targets to be slightly more difficult to achieve than financial performance targets associated with Teamshare compensation in prior years.

For purposes of calculating performance targets for our long-term incentive program, “EBITDA” means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization plus transaction, management and/or similar fees paid to KKR and/or its affiliates. In addition, the Board is required to fairly and appropriately adjust the calculation of EBITDA to reflect, to the extent not contemplated in our financial plan, the following: acquisitions, divestitures, any changeinformation required by generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) relating to share-basedthis Item 11 regarding director and executive officer compensation, or for other changes in GAAP promulgated by accounting standard setters that, in each case, the Board in good faith determines require adjustment to the EBITDA performance metric we use for our long-term incentive program. For 2007 performance targets, the Board also is required to
123

make a good faith determination of adjustments to EBITDA for Project Alpha costs and other non-recurring expenses after consulting with the CEO and CFO. Adjustments to EBITDA for purposes of calculating performance targets or our long-term incentive program may not in all circumstances be identical to adjustments to EBITDA for other purposes, including our Teamshare targets and the covenants contained in our principal financial agreements. Accordingly, comparability of such measures is limited.

In March 2008, the Compensation Committee determined that the specified adjusted EBITDA performance target had been achieved for fiscal 2007 and, as a result, acknowledged the vesting of 20% of the performance-based options.

Benefits and Perquisites.    We provide benefits and limited perquisites to NEOs for retention and recruiting purposes, to promote tax efficiency for the NEOs, and to replace benefit opportunities lost due to regulatory limits. We also provide NEOs with benefits and perquisites as additional forms of compensation that are believed to be consistent and competitive with benefits and perquisites provided to similar positions in our market comparator group and our industry. The Compensation Committee believed these benefits and perquisites help to attract and retain NEOs. Along with certain benefits offered to NEOs on the same terms that are offered to all of our salaried employees (such as health and welfare benefits and matching contributions under our 401(k) plan), we provide NEOs with certain additional benefits and perquisites.

We allow NEOs to participate in the Compensation Deferral Plan (the “CDP”) and the defined contribution Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”, and together with the CDP, the “CDP/SERP Plan”). During his tenure with us, Mr. Perdue was eligible to participate in the CDP but not the SERP due to his participation in an individual defined benefit supplemental executive retirement plan. Mr. Perdue’s defined benefit supplemental executive retirement plan was provided as part of Mr. Perdue’s inducement package to join Dollar General in 2003 and was one of the compensation components necessary at that time to attract him to serve as our CEO. In addition, in January 2006 our Board approved the establishment of a grantor trust to hold certain assets in connection with Mr. Perdue’s supplemental executive retirement plan in the event of a change in control.

We provide each NEO a life insurance benefit equal to 2.5 times his or her base salary to a maximum of $3 million. We pay the premiums and gross up the NEO’s income to pay the tax cost of this benefit. We also provide each NEO a disability insurance benefit that provides income replacement of 60% of base salary up to a maximum monthly benefit of $20,000 ($25,000 for Mr. Perdue). We pay the cost of this benefit and gross up the NEO’s income to pay the tax cost of this benefit to the extent necessary to replace benefit level caps in the group plan applicable to all salaried employees.

Each NEO may choose either a leased automobile or a fixed monthly automobile allowance. All NEOs except Mr. Beré and Ms. Lowe chose the automobile allowance option in 2007. Mr. Beré and Ms. Lowe chose the lease option under which we provide a company-leased automobile, pay for gasoline, repairs, service, and insurance and provide a gross-up payment to pay the tax cost of the imputed income.

124

We also provide a relocation assistance program to NEOs similar to that offered to certain other employees. In 2007, we incurred relocation expenses in accordance with this policy for Mr. Buley and Mr. Dreiling (as discussed below in “Compensation of Mr. Dreiling”).  The significant differences of the relocation assistance available to NEOs from the relocation assistance available to other employees are as follows:

·  We provide a pre-move allowance of 5% of the NEO’s annual base salary (we cap this allowance at $5,000 for other employees);
·  We provide home sale assistance by offering to purchase the NEO’s prior home at an independently determined appraised value in the event the prior home is not sold to an outside buyer (we do not offer this service to other employees);
·  We reimburse NEOs for all reasonable and customary home purchase closing costs (we limit our reimbursement to other employees to 2% of the purchase price to a maximum of $2,500) except for loan origination fees which are limited to 1%; and
·  We provide 60 days of temporary living expenses (we limit temporary living expenses to 30 days for all other employees).

As an exception to the NEO relocation policy, the Committee extended the temporary housing benefit in 2007 to Mr. Beré beyond the 60 day limit due to uncertainties arising from the Merger.

Compensation of Mr. Perdue

While Mr. Perdue’s compensation reflected an emphasis on achieving both short and long-term performance results, more emphasis was placed on long-term performance goals.  This is generally typical for CEO compensation structures as it aligns their compensation more directly with that of shareholders, i.e., the creation of long-term economic value in the company.  As a result of the risk associated with the long-term component being such a large portion of his total compensation and as a part of the decision to extend Mr. Perdue’s employment contract with us, his compensation was benchmarked closer to the 75th percentile of the market comparator group.

In 2007, the Committee reviewed Mr. Perdue’s assessment of his overall performance to determine as a threshold matter his eligibility for a base salary increase. This review included Mr. Perdue’s performance versus his previously established 2006 goals, which included measures relating to the sell off of inventory and the closing of stores as a part of Project Alpha; increasing the discipline in the planning and buying process including private label development and SKU rationalization; enhanced domestic sourcing and continued reduction of costs through the supply chain; enhancing the customer experience in the store through shrink reduction, reduced store manager turnover and the development of measurements of store standards; and the development of a store strategic growth plan.  Because the Committee was satisfied with Mr. Perdue’s overall performance, he was eligible for a 2007 salary increase.

125

The Committee also reviewed Hewitt’s benchmarking data, as described above, and considered certain provisions contained in the Merger Agreement limiting the aggregate employee base salary increase pool to no more than 3%. Hewitt’s data showed that Mr. Perdue’s existing base salary with a 3% increase would continue to approximate market median, and the Committee determined that Mr. Perdue would receive a 3% base salary increase for 2007.

The process followed in determining Mr. Perdue’s 2007 Teamshare structure and 2007 long-term incentives was substantially similar to that described above regarding other NEOs, except that the ultimate decisions were made by the independent directors of the Board upon Committee recommendation. In addition, the Board and the Committee were contractually bound by the target (100%) and maximum (200%) Teamshare payout percentages contained in Mr. Perdue’s employment agreement approved prior to 2007.

With respect to Mr. Perdue’s long-term incentive compensation, the Committee chose to use the same 50%/50% options/RSUs allocation of economic value as it used for other NEOs in 2007.  Hewitt’s benchmarking data indicated that the amounts to be granted to Mr. Perdue would approximate the 75th percentile of our market comparator group, keeping his total direct compensation near the same percentile. In connection with the Merger, Mr. Perdue’s outstanding equity awards became fully vested and were settled in cash in the same manner described for the other NEOs.

Mr. Perdue resigned from Dollar General effective July 6, 2007. We treated the resignation as one for “good reason” after a change-in-control under his employment agreement. He executed a release and became entitled to certain severance payments and benefits which are triggered by such a resignation under his employment agreement, subject to his continued compliance with certain terms (including restrictive covenants) of the employment agreement. He was also entitled to payments under his defined benefit supplemental executive retirement plan and the CDP.

Compensation of Mr. Dreiling

Mr. Dreiling entered into a five-year employment agreement to become CEO and a member of our Board effective January 21, 2008.  Key compensatory provisions of the agreement include:

·  Annual base salary of $1,000,000.
·  Annual bonus payout range of 50% (threshold), 100% (target) and 200% (maximum) of base salary based upon EBITDA performance.  Mr. Dreiling is eligible to earn a prorated 2007 bonus for the number of days worked in fiscal 2007.  For 2008, Mr. Dreiling is guaranteed to earn at least a threshold level bonus.
·  A signing bonus of $2,000,000.
·  Equity grants consisting of 890,000 shares of restricted stock and options to purchase 2.5 million shares of Dollar General at $5 per share (the fair market value on the grant date). The restricted stock is scheduled to vest upon the earlier to occur of the last day of fiscal 2011, a change in control, an initial public offering, termination without cause or due to death or disability, or resignation with good reason. Half of the
126

options are time-vested and the other half are performance-vested. These options vest upon the same terms as the other options that have been granted under the 2007 Plan.
·  Payment of the premiums on his personal long-term disability insurance policy.
·  Use of our plane for Mr. Dreiling and his spouse up to nine trips per year between our headquarters and his permanent residence in California.
·  Reimbursement and gross-up for taxes of all closing costs and expenses, including broker’s fees, loan origination and/or loan discount fees (not to exceed 2 points in total), and attorney fees incurred to purchase a residence in the Nashville, Tennessee area and for up to 2 months’ lease cancellation on his apartment in the New York metropolitan area.  Reimbursement and/or payment of and gross-up for taxes of temporary living expenses for 120 days as well as 2 house hunting trips not to exceed 7 nights/8 days. Relocation also includes the payment of packing, loading, transporting, storing and delivering his household goods including the movement of 1 car and a miscellaneous expense allowance equal to $50,000 less applicable taxes.
·  Reimbursement of legal fees up to $35,000, grossed-up for taxes, incurred in negotiating and preparing the employment agreement and documents associated with Mr. Dreiling’s equity grants.
·  Payment of monthly membership fees and costs related to his membership in professional clubs selected by him, grossed-up for any taxes. 

Mr. Dreiling was chosen for the CEO position after a lengthy and careful search. The Board firmly believes he is the right leader for the Company as we move forward.  The terms of his employment agreement summarized above were settled after negotiation with Mr. Dreiling, and the Board believes that they are fair and appropriate given CEO compensation and benefits at comparable companies and given Mr. Dreiling’s experience and leadership ability.  These arrangements were also necessary to entice Mr. Dreiling to resign from his previous employer and to give him the opportunity to offset the potential financial gain he would be foregoing by leaving that employer.

Severance and Change-in-Control Agreements

As noted above, we have employment agreements with our NEOs that among other things provide for each NEO’s rights upon a termination of employment. We believe that reasonable severance and change-in-control benefits are appropriate to protect the NEO against circumstances over which he or she does not have control and as consideration for the promises of non-competition, non-solicitation and non-interference that we require in our employment agreements. Furthermore, we believe change-in-control severance payments align NEO and shareholder interests by enabling NEOs to evaluate a transaction in the best interests of our shareholders and our other constituents without undue concern over whether the transaction may jeopardize the NEO’s own employment.

All of our change-in-control provisions operate under a double trigger, requiring both a change-in-control and a termination event, except for the provisions related to long-term equity incentives under our 2007 Plan.  Under the 2007 Plan, (1) all time-vested options will vest and become immediately exercisable as to 100% of the shares of common stock subject to such options immediately prior to a change-in-control and (2) all performance–vested options will
127

vest and become immediately exercisable as to 100% of the shares of common stock subject to such options immediately prior to a change-in-control if, as a result of the change–in-control, (x) investment funds affiliated with KKR realize a specified internal rate of return on 100% of their aggregate investment, directly or indirectly, in our equity securities (the “Sponsor Shares”) and (y) the investment funds affiliated with KKR earn a specified cash return on 100% of the Sponsor Shares; provided, however, that in the event that a change-in-control occurs in which more than 50% but less than 100% of our common stock or other voting securities or the common stock or other voting securities of Buck Holdings, L.P. is sold or otherwise disposed of, then the performance-vested options will become vested up to the same percentage of Sponsor Shares on which investment funds affiliated with KKR achieve a specified internal rate of return on their aggregate investment and earn a specified return on their Sponsor Shares. The Merger constituted a change-in-control for purposes of our pre-Merger plans and arrangements.

Deductibility of NEO Compensation

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally disallows a tax deduction to public companies for compensation over $1 million paid in any fiscal year to an NEO that is not performance-based compensation. We believe that compensation paid in 2007 associated with stock options under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan would generally be fully deductible for federal income tax purposes. However, in certain situations (such as time-vested RSUs) the Compensation Committee approved compensation that did not meet these requirements in order to ensure competitive levels of total compensation for our NEOs. Because our common stock is no longer publicly traded, the Board did not consider Section 162(m) with respect to 2007 compensation paid after the Merger.

Compensation Committee Report

Our Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K and, based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this document.

This report has been furnished by:

·  Michael M. Calbert, Chairman
·  Raj Agrawal
·  Adrian Jones

The Compensation Committee Report is deemed furnished, not filed, in this document and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act as a result of furnishing the Compensation Committee Report, in this manner.

128

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizesthe risks arising from our compensation paid to or earned by our NEOs in each of fiscal 2007policies and 2006.



Name and Principal PositionYear 
Salary
($)(2)
  
Bonus
($)(3)
  
Stock
Awards
($)(4)
  
Option Awards
($)(5)
  
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(6)
  
Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings
($)
  
All Other Compensation
($)
  
Total
($)
 
Richard W. Dreiling,
Chief Executive Officer(1)
2007  34,615   2,000,000   36,777   42,174   41,760   --   62,141(7)  2,217,467 
David A. Perdue,
Former Chairman &
Chief Executive Officer(1)
2007  488,390   --   8,259,225   1,690,873   --   4,179,884(8)  11,238,529(9)  25,856,901 
2006  1,037,540   --   1,472,904   87,582   --   677,541(8)  151,448   3,427,015 
David L. Beré,
President and Chief Operating Officer(1)
2007  717,528   --   974,231   1,381,712   1,009,400   --   187,046(10)  4,269,917 
David M. Tehle,
Executive Vice President &
Chief Financial Officer
2007  594,523   --   632,162   1,149,922   493,213   --   130,464(11)  3,000,284 
2006  580,022   188,500   235,247   194,127   --   --   121,126   1,319,022 
Beryl J. Buley,
Division President, Merchandising, Marketing  & Supply Chain
2007  589,398   --   690,116   1,065,045   488,962   --   111,234(12)  2,944,755 
2006  575,022   186,875   183,223   180,669   --   --   273,801   1,399,590 
Kathleen R. Guion,
Division President,
Store Operations &
Store Development
2007  512,520   --   521,453   917,214   425,184   --   115,011(13)  2,491,382 
2006  500,019   162,500   206,455   154,982   --   --   151,971   1,175,927 
Challis M. Lowe,
Executive Vice President,
Human Resources
2007  420,266   --   512,771   768,251   348,651   --   118,133(14)  2,168,072 
2006  404,182   133,250   130,813   117,933   --   --   174,322   960,500 

(1)  Mr. Dreiling was hired on January 21, 2008. Mr. Perdue resigned effective July 6, 2007.  Mr. Beré was hired as our President and Chief Operating Officer in December 2006, was appointed interim Chief Executive Officer upon Mr. Perdue’s resignation on July 6, 2007, and resumed his position as President and Chief Operating Officer when Mr. Dreiling was hired as our Chief Executive Officer.
(2)  All NEOs (excluding Mr. Dreiling) deferred a portion of their fiscal 2007 salaries under the CDP. The amounts of such deferrals are included in the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table. Each NEO (excluding Mr. Dreiling) also contributed a portion of his or her fiscal 2007 salary to our 401(k) Plan. All NEOs for which fiscal 2006 salaries are reported in this column deferred a portion of their fiscal 2006 salaries under the CDP and contributed a portion of their salaries to our 401(k) Plan.
(3)  The amount for Mr. Dreiling represents the signing bonus paid pursuant to his employment agreement.  The 2006 amounts represent a one-time discretionary bonus awarded to these NEOs for fiscal 2006.
(4)  Represents the dollar amount recognized during the fiscal year for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 123R (“SFAS 123R”), but disregarding the estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions, for outstanding awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”).  Prior to the Merger, the expense was recorded on a straight-line basis over the restriction period based on the market price of the underlying stock on the grant date. There were no forfeitures of restricted stock or RSUs held by the NEOs during fiscal 2007 or fiscal 2006. For more information regarding the assumptions used in the valuation of these awards, see Note 9 of the annual consolidated financial statements included in this document. As a result of the Merger, all restricted stock and RSU awards outstanding immediately before the Merger vested and, therefore, all remaining compensation expense associated with those awards was recognized in fiscal 2007 in accordance with SFAS 123R.
(5)  Represents the dollar amount recognized during the fiscal year for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with SFAS 123R, but disregarding the estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions, for stock options. Option awards granted before February 4, 2006 were valued on the applicable grant date under the fair value method of SFAS 123 and those granted on or after that date were valued under the fair value method of SFAS 123R using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:
129

  
March 15,
2005
  
September 1,
2005
  
January 24,
2006
  
March 16,
2006
  
March 23,
2007
  
July 7,
2007
 
Expected dividend yield  .85%  .85%  1.0%  .82%  .91%  0%
Expected stock price volatility  27.4%  25.9%  24.7%  28.7%  18.5%  42.3%
Risk-free interest rate  4.25%  3.71%  4.31%  4.7%  4.5%  4.9%
Expected life of options (years)  5.0   5.0   4.5   5.7   5.7   7.5 
Exercise price $22.35  $18.51  $16.94  $17.54  $21.25  $5.00 
Stock price on date of grant $22.35  $18.51  $16.94  $17.54  $21.25  $5.00 
For more information regarding the assumptions used in the valuation of these awards, see Note 9 of the annual consolidated financial statements included in this document.  As a result of the Merger, all options outstanding immediately before the Merger vested and, therefore, all compensation expense associated with those awards was recognized in fiscal 2007 in accordance with SFAS 123R.  Mr. Tehle and Ms. Guion had 63,000 and 50,300 options, respectively, that were forfeited as a result of the Merger.  There were no forfeitures of options held by NEOs in fiscal 2006.
(6)  Represents amounts earned pursuant to our Teamshare bonus program for fiscal 2007.  See the discussion of the “Short-Term Incentive Plan”, “Compensation of Mr. Dreiling” and “Compensation of Mr. Perdue” in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” above.  Messrs. Beré and Buley and Ms. Guion deferred 5%, 20% and 5%, respectively of their fiscal 2007 bonus payments under the CDP in fiscal 2008. No amounts were earned under our Teamshare bonus program for fiscal 2006 because we did not meet the financial performance level required for a payout.
(7)  Represents the incremental cost of providing certain perquisites, including $61,414 for amounts associated with relocation and $727 for an automobile allowance.  The aggregate incremental cost related to Mr. Dreiling’s relocation amount was calculated as follows: $50,000 as a miscellaneous cash allowance, $4,000 for the cost to transport a personal vehicle from New Jersey to his home in California, $4,803 for temporary living expenses, $1,129 for transportation costs incurred in connection with house hunting trips and $1,482 for meal expenses incurred in connection with temporary living.
(8)  The 2007 amount represents the aggregate change in the actuarial present value of the accumulated benefit under Mr. Perdue's SERP from February 2, 2007 to February 1, 2008.  Because Mr. Perdue resigned effective July 6, 2007, the fiscal 2007 year-end actuarial present value of the accumulated benefit is equal to the benefit paid to him in fiscal 2007. The 2006 amount represents the aggregate change in the actuarial present value of the accumulated benefit under Mr. Perdue’s SERP from February 4, 2006 to February 2, 2007.
(9)  Includes $6,798,000 for severance paid in connection with Mr. Perdue’s resignation pursuant to his employment agreement, $2,681,201 for the reimbursement of excise taxes related to the severance payment, $78,438 for unused vacation at the time of Mr. Perdue’s resignation, $1,489,398 for the reimbursement of excise taxes related to the payment made to Mr. Perdue for his defined benefit SERP, $71,327 for the tax reimbursement of excise taxes related to the payment of interest on Mr. Perdue’s defined benefit SERP, $24,892 for a lump sum payment in lieu of COBRA payments on behalf of Mr. Perdue, $9,818 for reimbursement of taxes related to the lump sum payment in lieu of COBRA payments, $19,908 for the reimbursement of taxes related to the COBRA gross up payment, $11,249 for premiums paid under our life and disability insurance programs, $17,753 for our match contributions to the CDP, $6,667 for our match contributions to the 401(k) Plan, $6,452 for tax reimbursements related to life and disability insurance premiums, and $23,426 which represents the incremental cost of providing certain perquisites, including $11,280 for personal use of the company plane and other amounts, which individually did not equal the greater of $25,000 or 10% of total perquisites, including an annual automobile allowance, a medical physical examination and a Merger closing gift. We incurred no incremental cost in connection with the occasional travel of Mr. Perdue’s spouse on our plane while accompanying him on travel.
(10)  Includes $7,806 for premiums paid under our life and disability insurance programs, $53,683 for our contributions to the SERP, $32,872 for our match contributions to the CDP, $2,854 for our match contributions to the 401(k) Plan, $4,477 for the reimbursement of taxes related to life and disability insurance premiums, $21,336 for the reimbursement of taxes related to relocation, $4,906 for reimbursement of taxes related to the personal use of a company-leased automobile, and $59,112 which represents the incremental cost of providing certain perquisites, including $37,200 for temporary living expenses (calculated as rent and utility payments) associated with relocation, $18,601 for personal use of a company-leased vehicle, and other amounts which individually did not equal the greater of $25,000 or 10% of total perquisites, including a medical physical examination, expenses related to Mr. Beré’s and his spouse’s attendance at sporting events, and a Merger closing gift. We incurred no incremental cost in connection with the occasional travel of Mr. Beré’s family members on our plane while accompanying him on business travel.
(11)  Includes $6,412 for premiums paid under our life and disability insurance programs, $58,618 for our contributions to the SERP, $18,403 for our match contributions to the CDP, $11,198 for our match contributions to the 401(k) Plan, $3,678 for tax reimbursements related to life and disability insurance premiums, and $32,155 which represents the incremental cost of providing certain perquisites, including $21,000 for an annual automobile allowance and other amounts which individually did not equal the greater of $25,000 or 10% of total perquisites, including a directed donation to a charity, expenses incurred in connection with his personal use of our plane, and expenses related to Mr. Tehle’s and his guests’ attendance at sporting events.
(12)  Includes $3,294 for premiums paid under our life and disability insurance programs, $34,868 for our contributions to the SERP, $18,148 for our match contributions to the CDP, $11,174 for our match contributions to the 401(k) Plan, $1,890 for the reimbursement of taxes related to life and disability insurance premiums, $2,182 for the reimbursement of taxes related to relocation, and $39,678 which represents the incremental cost of providing certain perquisites, including  $21,000 for an annual automobile allowance, $6,069 for an expense related to selling his prior home, $5,000 for a directed charitable donation and other amounts which individually did not equal the greater of $25,000 or 10% of total perquisites, including expenses relating to Mr. Buley’s and his guests’ attendance at sporting events, a fee to attend a Young Presidents’ Organization meeting and a medical physical examination. We incurred no incremental cost in connection with the occasional travel of Mr. Buley’s spouse on our plane while accompanying him on business travel.
130

(13)  Includes $9,447 for premiums paid under our life and disability insurance programs, $50,533 for our contributions to the SERP, $14,314 for our match contributions to the CDP, $10,789 for our match contributions to the 401(k) Plan, $3,397 for tax reimbursements related to life and disability insurance premiums, and $26,531 which represents the incremental cost of providing certain perquisites, including $21,000 for an annual automobile allowance, a $5,000 directed charitable donation and other amounts which individually did not equal the greater of $25,000 or 10% of total perquisites, including expenses relating to Ms. Guion’s attendance at a sporting event.

(14)  Includes $11,754 for premiums paid under our life and disability insurance programs, $41,437 for our contributions to the SERP, $9,712 for our match contributions to the CDP, $11,213 for our match contributions to the 401(k) Plan, $4,227 for the reimbursement of taxes related to life and disability insurance premiums, $8,429 for reimbursement of taxes related to the personal use of a company-leased automobile, and $31,361 which represents the incremental cost of providing certain perquisites, including $22,887 for personal use of a company-leased vehicle, a $5,000 directed charitable donation, and other amounts which individually did not equal the greater of $25,000 or 10% of total perquisites, including expenses relating to Ms. Lowe’s and her guests’ attendance at sporting or other entertainment events and minimal hotel incidental charges incurred by her spouse while accompanying her on business travel.  We incurred no incremental cost in connection with the occasional travel of Ms. Lowe’s spouse on our plane while accompanying her on business travel.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards During Fiscal 2007

The table below sets forth information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our NEOs in fiscal 2007.  The grants include RSUspractices for employees, and options granted pursuant to our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan in fiscal 2007 prior tocompensation committee interlocks and insider participation is contained under the Merger, all of which became fully vestedcaptions “Director Compensation” and were:

·  settled in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes, equal to $22 per share less, for options, the exercise price (the “Merger Consideration”);
·  forfeited, with respect to any options having an exercise price at or above $22/share; or
·  exchanged for Rollover Options as further described and defined in the “Long-Term Incentives” portion of “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” above.

The Rollover Options are set forth“Executive Compensation” in the table as separate grants. The amounts paid as consideration for the Rollover Options as noted in the footnotes to the table represent the value the NEO would have received in the Merger had the NEO instead chosen to accept the Merger Consideration. While the exercise price and the number of shares underlying the Rollover Options have been adjusted as a result of the Merger and are fully vested, they are deemed to have been granted, and otherwise continue,2011 Proxy Statement, which information under the terms of our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, whichsuch captions is the plan under which the original options were issued.

The table also includes options granted in 2007 on or after the Merger under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.  We have omitted the columns for threshold and maximum estimated future payouts under equity incentive plan awards because they are inapplicable.

Each NEO’s annual Teamshare bonus opportunity established for fiscal 2007 also is set forth in the table below.  Actual bonus amounts earnedincorporated herein by each NEO for fiscal 2007 as a result of our EBITDA performance are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table above and represent prorated payment on a graduated scale between the target and maximum EBITDA performance levels for each of the NEOs other than Mr. Beré whose payment was not made on a graduated scale, but rather represented payment at the target level.  Mr. Perdue did not receive a
131

Teamshare payout for fiscal 2007 due to his resignation on July 6, 2007.  See “Short-Term Incentives”, “Compensation of Mr. Dreiling” and “Compensation of Mr. Perdue” in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” above for further discussion of the fiscal 2007 Teamshare program.
reference.


Name
Grant Date
Date of Board Action(1)
 
 
 
Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-
               Equity Incentive Plan Awards(2)                
 
    Threshold               Target                Maximum
           ($)                          ($)                           ($)
  
Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
Target
(#)(3)
  
All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units 
(#)(4)
  
All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options 
(#)
  
Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh)
  
Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards 
($)
 
                           
Mr. Dreiling    16,438   32,877   65,753   --   --   --   --   -- 
 1/21/081/11/08  --   --   --   --   --   1,250,000(5)  5.00(5)  3,120,875 
 1/21/081/11/08  --   --   --   1,250,000   --   --   5.00(3)  3,120,875 
 1/21/081/11/08  --   --   --   --   890,000   --   --   4,450,000 
                                   
Mr. Perdue    566,500   1,133,000   2,266,000   --   --   --   --   -- 
 3/23/073/20/07  --   --   --   --   --   313,630(6)  21.25(6)  1,690,873 
 3/23/073/20/07  --   --   --   --   110,693   --   --   2,325,226 
                                   
Mr. Beré    252,350   1,009,400   2,018,800   --   --   --   --   -- 
 3/23/073/19/07  --   --   --   --   --   126,565(6)  21.25(6)  682,350 
 3/23/073/19/07  --   --   --   --   44,670   --   --   949,238 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   1,125,000(5)  5.00(5)  3,042,225 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   1,125,000   --   --   5.00(3)  3,042,225 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   5,809(7)  1.25(7)  21,784(7)
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   17,590(7)  1.25(7)  65,963(7)
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   25,313(7)  1.25(7)  94,924(7)
                                   
Mr. Tehle    194,155   388,310   776,620   --   --   --   --   -- 
 3/23/073/19/07  --   --   --   --   --   49,917(6)  21.25   269,118 
 3/23/073/19/07  --   --   --   --   17,618   --   --   374,383 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   550,000(5)  5.00(5)  1,487,310 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   550,000   --   --   5.00(3)  1,487,310 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   54,426(7)  1.25(7)  204,098(7)
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   44,464(7)  1.25(7)  166,740(7)
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   83,134(7)  1.25(7)  311,753(7)
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   9,983(7)  1.25(7)  37,436(7)
                                   
Mr. Buley    192,481   384,963   769,925   --   --   --   --   -- 
 3/23/073/19/07  --   --   --   --   --   39,883(6)  21.25(6)  215,021 
 3/23/073/19/07  --   --   --   --   14,076   --   --   299,115 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   437,500(5)  5.00(5)  1,183,088 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   437,500   --   --   5.00(3)  1,183,088 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   134,933(7)  1.25(7)  505,999(7)
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   66,364(7)  1.25(7)  248,865(7)
                                   
Ms. Guion    167,375   334,750   669,500   --   --   --   --   -- 
 3/23/073/19/07  --   --   --   --   --   39,883(6)  21.25(6)  215,021 
 3/23/073/19/07  --   --   --   --   14,076   --   --   299,115 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   437,500(5)  5.00(5)  1,183,088 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   437,500   --   --   5.00(3)  1,183,088 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   22,942(7)  1.25(7)  86,033(7)
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   35,504(7)  1.25(7)  133,140(7)
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   66,364(7)  1.25(7)  248,865(7)
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   7,976(7)  1.25(7)  29,910(7)
                                   
Ms. Lowe    137,248   274,495   548,990   --   --   --   --   -- 
 3/23/073/19/07  --   --   --   --   --   35,733(6)  21.25(6)  192,647 
 3/23/073/19/07  --   --   --   --   12,612   --   --   268,005 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   337,500(5)  5.00(5)  912,668 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   337,500   --   --   5.00(3)  912,668 
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   39,088(7)  1.25(7)  146,580(7)
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   59,466(7)  1.25(7)  222,998(7)
 7/6/07   --   --   --   --   --   7,146(7)  1.25(7)  26,798(7)
132

(1)  Our Board of Directors authorized Mr. Dreiling’s equity grants on the same day that it approved his employment and related agreements.  Because the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan does not allow us to make grants to non-employees, the Board set the grant date effective as of Mr. Dreiling’s hire date.  Our Board of Directors authorized Mr. Perdue’s equity grants, and our Compensation Committee authorized the equity grants to Messrs. Beré, Tehle and Buley and Mss. Guion and Lowe, at the meetings where other annual executive compensation matters were considered, consistent with historical practice.  Such grants, however, were conditioned upon receipt of KKR’s approval per certain provisions in the Merger Agreement.  The date of KKR’s approval was considered the grant date for those awards.
(2)  Represents each NEO’s fiscal 2007 Teamshare bonus opportunity.  Mr. Dreiling’s payout levels are prorated for 12 days of service in fiscal 2007.
(3)  Represents post-Merger grants of performance-based options under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.  Because there is no market for our common stock, the per share exercise price is the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the grant date as determined in good faith by our Board of Directors.  If we achieve specific EBITDA targets, these options are eligible to become exercisable in installments of 20% on February 1, 2008, January 30, 2009, January 29, 2010, January 28, 2011, and February 3, 2012.  If an EBITDA target for a given fiscal year is not met, these options may still vest on a “catch up” basis if, at the end of fiscal years 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, or 2012, the applicable cumulative EBITDA target is achieved.  In addition, these options are subject to certain accelerated vesting provisions as described in “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control” below.
(4)  Represents post-Merger grants of time-vested restricted stock to Mr. Dreiling under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and pre-Merger grants of time-vested RSUs to all other NEOs under the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.  The restricted shares granted to Mr. Dreiling are scheduled to vest upon the earliest to occur of:  a change in control of the company, an initial public offering of the company, Mr. Dreiling’s termination without cause or due to death or disability, Mr. Dreiling’s resignation for good reason, or February 3, 2012. The pre-Merger RSU grants vested in connection with the Merger.
(5)  Represents post-Merger grants of time-vested, non-qualified stock options under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.  Because there is no market for our common stock, the per share exercise price is the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the grant date as determined in good faith by our Board of Directors.  These options are scheduled to become exercisable ratably in installments of 20% on July 6, 2008, July 6, 2009, July 6, 2010, July 6, 2011 and July 6, 2012. In addition, these options are subject to certain accelerated vesting provisions as described in “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control” below.
(6)  Represents pre-Merger grants of time-vested, non-qualified stock options under the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan which became fully vested in connection with the Merger.  The per share exercise price equals the closing market price of our common stock on the grant date.
(7)  Represents Rollover Options which are governed by the terms of the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.  The per share exercise price equals the exercise price of the original surrendered option (which was the closing market price of our common stock on the grant date) as adjusted to reflect our capitalization immediately following the Merger.  As described in the narrative before this Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table, the NEOs paid the following consideration for the Rollover Options: Mr. Beré, $182,675; Mr. Tehle, $720,034; Mr. Buley, $754,868; Ms. Guion, $497,956; and Ms. Lowe, $396,380.  Because we will not recognize any compensation expense in connection with the Rollover Options on a going forward basis, we have not determined the grant date fair values of those options in accordance with SFAS 123R, but rather have disclosed their intrinsic values (equal to the difference between the fair market value of the common stock and the per share exercise price of the Rollover Options multiplied by the number of shares underlying such Rollover Options) which we believe would not be materially different from the SFAS 123R grant date fair value.
133

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2007 Fiscal Year-End


The table below sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs as of the end of fiscal 2007.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS


  
Option Awards
  
Stock Awards
 
Name
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
  
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
  
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options
(#)
  
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  
Option
Expiration
Date
  
Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
 Have Not
Vested
(#)
  
Market Value
of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have
Not Vested
($)(1)
 
                      
Mr. Dreiling  --   1,250,000(2)  --   5.00  7/6/2017   --   -- 
   250,000(3)  --   1,000,000(4)  5.00  7/6/2017   --   -- 
   --   --   --   --   --   890,000(5)  4,450,000 
                             
Mr. Perdue  --   --   --   --   --   --   -- 
                             
Mr. Beré  5,809(6)  --   --   1.25  8/12/2012   --   -- 
   17,590(7)  --   --   1.25  3/13/2013   --   -- 
   25,313(8)  --   --   1.25  3/23/2017   --   -- 
   --   1,125,000(2)      5.00  7/6/2017   --   -- 
   225,000(3)  --   900,000(4)  5.00  7/6/2017   --   -- 
                             
Mr. Tehle(9)
  54,426(10)  --   --   1.25  8/9/2014   --   -- 
   44,464(11)  --   --   1.25  8/24/2014   --   -- 
   83,134(12)  --   --   1.25  3/16/2016   --   -- 
   9,983(8)  --   --   1.25  3/23/2017   --   -- 
   --   550,000(2)  --   5.00  7/6/2017   --   -- 
   110,000(3)   --  440,000(4)  5.00  7/6/2017   --   -- 
                             
Mr. Buley  134,933(13)  --   --   1.25  1/24/2016   --   -- 
   66,364(12)  --   --   1.25  3/16/2016   --   -- 
   --   437,500(2)  --   5.00  7/6/2017   --   -- 
   87,500(3)  --   350,000(4)  5.00  7/6/2017   --   -- 
                             
Ms. Guion(14)
  22,942(15)  --   --   1.25  12/2/2013   --   -- 
   35,504(11)  --   --   1.25  8/24/2014   --   -- 
   66,364(12)  --   --   1.25  3/16/2016   --   -- 
   7,976(8)  --   --   1.25  3/23/2017   --   -- 
   --   437,500(2)  --   5.00  7/6/2017   --   -- 
   87,500(3)  --   350,000(4)  5.00  7/6/2017   --   -- 
                             
Ms. Lowe  39,088(16)  --   --   1.25  9/1/2015   --   -- 
   59,466(11)  --   --   1.25  3/16/2016   --   -- 
   7,146(8)  --   --   1.25  3/23/2017   --   -- 
   --   337,500(2)  --   5.00  7/6/2017   --   -- 
   67,500(3)  --   270,000(4)  5.00  7/6/2017   --   -- 
134

(1)  Based on a per share fair market value of  $5.00.  Our Board of Directors determined in good faith that the per share market value of our common stock on January 21, 2008 was $5.00.  
(2)  These options are scheduled to become exercisable ratably in installments of 20% on July 6, 2008, July 6, 2009, July 6, 2010, July 6, 2011 and July 6, 2012. In addition, these options are subject to certain accelerated vesting provisions as described in “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control” below.
(3)  These options vested as of February 1, 2008.
(4)  If we achieve specific EBITDA targets, these options are eligible to become exercisable in installments of 25% on January 30, 2009, January 29, 2010, January 28, 2011, and February 3, 2012.  If an EBITDA target for a given fiscal year is not met, these options may still vest on a “catch up” basis if, at the end of fiscal years 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, or 2012, the applicable cumulative EBITDA target is achieved.  In addition, these options are subject to certain accelerated vesting provisions as described in “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control” below.
(5)  These restricted shares are scheduled to vest upon the earliest to occur of:  a change in control of the company, an initial public offering of the company, Mr. Dreiling’s termination without cause or due to death or disability, Mr. Dreiling’s resignation for good reason, or February 3, 2012.
(6)  The options for which these Rollover Options were exchanged became exercisable on August 12, 2003.
(7)  The options for which these Rollover Options were exchanged became exercisable on March 13, 2004.
(8)  The options for which these Rollover Options were exchanged became exercisable on July 6, 2007.
(9)  As a result of the Merger on July 6, 2007, Mr. Tehle forfeited 63,000 options having an exercise price higher than the Merger Consideration.
(10)  The options for which these Rollover Options were exchanged became exercisable in installments of 25% on August 9, 2005 and 75% on February 3, 2006.
(11)  The options for which these Rollover Options were exchanged became exercisable in installments of 25% on August 24, 2005 and 75% on February 3, 2006.
(12)  The options for which these Rollover Options were exchanged became exercisable in installments of 25% on March 16, 2007 and 75% on July 6, 2007.
(13)  The options for which these Rollover Options were exchanged became exercisable in installments of 25% on January 24, 2007 and 75% on July 6, 2007.
(14)  As a result of the Merger on July 6, 2007, Ms. Guion forfeited 50,300 options having an exercise price higher than the Merger Consideration.
(15)  The options for which these Rollover Options were exchanged became exercisable in installments of 25% on December 2, 2004 and December 2, 2005 and 50% on February 3, 2006.
(16)  The options for which these Rollover Options were exchanged became exercisable in installments of 25% on September 1, 2006 and 75% on July 6, 2007.

135

Option Exercises and Stock Vested During Fiscal 2007

The table below provides information regarding the value realized by our NEOs upon the transfer for value of stock options and the vesting of stock awards during fiscal 2007.

  
Option Awards(1)
  
Stock Awards
 
Name
 
Number of Shares Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
  
Value Realized
on Exercise
($)
  
Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#)
  
Value Realized
on Vesting
($)
 
Mr. Dreiling  --   --   --   -- 
Mr. Perdue  1,313,630   9,555,223   587,516   12,888,955 
Mr. Beré  136,009   182,675   49,443   1,085,841 
Mr. Tehle  235,217   720,034   40,113   877,225 
Mr. Buley  195,683   784,780   39,692   870,668 
Ms. Guion  200,483   497,956   33,107   724,171 
Ms. Lowe  127,733   396,380   30,693   672,946 
(1)Represents the transfer for value of options held by the NEOs in connection with the Merger.  All of the value realized by Messrs. Beré and Tehle and by Mss. Guion and Lowe and $754,868 of the value realized by Mr. Buley was rolled over into Rollover Options.

Pension Benefits  
Fiscal 2007

We provided retirement benefits to Mr. Perdue under an unfunded, non-qualified defined benefit pension plan, or SERP. As a result of the Merger, which constituted a change-in-control under the terms of the SERP and the related grantor trust agreement, and Mr. Perdue’s resignation effective July 6, 2007, Mr. Perdue became 100% vested in his SERP account and the actuarial equivalent of the lump sum value of Mr. Perdue’s accrued benefit was funded to the grantor trust.  The material terms of Mr. Perdue’s SERP are discussed following the table.

 
Name
 
 
Plan Name
 
 
Number of Years
Credited Service
(#)
 
Present
Value of
Accumulated Benefit
($)
Payments During
Last Fiscal Year
($)(1)
 
Mr. Perdue
 
Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plan for
David A. Perdue
 
N/A
 
0
 
6,208,966
(1)On January 7, 2008, distribution was made to Mr. Perdue of the entire benefit obligation under the terms of his SERP consisting of $6,028,122 of vested benefit and $180,844 in interest.  The distribution to Mr. Perdue was made six months following his termination date to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).

Mr. Perdue’s SERP provided for an annual normal retirement benefit equal to 25% of “final average compensation” upon retirement on or after his “normal retirement date”, payable as a joint and 50% spouse annuity assuming his spouse to be the same age as Mr. Perdue. Mr. Perdue could elect to receive his benefit as a lump sum or any annuity form actuarially equivalent to the normal retirement benefit.  The SERP also provided for an early retirement benefit which would reduce his benefit by 5% for each year or portion thereof that Mr. Perdue retired prior to age 60.

136

 For the purpose of calculating Mr. Perdue’s accumulated benefit, “normal retirement date” is the first of the month coincident with or next following the later of the date Mr. Perdue attains age 60 or is credited with 15 years of credited service.  Since Mr. Perdue was not age 60 on the date of his resignation, his benefit under the SERP was treated as an early retirement and his benefit was reduced accordingly.

Mr. Perdue’s benefit was based on a total of 14 out of a possible 15 years of credited service under the SERP plan.  This included 8 years of credited service based on his actual service under the plan in which he received 2 years of credited service upon each anniversary of his date of hire and an additional 6 years of credited service since his resignation was for good reason within 2 years of a change-in-control.

“Final average compensation” is calculated as Mr. Perdue’s base salary plus his “applicable annual bonus” for the highest 3 consecutive fiscal years of credited service.  “Applicable annual bonus” is the greater of the actual bonus paid for the immediately preceding fiscal year or the target annual bonus for the current fiscal year.  Mr. Perdue’s base salary and “applicable annual bonus” were assumed to have been paid during the additional years of credited service for the purpose of calculating his “final average compensation”.  For the purpose of his benefit calculation, Mr. Perdue’s final average compensation was $2,266,000.

We had established a grantor trust that provided for assets to fund Mr. Perdue’s SERP to be placed in the trust upon a change-in-control (as defined in the grantor trust) of Dollar General. The trust’s assets were subject to the claims of our creditors. The trust also provided for a distribution to Mr. Perdue to pay certain taxes in the event he was taxed in connection with the funding of the trust and to apply interest at the rate of 6% per annum in the event payment was delayed due to Section 409A of the Code. As a result of the Merger, and since the payment was determined to be subject to Section 409A delay, a deposit of $6,208,966 was made to the trust representing the lump sum and interest value of Mr. Perdue’s benefit. This amount was paid to Mr. Perdue on January 7, 2008.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
Fiscal 2007

We offer a CDP/SERP Plan to certain key employees, including the NEOs. Mr. Perdue was not eligible to participate in the SERP portion of the CDP/SERP Plan due to his participation in his individualized SERP discussed under “Pension Benefits” above. Information regarding the NEOs’ participation in the CDP/SERP Plan is included in the following table. The material terms of the CDP/SERP Plan are described after the table.  Please also see “Benefits and Perquisites” in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” above.

137

Name
Executive
Contributions in
Last FY
($)(1)
Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($)(2)
Aggregate
Earnings in
Last FY
($)(3)
Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
Aggregate
Balance at
Last FYE
($)
      
Mr. Dreiling----------
Mr. Perdue24,42017,75313,568--
397,753(4)
Mr. Beré35,87686,555         (185)--128,081
Mr. Tehle40,62177,0216,932--
332,588(5)
Mr. Buley39,30753,016   (646)--
193,336(6)
Ms. Guion33,75164,8468,550--
296,607(7)
Ms. Lowe21,01351,1493,310--
176,064(8)
(1)Reported as "Salary" in the Summary Compensation Table.

(2)Reported as "All Other Compensation" in the Summary Compensation Table.

(3)The amounts shown in this column are not reported in the Summary Compensation Table because they do not represent above-market or preferential earnings.

(4)Includes the following amounts reported in the Summary Compensation Table in the proxy statements for the fiscal years indicated: $92,337 in 2006; $94,670 in 2005; and $84,253 in 2004.

(5)Includes the following amounts reported in the Summary Compensation Table in the proxy statements for the fiscal years indicated: $102,104 in 2006; $84,387 in 2005; and $3,333 in 2004.

(6)Includes the following amounts reported in the Summary Compensation Table in the proxy statements for the fiscal years indicated: $89,392 in 2006; and $4,792 in 2005.

(7)Includes the following amounts reported in the Summary Compensation Table in the proxy statements for the fiscal years indicated: $61,503 in 2006; $43,168 in 2005; and $57,689 in 2004.

(8)Includes $91,496 reported in the Summary Compensation Table in the proxy statement for fiscal 2006.
Pursuant to the CDP, NEOs may annually elect to defer up to 65% of base salary and up to 100% of bonus pay. We currently match base pay deferrals at a rate of 100%, up to 5% of annual salary, with annual salary offset by the amount of match-eligible salary under the 401(k) plan. All NEOs are 100% vested in all compensation and matching deferrals and earnings on those deferrals.
Pursuant to the SERP, we make an annual contribution equal to a certain percentage of a participant's annual salary and bonus to all participants who are actively employed in an eligible job grade on January 1 and continue to be employed as of December 31 of a given year. The contribution percentage is based on age, years of service and job grade. The 2007 contribution percentage for each eligible NEO was 7.5% for Mr. Beré, Mr. Tehle, Ms. Guion and Ms. Lowe and 4.5% for Mr. Buley.

138

As a result of the Merger, which constituted a change-in-control under the CDP/SERP Plan, all previously unvested SERP amounts vested on July 6, 2007. For newly eligible SERP participants after July 6, 2007, SERP amounts vest at the earlier of the participant's attainment of age 50 or the participant's being credited with 10 or more "years of service", or upon termination of employment due to death or "total and permanent disability" or upon a “change-in-control”, all as defined in the CDP/SERP Plan.

The amounts deferred or contributed to the CDP/SERP Plan are credited to a liability account, which is then invested at the participant's option in either an account that mirrors the performance of a fund or funds selected by the Compensation Committee or its delegate (the "Mutual Fund Options") or, prior to the Merger, in an account that mirrors the performance of our common stock (the "Common Stock Option").

A participant who ceases employment with at least 10 years of service or after reaching age 50 and whose CDP account balance or SERP account balance exceeds $25,000 may elect for that account balance to be paid in cash by

(a) lump sum, (b) monthly installments over a 5, 10 or 15-year period or (c) a combination of lump sum and installments.  Otherwise, payment is made in a lump sum.  The vested amount will be payable at the time designated by the Plan upon the participant's termination of employment. A participant's CDP/SERP benefit normally is payable in the following February if employment ceases during the first 6 months of a calendar year or is payable in the following August if employment ceases during the last 6 months of a calendar year. However, participants may elect to receive an in-service lump sum distribution of vested amounts credited to the CDP account, provided that the date of distribution is no sooner than 5 years after the end of the year in which the amounts were deferred. In addition, a participant who is actively employed may request an "unforeseeable emergency hardship" in-service lump sum distribution of vested amounts credited to the participant’s CDP account.  Account balances deemed to be invested in the Mutual Fund Options are payable in cash and, prior to the Merger, account balances deemed to be invested in the Common Stock Option were payable in shares of Dollar General common stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares.

As a result of the Merger, the CDP/SERP Plan liabilities were fully funded into an irrevocable rabbi trust. All account balances deemed to be invested in the Common Stock Option were liquidated at a value of $22.00 per share and the proceeds were transferred to an existing investment option within the Plan.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

The tables below reflect potential payments to each of our NEOs in various termination and change-in-control scenarios based on compensation, benefit, and equity levels in effect on February 1, 2008. The amounts shown assume that the termination or change-in-control event was effective as of February 1, 2008. For stock valuations, we have assumed that the price per share is the fair market value of our stock on February 1, 2008 ($5.00). The amounts shown are merely estimates. We cannot determine the actual amounts to be paid until the time of a change-in-control or the NEO's termination of employment.

139

Since Mr. Perdue resigned effective July 6, 2007, he did not have a right to any payments as of February 1, 2008.  We agreed to treat this resignation as one for "good reason" after a change-in control as defined in his employment agreement. Therefore, the table below presents Mr. Perdue’s actual payments in connection with his resignation.  The other forms of termination do not apply and are marked as “N/A”, or not applicable.

Payments Regardless of Manner of Termination

Regardless of the termination scenario, the NEOs (other than Mr. Perdue) will receive earned but unpaid base salary through the employment termination date, along with any other benefits owed under any of our plans or agreements covering the NEO as governed by the terms of those plans or agreements. These benefits include vested amounts in the CDP/SERP Plan discussed above after the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table.

Upon Mr. Perdue's resignation on July 6, 2007, he received payment equal to his earned but unpaid base salary through his employment termination date, any accrued expenses and vacation pay. This payment was made in accordance with our normal payroll cycle and procedures. He also received timely payment or provision for any other accrued amounts or benefits required to be paid for which he was eligible under any of our plans, practices or agreements. These benefits include amounts payable pursuant to his SERP described above after the Pension Benefits Table and his CDP benefit discussed above in detail after the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table.

The tables below exclude any amounts payable to the NEO to the extent that they are available generally to all salaried employees and do not discriminate in favor of our executive officers.

Payments Upon Termination Due to Retirement

Mr. Perdue’s resignation on July 6, 2007 was treated under the terms of his SERP as a change-in-control termination and an early retirement.  Mr. Perdue's SERP benefit and the enhancement of that benefit as a result of his retirement are discussed above after the Pension Benefits Table.

Except for Mr. Perdue, retirement is not treated differently from any other voluntary termination under any of our plans or agreements for NEOs, except that all Rollover Options will remain exercisable for a period of 3 years following the NEO’s retirement unless the options expire earlier.  To be entitled to the extended exercise period for the Rollover Options, the retirement must occur on or after the NEO reaches the age of 65 or, with our express consent, prior to age 65 in accordance with any applicable early retirement policy then in effect or as may be approved by our Compensation Committee.

140

Payments Upon Termination Due to Death or Disability

In the event of death or disability, with respect to each NEO:

·  The 20% portion of the time-based options that would have become exercisable on the next anniversary date of the Merger if the NEO had remained employed with us through that date will become vested and exercisable.
·  The 20% portion of the performance-based options that would have become exercisable in respect of the fiscal year in which the NEO’s employment terminates if the NEO had remained employed with us through that date, will remain outstanding through the date we determine whether the applicable performance targets are met for that fiscal year.  If the performance targets are met for that fiscal year, that 20% portion of the performance-based options will become exercisable on such performance-vesting determination date. Otherwise, that 20% portion will be forfeited.
·  All unvested options will be forfeited, and vested options generally may be exercised (by the employee’s survivor in the case of death) for a period of 1 year (3 years in the case of Rollover Options) from the service termination date unless we purchase such vested options in total at the fair market value less the exercise price.

In the event of Mr. Dreiling’s death or disability, his restricted stock will vest and, in the event of disability, he will receive a prorated bonus payment based on our performance for the fiscal year, paid at the time bonuses are normally paid for that fiscal year.

In the event of death, the NEO's beneficiary will receive payments under our group life insurance program in an amount, up to a maximum of $3 million, equal to 2.5 times the NEO's annual base salary. We have excluded from the tables below amounts that the NEO would receive under our disability insurance program since the same benefit level is provided to all of our salaried employees. The NEO's CDP/SERP Plan benefit also becomes fully vested and is payable in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the NEO's death occurs.

In the event of disability, the NEO’s CDP/SERP Plan benefit becomes fully vested and is payable in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which we receive notification of the determination of the NEO's disability by the Social Security Administration.

For purposes of the NEOs' employment agreements, "disability" means the that employee must be disabled for purposes of our long-term disability insurance plan. For purposes of the CDP/SERP Plan, “disability” means total and permanent disability for purposes of entitlement to Social Security disability benefits.

Payments Upon Voluntary Termination

The payments to be made to an NEO upon voluntary termination vary depending upon whether the NEO resigns with or without "good reason" or after our failure to offer to renew, extend or replace the NEO's employment agreement under certain circumstances. For purposes of each NEO, "good reason" generally means (as more fully described in the applicable employment agreement):

141

·  a reduction in base salary or target bonus level;
·  our material breach of the employment agreement;
·  
the failure of any successor to all or substantially all of our business and/or assets to assume and agree to perform the employment agreement;
·  our failure to continue any significant compensation plan or benefit without replacing it with a similar plan or a compensation equivalent (except for across-the-board changes or terminations similarly affecting at least 95% of all of our executives);
·  relocation of our principal executive offices outside of the middle-Tennessee area or basing the officer anywhere other than our principal executive offices; or
·  assignment of duties inconsistent, or the significant reduction of the title, powers and functions associated, with the NEO's position unless it results from our restructuring or realignment of duties and responsibilities for business reasons that leaves the NEO at the same compensation and officer level and with similar responsibility levels or results from the NEO's failure to meet performance criteria, all without the NEO's written consent.

No event will constitute "good reason" if we cure the claimed event within 30 days after receiving notice from the NEO.

Voluntary Termination with Good Reason or After Failure to Renew the Employment Agreement.    If the NEO (1) resigns with good reason, or (2) in the case of NEOs other than Mr. Dreiling, within 60 days of our failure to offer to renew, extend or replace the NEO's employment agreement before, at or within 60 days after the end of the agreement's term (unless we enter into a mutually acceptable severance arrangement or the resignation is a result of the NEO's voluntary retirement or termination), or (3) in the case of Mr. Dreiling, in the event we elect not to extend the term of his employment by providing 60 days prior written notice before the applicable extension date:

·  With respect to each NEO, all unvested option grants will be forfeited.  Unless we purchase the vested options in total at a per share price equal to the fair market value less the exercise price or they expire earlier, the NEO generally may exercise vested options for a period of 180 days (90 days in the case of Rollover Options) from the termination date. This extended exercisability period and purchase provision for options that are not Rollover Options applies only if the NEO resigns with good reason or is terminated without cause (as discussed below); otherwise, the NEO will forfeit those options.
·  Mr. Dreiling’s restricted stock will vest if he resigns with good reason or is terminated without cause (as discussed below) or upon a change-in-control (as discussed below); otherwise, he will forfeit the restricted stock.
142

·  The NEO will receive, subject to any 6-month delay in payment required for tax law compliance, the following upon the execution of a release of certain claims against us and our affiliates in the form attached to the NEO’s employment agreement:
√  Continuation of base salary for 24 months payable in accordance with our normal payroll cycle and procedures.
√  A lump sum payment equal to 2 times the NEO's target incentive bonus (in the case of Mr. Dreiling, target incentive bonus payable over 24 months) and 2 times our annual contribution for the NEO's participation in our medical, dental and vision benefits program (in the case of Mr. Dreiling, the medical, dental and vision benefit instead will be in the form of a continuation of these benefits).
√  Mr. Dreiling will receive a prorated bonus payment based on our performance for the fiscal year, paid at the time bonuses are normally paid for that fiscal year.
√  If Mr. Beré’s termination occurred prior to the payment of our fiscal 2007 bonus, he would receive a lump sum payment of his fiscal 2007 bonus, determined as if he had remained employed through the date necessary to receive the payment of the fiscal 2007 bonus.
√  Outplacement services, at our expense, for 1 year or, if earlier, until other employment is secured.

Subject to any applicable prohibition on acceleration of payment under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, we may, at any time and in our sole discretion, elect to make a lump-sum payment of all these amounts (other than Mr. Dreiling’s medical, dental and vision benefit continuation), or all remaining amounts, due as a result of this type of termination.

The NEO will forfeit any unpaid severance amounts upon a material breach of any continuing obligation under the employment agreement or the release, which include:

·  The NEO must maintain the confidentiality of, and refrain from disclosing or using, our (a) trade secrets for any period of time as the information remains a trade secret under applicable law and (b) confidential information for a period of 2 years following the employment termination date.
·  For 2 years after the employment termination date, the NEO may not accept or work in a “competitive position” within any state in which we maintain stores at the time of his termination date or any state in which we have specific plans to open stores within 6 months of that date.  For this purpose, “competitive position” means any employment, consulting, advisory, directorship, agency, promotional or independent contractor arrangement between the NEO and any person engaged wholly or in material part in the business in which we are engaged, including but not limited to Wal-Mart, K-Mart, Walgreen’s, Family Dollar Stores, Fred’s, the 99 Cents Stores and Dollar Tree Stores (and, with respect to Mr. Dreiling, Costco, BJ’s Wholesale Club, Casey’s General Stores, and The Pantry, Inc.), or any person then planning to enter
143

the deep discount consumable basics retail business, if the NEO is required to perform services for that person which are substantially similar to those he or she provided or directed at any time while employed by us.
·  For 2 years after the employment termination date, the NEO may not actively recruit or induce any of our exempt employees to cease employment with us.
·  
For 2 years after the employment termination date, the NEO may not solicit or communicate with any person who has a business relationship with us and with whom the NEO had contact while employed by us, if that contact would likely interfere with our business relationships or result in an unfair competitive advantage over us.
·  The NEO may not engage in any communications to persons outside Dollar General which disparages Dollar General or interferes with our existing or prospective business relationships.

Voluntary Termination without Good Reason.    If the NEO resigns without good reason, he or she will forfeit all unvested equity grants and all vested options granted in connection with the Merger.  Rollover Options generally may be exercised for 3 months from the termination date unless they expire earlier or unless we repurchase them at a per share price equal to the lesser of (x) fair market value minus the exercise price and (y) the sum of base price and applicable percentage minus the exercise price.

Payments Upon Involuntary Termination

The payments to be made to an NEO upon involuntary termination vary depending upon whether termination is for or without "cause". For purposes of each NEO, "cause" generally means (as more fully described in the applicable employment agreement):

·  Attendance at work in a state of intoxication or in possession of any prohibited drug or substance which would amount to a criminal offense;
·  Assault or other act of violence;
·  Any act involving fraud or dishonesty;
·  Any material breach of any SEC or other law or regulation or any Dollar General policy governing securities trading or inappropriate disclosure or "tipping";
·  Any activity or public statement, other than as required by law, that prejudices Dollar General or reduces our good name and standing or would bring Dollar General into public contempt or ridicule; or
·  
Conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, any felony whatsoever or any misdemeanor that would preclude employment under our hiring policy

144

For purposes of determining treatment of an NEO’s Rollover Options, “cause” means, to the extent that our Compensation Committee determines that it is directly and materially harmful to our business or reputation:

·  A felony conviction or the failure to contest prosecution of a felony; or
·  Willful misconduct or dishonesty.

Involuntary Termination for Cause.    If the NEO is involuntarily terminated for cause, he or she will forfeit all unvested equity grants, as well as all vested but unexercised options. However, we may repurchase all Rollover Options at a per share price equal to the lesser of (x) base price over the exercise price and (y) fair market value over the exercise price.

Involuntary Termination without Cause.    If the NEO is involuntarily terminated without cause, the NEO's equity grants will be treated as described under "Voluntary Termination with Good Reason or After Failure to Renew the Employment Agreement" above. In addition, each NEO will receive the applicable payments and benefits listed under "Voluntary Termination with Good Reason or After Failure to Renew the Employment Agreement" above.

Payments After a Change-in-Control

Upon a change-in-control, regardless of whether the NEO’s employment terminates:

·  All unvested time-based options will become fully vested and exercisable, and all unvested performance-based options will become fully vested and exercisable subject to KKR’s achievement of certain return-based performance targets.
·  All CDP/SERP Plan benefits will become fully vested.

If the NEO, other than Messrs. Perdue, Dreiling or Beré, is involuntarily terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 2 years of a change-in-control, he or she will receive, upon execution of a release of certain claims against us and our affiliates in the form attached to the NEO's employment agreement, a lump sum payment equal to 2 times the NEO's annual base salary plus 2 times the NEO's target incentive bonus, each as in effect immediately prior to the change-in-control, plus 2 times our annual contribution for the NEO's participation in our medical, dental and vision benefits program. The NEO also will receive outplacement services, at our expense, for 1 year or, if earlier, until other employment is secured.

For Messrs. Dreiling and Beré, an involuntary termination following a change-in-control event will be treated in the same manner as a “Voluntary Termination with Good Reason or After Failure to Renew the Employment Agreement” as described above.

If any payments or benefits in connection with a change-in-control would be subject to the excise tax under federal income tax rules, we will pay an additional amount to the NEO to cover the excise tax and any resulting taxes. However, if after receiving this payment the NEO's
145

after-tax benefit is not at least $25,000 more than it would be without this payment, then it will not be made and the severance and other benefits due will be reduced so that an excise tax is not incurred.

For purposes of the CDP/SERP Plan and the employment agreements of Mr. Tehle, Mr. Buley, Ms. Guion and Ms. Lowe, a change-in-control generally is deemed to occur (as more fully described in those documents):

·  if any person (other than Dollar General or any of our employee benefit plans) acquires 35% or more of our voting securities (other than as a result of our issuance of securities in the ordinary course of business);
·  for purposes of our CDP/SERP Plan, if a majority of our Board members at the beginning of any consecutive 2-year period are replaced within that period without the approval of at least 2/3 of our Board members who served as directors at the beginning of the period;
·  for purposes of the specified employment agreements, if a majority of our Board members as of the effective date of the applicable NEO’s employment agreement are replaced without the approval of at least 75% of our Board members who served as directors on that effective date or are replaced, even with this 75% approval, by persons who initially assumed office as a result of an actual or threatened election contest or other actual or threatened proxy solicitation other than by our Board; or
·  upon the consummation of a merger, other business combination or sale of assets of, or cash tender or exchange offer or contested election with respect to, Dollar General if less than 65% (less than a majority, for purposes of our CDP/SERP Plan) of our voting securities are held after the transaction in the aggregate by holders of our securities immediately prior to the transaction.

For purposes of the treatment of equity discussed above, a change-in-control generally means (as more fully described in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement between us and the NEOs), in one or a series of related transactions:

·  the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Buck Holdings, L.P. or us  and our subsidiaries to any person (or group of persons acting in concert), other than to (x) investment funds affiliated with KKR or its affiliates or (y) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by us, KKR or our respective affiliates or other person of which a majority of its voting power or other equity securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by us, KKR or our respective affiliates; or
·  a merger, recapitalization or other sale by us, KKR (indirectly) or any of our respective affiliates, to a person (or group of persons acting in concert) of our common stock or our other voting securities that results in more than 50% of our common stock or our other voting securities (or any resulting company after a merger) being held, directly or indirectly, by a person (or group of persons acting in
146

concert) that is not controlled by (x) KKR or its affiliates or (y) an employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained us, KKR or our respective affiliates or other person of which a majority of its voting power or other equity securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by us, KKR or our respective affiliates; in any event, which results in us, KKR and its affiliates or such employee benefit plan ceasing to hold the ability to elect (or cause to be elected) a majority of the members of our board of directors.

Because Mr. Perdue’s resignation occurred within 2 years of the Merger (which constituted a change-in-control under his employment agreement and the plan under which his equity awards were granted), he received the following benefits under his employment agreement and other plans in which he participated:

·  A lump sum payment equal to 3 times the sum of his annual base salary in effect on his employment termination date and his target annual incentive bonus for fiscal 2007 and reimbursement of excise taxes related to this payment.
·  A lump sum payment equal to 36 months of the cost of COBRA benefits which was grossed-up to the extent taxable to him.
·  A lump sum payment for unused vacation in fiscal 2007.
·  We credited Mr. Perdue with 6 additional years of credited service under his SERP.  In determining his base salary and bonus for these additional years for purposes of calculating his final average compensation, we used his base salary on his termination date and his target annual bonus for fiscal 2007.  We also credited interest to his SERP benefit for the period of time payment was delayed to him due to Section 409A of the Code.  We reimbursed Mr. Perdue for excise taxes related to the SERP payments.
·  All unvested equity grants automatically vested without regard to Mr. Perdue’s employment termination, and all CDP/SERP Plan benefits became fully vested.

Mr. Perdue is subject to the following business protection provisions:

·  He must maintain the confidentiality of our (a) trade secrets as long as the information remains a trade secret and (b) confidential information for 2 years after his service termination date.
·  For 2 years after his service termination date, Mr. Perdue may not actively recruit or induce certain of our employees to cease employment with us or engage that person's services in any business substantially similar to or competitive with that in which we were engaged during Mr. Perdue's employment.
·  For 2 years after his service termination date, Mr. Perdue may not accept or work in a "competitive position" within any state in which we maintain stores at the time of his
147

termination date or any state in which we have specific plans to open stores within 6 months of that date. For this purpose, "competitive position" means any employment, consulting, advisory, directorship, agency, promotional or independent contractor arrangement between Mr. Perdue and any person engaged wholly or in material part in the business in which we are engaged, including but not limited to Wal-Mart, Target, K-Mart, Walgreen's, Rite-Aid, CVS, Family Dollar Stores, Fred's, the 99 Cents Stores and Dollar Tree Stores, or any person then planning to enter the deep discount consumable basics retail business, if Mr. Perdue is required to perform services for that person which are substantially similar to those he provided or directed at any time while employed by us.
·  
Mr. Perdue may not engage in any communications which disparage Dollar General or interfere with our existing or prospective business relationships.

148

Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers Upon Occurrence of Various Termination Events
As of February 1, 2008

Name
Voluntary Without
Good
Reason
Involuntary
Without Cause
or Voluntary
With Good
Reason
Involuntary
With Cause
Death
Disability
Retirement
Change-in-Control(1)
        
Richard W. Dreiling       
Vested Options Prior To Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
Vesting of Options Due to the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
Vesting of Restricted Stock & RSUs Due to the Event$0$4,450,000$0$4,450,000$4,450,000$0$4,450,000
SERP Benefits Prior to the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
SERP Benefits Due to the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
Deferred Comp Plan Balance Prior to and After the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
Cash Severance$0$4,041,760$0$0$41,760$0$4,041,760
Health & Welfare Continuation Payment$0$10,305$0$0$0$0$10,305
Health & Welfare Continuation Gross-Up Payment To IRS$0$15,000$0$0$0$0$15,000
Section 280(G) Excise Tax & Gross-Up Payment to IRSN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/A$0
Life Insurance ProceedsN/AN/AN/A$2,500,000N/AN/AN/A
Total$0$8,517,065$0$6,950,000$4,541,760$0$8,567,065
        
David A. Perdue      As of July 6, 2007
Vested Options Prior To EventN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/A$9,320,000
Vesting of Options Due to the EventN/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A$235,223
Vesting of Restricted Stock & RSUs Due to the EventN/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A$11,669,109
SERP Benefits Prior to the Event N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A$0
SERP Benefits Due to the Event N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A$6,208,966
Deferred Comp Plan Balance Prior to and After the Event N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A$415,519
Cash Severance N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A$6,798,000
Health & Welfare Continuation Payment N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A$24,892
Health & Welfare Continuation Gross-Up Payment To IRS N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A$14,277
Section 280(G) Excise Tax & Gross-Up Payment to IRS N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A$5,279,760
Life Insurance Proceeds N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/AN/A
Total N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A$39,965,747
149

Name
Voluntary Without
Good
Reason
Involuntary
Without Cause
or Voluntary
With Good
Reason
Involuntary
With Cause
Death
Disability
Retirement
Change-in-Control(1)
David L. Beré       
Vested Options Prior To Event$182,671$182,671$182,671$182,671$182,671$182,671$182,671
Vesting of Options Due to the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
Vesting of Restricted Stock & RSUs Due to the EventN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/A
SERP Benefits Prior to the Event$54,280$54,280$54,280$54,280$54,280$54,280$54,280
SERP Benefits Due to the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
Deferred Comp Plan Balance Prior to and After the Event$73,801$73,801$73,801$73,801$73,801$73,801$73,801
Cash Severance$0$2,451,400$0$0$0$0$2,451,400
Health & Welfare Continuation Payment$0$16,518$0$0$0$0$16,518
Outplacement$0$15,000$0$0$0$0$15,000
Section 280(G) Excise Tax & Gross-Up Due to the EventN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/A$0
Life Insurance ProceedsN/AN/AN/A$1,802,500N/AN/AN/A
Total$310,752$2,793,670$310,752$2,113,252$310,752$310,752$2,793,670
        
David M. Tehle       
Vested Options Prior To Event$720,027$720,027$720,027$720,027$720,027$720,027$720,027
Vesting of Options Due to the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
Vesting of Restricted Stock & RSUs Due to the EventN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/A
SERP Benefits Prior to the Event$159,579$159,579$159,579$159,579$159,579$159,579$159,579
SERP Benefits Due to the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
Deferred Comp Plan Balance Prior to and After the Event$173,009$173,009$173,009$173,009$173,009$173,009$173,009
Cash Severance$0$1,971,420$0$0$0$0$1,971,420
Health & Welfare Continuation Payment$0$16,518$0$0$0$0$16,518
Outplacement$0$15,000$0$0$0$0$15,000
Section 280(G) Excise Tax & Gross-Up Due to the Event
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
$0
Life Insurance Proceeds
N/A
N/A
N/A
$1,492,500
N/A
N/A
N/A
Total$1,052,615$3,055,553$1,052,615$2,545,115$1,052,615$1,052,615$3,055,533
150

Name
Voluntary Without
Good
Reason
Involuntary
Without Cause
or Voluntary
With Good
Reason
Involuntary
With Cause
Death
Disability
Retirement
Change-in-Control(1)
        
Beryl J. Buley       
Vested Options Prior To Event$754,864$754,864$754,864$754,864$754,864$754,864$754,864
Vesting of Options Due to the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
Vesting of Restricted Stock & RSUs Due to the EventN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/A
SERP Benefits Prior to the Event$71,024$71,024$71,024$71,024$71,024$71,024$71,024
SERP Benefits Due to the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$34,285
Deferred Comp Plan Balance Prior to and After the Event$122,312$122,312$122,312$122,312$122,312$122,312$122,312
Cash Severance$0$1,954,425$0$0$0$0$1,954,425
Health & Welfare Continuation Payment$0$16,518$0$0$0$0$16,518
Outplacement$0$15,000$0$0$0$0$15,000
Section 280(G) Excise Tax & Gross-Up Due to the Event
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
$0
Life Insurance Proceeds
N/A
N/A
N/A
$1,480,625
N/A
N/A
N/A
Total$948,200$2,934,143$948,200$2,428,825$948,200$948,200$2,968,428
        
Kathleen R. Guion       
Vested Options Prior To Event$497,948$497,948$497,948$497,948$497,948$497,948$497,948
Vesting of Options Due to the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
Vesting of Restricted Stock & RSUs Due to the EventN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/A
SERP Benefits Prior to the Event$132,742$132,742$132,742$132,742$132,742$132,742$132,742
SERP Benefits Due to the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
Deferred Comp Plan Balance Prior to and After the Event$163,865$163,865$163,865$163,865$163,865$163,865$163,865
Cash Severance$0$1,699,500$0$0$0$0$1,699,500
Health & Welfare Continuation Payment$0$10,305$0$0$0$0$10,305
Outplacement$0$15,000$0$0$0$0$15,000
Section 280(G) Excise Tax & Gross-Up Due to the Event
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
$0
Life Insurance Proceeds
N/A
N/A
N/A
$1,287,500
N/A
N/A
N/A
Total$794,555$2,776,276$794,555$2,338,971$794,555$794,555$2,776,276
151

Name
Voluntary Without
Good
Reason
Involuntary
Without Cause
or Voluntary
With Good
Reason
Involuntary
With Cause
Death
Disability
Retirement
Change-in-Control(1)
        
Challis M. Lowe       
Vested Options Prior To Event$396,376$396,376$396,376$396,376$396,376$396,376$396,376
Vesting of Options Due to the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
Vesting of Restricted Stock & RSUs Due to the EventN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/A
SERP Benefits Prior to the Event$82,663$82,663$82,663$82,663$82,663$82,663$82,663
SERP Benefits Due to the Event$0$0$0$0$0$0$0
Deferred Comp Plan Balance Prior to and After the Event$93,401$93,401$93,401$93,401$93,401$93,401$93,401
Cash Severance$0$1,393,590$0$0$0$0$1,393,590
Health & Welfare Continuation Payment$0$10,305$0$0$0$0$10,305
Outplacement$0$15,000$0$0$0$0$15,000
Section 280(G) Excise Tax & Gross-Up Due to the Event
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
$0
Life Insurance Proceeds
N/A
N/A
N/A
$1,055,750
N/A
N/A
N/A
Total$572,440$1,991,335$572,440$1,628,190$572,440$572,440$1,991,335
(1)All payments in this column require termination to be paid except options (prior to and due to the event) and restricted stock and RSUs.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Each of Dennis Bottorff, Reginald Dickson and Gordon Gee was a member of our Compensation Committee during fiscal 2007 prior to the Merger. We did not have a Compensation Committee or another Board committee that performed equivalent functions for the remaining portion of fiscal 2007. None of these persons was at any time during fiscal 2007 an officer or employee of Dollar General or any of our subsidiaries, or an officer of Dollar General or any of our subsidiaries at any time prior to fiscal 2007.  None of these persons had any relationship with Dollar General or any of our subsidiaries requiring disclosure under any paragraph of Item 404 of Regulation S-K during the period that these persons served on the Committee. As a Board member, David L. Beré was entitled to participate in Board deliberations regarding executive compensation (other than his own) that occurred during the portion of fiscal 2007 after the Merger.  None of our executive officers served as a member of a compensation committee or as a director of any entity of which any of our directors served as an executive officer during fiscal 2007.

(b)           Director Compensation. The following tables and text discuss the compensation of persons who served as a member of our Board of Directors during all or part of fiscal 2007 other than Richard W. Dreiling, David L. Beré, and David A. Perdue, each of whose compensation is discussed under “Executive Compensation” above and who was not separately compensated for Board service.
152

Fiscal 2007 Director Compensation

Name(1)
Fees
Earned
or
Paid in
Cash
($)(2)
Stock Awards
($)(3)(4)(5)
Option
Awards
($)(5)(6)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation
($)
Change in
Pension Value
and Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
All Other
Compensation
($)(7)
Total
($)
Raj Agrawal23,333----     -23,333
Michael M. Calbert23,333----     -23,333
Adrian Jones23,333----     -23,333
Dean B. Nelson23,333----     -23,333
Sumit Rajpal-----     --
Dennis C. Bottorff38,625124,353---     -162,978
Barbara L. Bowles33,625124,353---     -157,978
Reginald D. Dickson22,500124,353---     -146,853
E. Gordon Gee23,750124,353---     -148,103
Barbara M. Knuckles22,500124,353---     -146,853
J. Neal Purcell26,750124,353---     -151,103
James D. Robbins35,500124,353---     -159,853
Richard E. Thornburgh23,125129,628---     -152,753
David M. Wilds36,250124,353---     -160,603
(1)  Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on July 6, 2007 each of Messrs. Agrawal, Calbert, Jones and Rajpal joined our Board and each of Messrs. Bottorff, Dickson, Gee, Purcell, Robbins, Thornburgh and Wilds and Mss. Bowles and Knuckles ceased to serve on our Board.  Mr. Rajpal resigned from our Board effective September 19, 2007 and received no compensation for his Board service. Mr. Nelson was appointed to our Board on July 20, 2007.
(2)  Each of Messrs. Purcell and Thornburgh deferred payments of all his fiscal 2007 director fees pursuant to the terms of our Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.
(3)  These amounts represent restricted stock units (“RSUs”) granted during fiscal 2007 and prior fiscal years under the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. The amounts equal the compensation cost recognized during fiscal 2007 for financial statement purposes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 123R (“SFAS 123R”), except forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions were disregarded. Additional information related to the calculation of the compensation cost is set forth in Note 9 of the annual consolidated financial statements included in this report. As a result of the Merger, all outstanding RSU awards vested and, therefore, all compensation expense associated with such awards was recognized in fiscal 2007 in accordance with SFAS 123(R).
153

(4)  Each person who served as a non-employee director on June 5, 2007 received 4,600 RSUs during fiscal 2007 under the automatic grant provisions of the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. The grant date fair value computed in accordance with SFAS 123R for those RSUs was $99,360.
(5)  No director listed in this table had stock awards or option awards outstanding at February 1, 2008.  As a result of the Merger, each director who held RSUs received $22.00 in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes, and each director listed in this table who held options received an amount in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes, equal to $22.00 less the exercise price of each in-the-money option.  No director forfeited any RSUs or options during fiscal 2007.
(6)  No compensation expense was recorded in fiscal 2007 for options held by directors because no options were granted to these directors during fiscal 2007 and all options awarded in prior years had previously vested.
(7)  Perquisites and personal benefits, if any, totaled less than $10,000 per director.

Narrative to Fiscal 2007 Director Compensation Table

The following discussion of fiscal 2007 director compensation encompasses compensation of the director group who served before the Merger, as well as the director group who served after the Merger.  Each group can be identified by reference to the 1st footnote to the Director Compensation Table above.

Prior to the Merger, we used a combination of cash and stock-based incentive compensation to attract and retain qualified Board candidates. Subsequent to the Merger, our compensation structure includes only cash. For both periods, we did not compensate for Board service any director who was also a Dollar General employee.

Cash Compensation.    Prior to the Merger, we paid non-employee directors two quarterly installments of the annual cash retainer and the per meeting attendance fees set forth below. We also paid two quarterly installments of the following additional annual retainers to each committee chairman and to the Presiding Director.

Annual
Cash
Retainer
Other Annual Retainers
In-Person Meeting Attendance Fees
Telephonic
Meeting
Attendance
Fee
Audit
Committee
Chairman
Other
Committee
Chairman
Presiding
Director
Board
Meeting
Audit
Committee
Meeting
Other
Committee
Meeting
        
$35,000$20,000$10,000$15,000$1,250$1,500$1,250$625

To assist in understanding the fees actually earned by each non-employee director prior to the Merger, the following chart shows information regarding committee service and meeting attendance of each pre-Merger director.

154

Name
#  of
Committees
Chaired
Presiding
Director
In-Person Meetings Attended
Telephonic Meetings
Attended
(Board/Committee)
Board
Audit
Committee
Other
Committee
Meeting
Mr. Bottorff2 3223
Ms. Bowles1 3215
Mr. Dickson- 2-12
Mr. Gee- 2-22
Ms. Knuckles- 3-1-
Mr. Purcell- 32-4
Mr. Robbins1 (Audit) 32-2
Mr. Thornburgh- 3--3
Mr. Wilds1X3-12

We reimbursed directors for certain fees and expenses incurred in connection with continuing education seminars and travel expenses related to Dollar General meeting attendance or requested appearances. We allowed directors (and spouses for no additional incremental cost) to travel on the Dollar General airplane for those purposes.

Subsequent to the Merger, cash fees payable to our non-employee directors consist solely of a $40,000 annual retainer fee, payable in quarterly installments.  Directors also are entitled to receive the expense reimbursements discussed above. Because the post-Merger directors served on our Board for only a portion of fiscal 2007, those directors received one-third of the second quarter retainer fee along with two full quarterly installments of the retainer fee.
Equity Compensation.    Each non-employee director who served on our Board prior to the Merger received 4,600 RSUs in fiscal 2007 pursuant to the automatic grant provisions of our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. Each RSU represented the right to receive one share of Dollar General common stock.

In accordance with the terms of our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, we credited dividend equivalents to the director’s RSU account as additional RSUs whenever we declared a cash dividend on our common stock. Directors did not have voting rights with respect to RSUs until the underlying shares of common stock were issued. RSUs generally vested one year after the grant date if the director was still serving on our Board. We did not, however, make payment on vested RSUs until the director ceased to be a member of our Board. Under the terms of the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, vesting of the RSUs accelerated upon termination of a director’s Board service due to a variety of reasons, including upon a change-in-control of Dollar General. Because the Merger constituted a change-in-control under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, all outstanding RSUs vested and were settled in cash in the Merger.

Prior to June 2, 2003, we also annually granted non-qualified stock options to our non-employee directors under certain stock incentive plans. All of those options have since fully vested and, pursuant to the Merger, were settled in cash (if in-the-money) or cancelled.
Immediately following the Merger, we ceased making equity grants to our non-employee directors as part of director compensation.
155

Stock Ownership Guidelines.    In fiscal 2007, as a publicly held company, we required each non-employee director to own at least 13,000 shares of our common stock within three years of joining our Board. RSUs and stock options counted towards that requirement. Because we are now a privately held company, we no longer maintain those stock ownership guidelines.

Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.    Prior to the Merger, non-employee directors could defer up to 100% of eligible compensation paid by us to them pursuant to a voluntary nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors. Eligible compensation included the annual retainer(s), meeting fees, and any per diem compensation for special assignments earned by a director for service to the Board. We credited the deferred compensation to a liability account, which was then invested at the director’s option in one or more accounts that mirrored the performance of (a) funds selected by our Compensation Committee or its delegate or (b) our common stock.
All deferred compensation pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors was immediately due and payable as a result of the Merger, which constituted a change-in-control of Dollar General under the terms of that Plan.
Our Board elected to terminate the Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors effective as of December 31, 2007.

ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

(a)           

Equity Compensation Plan Information.  The following table sets forth information about securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) as of February 1, 2008:

January 28, 2011:




Plan category
 
Number of
securities to be
issued upon exercise
of outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
(a)
  
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)
  
Number of
securities remaining
available for future
issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))
(c)
 
          
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)
  20,869,102  $4.68   3,470,200 
             
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders  --   --   -- 
             
Total(1)
  20,869,102  $4.68   3,470,200 
(1)Column (a) consists of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. Column (c) consists of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, whether in the form of stock or restricted stock or upon the exercise of an option or right.
156

Plan category

Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights
(b)

Number of
securities remaining
available for future
issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))
(c)

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)

11,469,706

$9.95

17,837,497

 


 


Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

--

--

--

 


 


Total(1)

11,469,706

      $9.95

17,837,497

 

 

 

 

(1)

Column (a) consists of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and upon vesting and payment of restricted stock units under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. Restricted stock units are settled for shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis and have no exercise price. Accordingly, those units have been excluded for purposes of computing the weighted-average exercise price in column (b). Column (c) consists of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, whether in the form of stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other stock-based awards or upon the exercise of an option or right. Although certain options remain outstanding under the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, no future awards may be granted thereunder.


(b)  Security OwnershipOther Information.  The information required by this Item 12 regarding security ownership of Certain Beneficial Ownerscertain beneficial owners and Management.  our management is contained under the caption “Security Ownership” in the 2011 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE



The following table showsinformation required by this Item 13 regarding certain relationships and related transactions is contained under the amount of our common stock beneficially owned, as of March 17, 2008,caption “Transactions with Management and Others” in the 2011 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by those who were knownreference.


The information required by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock,this Item 13 regarding director independence is contained under the caption “Director Independence” in the 2011 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by our directors and named executive officers individually andreference.




ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES


The information required by our directors and all of our executive officers as a group, all calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act under which a person generally is deemed to beneficially own a security if he has or shares voting or investment power over the security or if he has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Unless otherwise noted, these persons may be contacted at our executive offices and,this Item 14 regarding fees we paid to our knowledge, have sole votingprincipal accountant and investment power over the shares listed. Percentage computations are based on 555,481,897 shares of our stock outstanding as of March 17, 2008.


Name of Beneficial Owner 
Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership
  
Percent of
Class
 
       
KKR(1)(2)
  288,399,897   51.92%
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.(2)(3)
  119,999,943   21.60%
Citigroup Capital Partners(2)(4)
  39,999,981   7.20%
CPP Investment Board (USRE II) Inc.(2)(5)
  40,000,000   7.20%
Wellington Management Company, LLP(2)(6)
  40,000,000   7.20%
Michael M. Calbert(7)
  288,399,897   51.92%
Raj Agrawal(7)
  288,399,897   51.92%
Adrian Jones(8)
  119,999,943   21.60%
Dean B. Nelson  --   -- 
Richard W. Dreiling(9)(10)
  1,140,000   * 
David L. Beré(10)
  687,177   * 
David A. Perdue  --   -- 
David M. Tehle(10)
  318,001   * 
Beryl J. Buley(10)
  288,797   * 
Kathleen R. Guion(10)
  250,698   * 
Challis M. Lowe(10)
  199,255   * 
All current directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)(7)(8)(10)  411,722,995   73.86%
*Denotes less than 1% of class.
(1)Includes the following number of shares held by the following entities: KKR 2006 Fund L.P. (203,464,902.69); KKR PEI Investments, L.P. (49,999,976.09); KKR Partners III, L.P. (4,724,997.74) and Buck Holdings Co-Invest, LP (30,210,020). Buck Holdings Co-Invest GP, LLC, which is controlled by KKR 2006 GP LLC, is the general partner of Buck Holdings Co-Invest, LP, and has the right to manage the affairs of such entity, and thus is deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities owned by such entity. However, it does not have any economic or other dispositive rights with respect to such securities and thus disclaims beneficial ownership with respect thereto. The address of KKR is c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(2)Indirectly held through Buck Holdings, L.P.
(3)Includes the following number of shares held by the following entities: GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P. (12,194,145.412); GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG (1,576,025.208); GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P. (44,345,094.704); GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P. (36,884,689.242); Goldman Sachs DGC Investors, L.P. (6,692,778.104) and Goldman Sachs DGC Investors Offshore Holdings, L.P. (13,307,212.332) (collectively, the "GS Funds"); and GSUIG, L.L.C. (4,999,997.608).  Affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. are the general partner, managing general partner or
157

investment manager of each of the GS Funds, and each of the GS Funds shares voting and investment power with certain of its respective affiliates. Each of the GS Funds is affiliated with or managed by Goldman, Sachs & Co., a wholly owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Each of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by each of the GS Funds, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address of each of the GS Funds and GSUIG, L.L.C. is c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street 10th floor, New York, New York 10004.
(4)Includes the following number of shares held by the following entities: Citigroup Capital Partners II Employee Master Fund, L.P. (8,598,705.956); Citigroup Capital Partners II 2007 Citigroup Investment, L.P. (7,655,121.066); Citigroup Capital Partners II Onshore, L.P. (3,881,957.266); Citigroup Capital Partners II Cayman Holdings, L.P. (4,864,203.756) and CPE Co-Investment (Dollar General) LLC (14,999,992.826). The address of Citigroup Capital Partners is c/o Citigroup Inc., 388 Greenwich Street, 32nd Floor, New York, New York 10013.
(5)The Address of CPP Investment Board (USRE II) Inc. is c/o Canada Pension Plan Investment Board, One Queen Street East, Suite 2600, Toronto, ON M5C 2W5, Canada.
(6)Includes the following number of shares held by the following entities: Buck Co-Investor I, LLC (17,933,540); Buck Co-Investor II, LLC (827,780); Buck Co-Investor III, LLC (7,365,100); Buck Co-Investor IV, LLC (5,822,740); Buck Co-Investor V, LLC (2,201,580); Buck Co-Investor VI, LLC (499,900), Buck Co-Investor VII, LLC (2,252,700), Buck Co-Investor VIII, LLC (445,820), Buck Co-Investor IX, LLC (281,560), Buck Co-Investor X, LLC (609,280), Buck Co-Investor XI, LLC (1,160,000), Buck Co-Investor XII, LLC (476,000), and Buck Co-Investor XIII, LLC (124,000). The address of Wellington Management Company, LLP is 75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.
(7)Messrs. Calbert and Agrawal are our directors and are executives of KKR, and as such may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by KKR, but disclaim such beneficial ownership except to the extent of their pecuniary interest in those shares.
(8)Mr. Jones is our director and an executive of GS Capital Partners, but disclaims any beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in those shares.
(9)Represents shares of restricted common stock that were unvested as of March 17, 2008 over which the named holder does not have investment power until the vesting of those shares.
(10)Includes the following number of shares subject to options either currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 17, 2008 over which the person will not have voting or investment power until the options are exercised: Mr. Dreiling (250,000); Mr. Beré (273,712); Mr. Tehle (302,007); Mr. Buley (288,797); Ms. Guion (220,286); Ms. Lowe (173,200); and all current directors and executive officers as a group (1,930,628). The shares described in this note are considered outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of outstanding stock owned by each named person and by the group, but not for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

(a)           Director Independence (post-Merger).  The memberspre-approval policies and procedures established by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors are Michael M. Calbert, Raj Agrawal, Adrian Jones, Dean B. Nelson and Richard W. Dreiling. Messrs. Calbert and Agrawal serve on our Audit Committee and Messrs. Calbert, Agrawal and Jones serve on our Compensation Committee.  Sumit Rajpal served as a member of our Board for a brief period followingis contained under the Merger and David Beré served on our Board until March 2008. Though not formally considered by our Board given that our securities are not registered or traded on any national securities exchange, based upon the listing standards of the NYSE on which our common stock was listed priorcaption “Fees Paid to the Merger, we do not believe that any of our current Board members or Messrs. Rajpal or Beré would be considered independent either because they serve as members of our management team or because of their relationships with certain affiliates of the funds and other entities that hold significant interests in Parent, and other relationships with us as more fully described under “Related Party Transactions” below.  
158

Accordingly, we do not believe that any of our Audit Committee members would meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-1 of the Exchange Act or the NYSE’s audit committee independence requirements, or that any of our Compensation Committee members would meet the NYSE’s independence requirements. We do not have a nominating/corporate governance committee, or a committee that serves a similar purpose.

(b)           Director Independence (pre-Merger). Until the Merger on July 6, 2007, our Board of Directors at least annually considered each director’s independence in accordance with guidelines it had adopted, which included all elements of independence set forthAuditors” in the NYSE listing standards as well as certain Board-adopted categorical independence standards. These guidelines were contained in our Corporate Governance Principles or, with respect to interests of less than 1% of a publicly held vendor, in our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and were last described in our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2007.

During fiscal 2007 but prior to the Merger, our Board of Directors consisted of David Perdue, David Beré, Dennis Bottorff, Barbara Bowles, Reginald Dickson, Gordon Gee, Barbara Knuckles, Neal Purcell, James Robbins, Richard Thornburgh and David Wilds.  Also during that time period, our Audit Committee consisted of Mr. Robbins, Mr. Bottorff, Ms. Bowles and Mr. Purcell; our Compensation Committee consisted of Mr. Bottorff, Mr. Dickson and Mr. Gee; and our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consisted of Mr. Wilds, Mr. Gee and Ms. Knuckles. Our Board of Directors had affirmatively determined on March 20, 2007 that Directors Bottorff, Bowles, Dickson, Gee, Knuckles, Purcell, Robbins, Thornburgh and Wilds, but not Directors Perdue or Beré (each of whom was a member of management), were independent from our management2011 Proxy Statement, which information under both the NYSE’s listing standards and our additional categorical independence standards based on information known at that time. Any relationship between an independent director and Dollar General or our management were either encompassedsuch caption is incorporated herein by the Board-adopted categorical standards mentioned above or, in the case of Mr. Wilds’ relationship with a vendor, deemed to be immaterial. A table setting forth the transactions or relationships with our former directors that fell within a Board-adopted categorical standard, as well as a description of Mr. Wilds’ relationships with a vendor, was set forth in our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2007. Because of the Merger, our Board has not made any additional independence determinations with respect to those former Board members.reference.


PART IV


ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES



(c)           Related Party Transactions.  We describe below the transactions that have occurred since the beginning of fiscal 2007, and any currently proposed transactions, that involve Dollar General and exceed $120,000, and in which a related party had or has a direct or indirect material interest.

(1)           Relationships with Management:

Management Stockholder’s Agreement. Simultaneously with the closing of the Merger and, thereafter, in connection with our offering equity awards to certain members of our management and other employees (the “Management Participants”) under our stock incentive plan (including the equity grants to Mr. Dreiling in connection with his offer of employment), we, Parent and each of the Management Participants who held shares of our capital stock (including through option exercises), or who were granted new options to acquire our stock (or,
159

in the case of Mr. Dreiling, who was granted shares of restricted common stock), entered into a stockholder’s agreement. The Management Stockholder’s Agreement imposes significant transfer restrictions on shares of our common stock. Generally, shares will be nontransferable by any means at any time prior to July 6, 2012, except (i) sales pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by us under the Securities Act in accordance with the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, (ii) a sale pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement (described below), (iii) a sale to certain permitted transferees, or (iv) as otherwise permitted by our Board of Directors or pursuant to a waiver given by the Sponsor; provided, that, in the event the Sponsor or its affiliates transfer limited partnership units owned by them to a third party, such transfer restrictions shall lapse with respect to the same proportion of shares of common stock owned by a management stockholder as the proportion of limited partnership units transferred by the Sponsor and such affiliates relative to the aggregate number of limited partnership units owned by them prior to that transfer.

In the event that a management stockholder wishes to sell his or her stock at any time after July 6, 2012 but before the earlier of a “Change in Control” (as defined in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement) or the consummation of a “Qualified Public Offering” (as defined in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement), the Management Stockholder’s Agreement provides us with a right of first refusal on those shares on the same terms and conditions that the management stockholder proposes to sell them to a third party. In the event that a registration statement is filed with respect to our common stock in the future, the Management Stockholder’s Agreement prohibits management stockholders from selling shares not included in the registration statement from the time of receipt of notice that we have filed or intend to file such registration statement until 180 days (in the case of an initial public offering) or 90 days (in the case of any other public offering) of the effective date of the registration statement. The Management Stockholder’s Agreement also provides for the management stockholder’s ability to cause us to repurchase his outstanding stock and vested options (and vested restricted stock, with respect to Mr. Dreiling) in the event of the management stockholder’s death or disability, and for our ability to cause the management stockholder to sell his stock or options back to us upon certain termination events. Mr. Dreiling also has the ability to cause us to repurchase his vested restricted stock, if any, if he resigns for any reason within six months after January 21, 2008. In addition, under the terms of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, each Senior Management Stockholder (as defined below) has the ability to cause us to repurchase, prior to the later of (x) July 6, 2008 and (y) the last day of the six-month period after Mr. Dreiling was hired, all of the shares of common stock and all of the options they rolled over in connection with the Merger that such Management Stockholder then holds if such Management Stockholder resigns or is terminated within such time frame.

Following the initial public offering of our common stock, certain members of senior management, including the executive officers (the “Senior Management Stockholders”), will have limited “piggyback” registration rights with respect to their shares in the event that certain of the Investors are selling, or causing to be sold, shares of common stock in such offering.

Sale Participation Agreement.  Each Management Participant, including Mr. Dreiling, also has entered into a Sale Participation Agreement with Parent. The Sale Participation Agreement grants the Senior Management Stockholders the right to participate in any private sale of shares of common stock by Parent or its affiliates (the “Tag-Along Right”) and requires all management stockholders to participate in the private
160

sale, if Parent elects, in the event that Parent or its affiliates are proposing to sell at least 50% of the outstanding shares of common stock held by it (the “Drag-Along Right”). The number of shares a management stockholder would be permitted or required, as applicable, to sell pursuant to the exercise of the Tag-Along Right or the Drag-Along Right is equal to the number of shares then owned by the management stockholder and his or her affiliates plus all shares that person is entitled to acquire under unexercised options (to the extent exercisable at that time or as a result of the consummation of the proposed sale and also, with respect to Drag-Along Rights pertaining to Mr. Dreiling, unvested shares of restricted stock that would vest upon consummation of the transaction), multiplied by a fraction (x) the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares Parent proposes to transfer in the proposed sale and (y) the denominator of which is the total number of shares Parent directly or indirectly owns. Management stockholders will bear the pro rata share of any fees, commissions, adjustments to purchase price, expenses or indemnities in connection with any sale under the Sale Participation Agreement.

Equity Investment by Senior Management Participants.  In connection with the Merger, certain members of our management (the “Senior Management Participants”) were offered the opportunity to roll over portions of their equity and/or options and to purchase additional equity of Dollar General. In connection with such investment and the Merger, we adopted a new stock incentive plan pursuant to which these individuals were granted new options with respect to additional shares of our common stock. Messrs. Beré, Tehle, Buley and Gibson and Mss. Guion, Lanigan, Lowe and Elliott each invested a total of $2,249,995.00, $799,996.25, $754,863.75, $348,703.75, $650,007.50, $516,026.25, $526,650.00 and $249,997.50, respectively. Any shares purchased or otherwise acquired by these Senior Management Participants as described above (including any shares subject to roll over options or acquired upon exercise thereof) are subject to certain transfer limitations and repurchase rights by Dollar General. We also offered other employees a similar investment opportunity to participate in our common equity.

Pre-Merger Equity.   Prior to the Merger, we maintained various share-based compensation programs which included options, restricted stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). In connection with the Merger, the outstanding stock options, restricted stock and RSUs became fully vested and were settled in cash, canceled or, in limited circumstances, exchanged for new options to purchase our common stock, as described below. Unless exchanged for new options, each option holder received an amount in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes, equal to $22 per share (the “Merger Consideration”), less the exercise price of each option. Additionally, each restricted stock and RSU holder received the Merger Consideration in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes. Certain members of our management exchanged existing stock options for new options to purchase our common stock. The exercise price of, and the number of shares underlying, the roll over options were adjusted as a result of the Merger. The roll over options otherwise continue under the terms of the equity plans under which they were issued.

Compensation Deferral Plan (“CDP”) and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”).  The CDP, in which the executive officers are eligible to participate, and the associated grantor trust agreement require that the full amount of the benefits due under the CDP
161

be funded in the grantor trust within 30 days of a change in control of Dollar General, payable in accordance with the terms of the CDP and trust. The Merger was a change in control for this purpose. Messrs. Beré, Tehle, Buley and Gibson and Mss. Guion, Lanigan, Lowe and Elliott had benefits under the CDP having approximate values as of July 6, 2007 of $37,297.42, $143,419.06, $100,425.31, $58,071.55, $140,542.64, $45,312.57, $73,370.05 and $173,186.85, respectively.

The SERP, in which the executive officers participate, provides that benefits will become immediately vested upon a change in control of Dollar General. The associated grantor trust agreement requires the full amount of the benefits due under the SERP to be funded in the grantor trust within 30 days of a change in control, payable in accordance with the terms of the SERP and the trust. The Merger was a change in control for this purpose. Mr. Tehle and Mss. Guion and Lowe were already vested in benefits under the SERP having approximate values as determined on July 6, 2007 of $105,332.01, $83,706.80 and $41,776.60, respectively. As of the Merger, Messrs. Buley and Gibson and Mss. Lanigan and Elliott became vested in benefits under the SERP having an approximate value of $39,125.13, $20,035.14, $109,199.14 and $17,471.36, respectively, as determined on July 6, 2007. Messrs. Dreiling and Beré had no balances in the SERP as of that time.

New Stock Incentive Plan.  On July 6, 2007, our Board of Directors adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees (the “Plan”). The Plan provides for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, and other stock-based awards or dividend equivalent rights to key employees, directors, consultants or other persons having a service relationship with us, our subsidiaries and certain of our affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock authorized for grant under the Plan is 24,000,000.

On July 6, 2007, we granted to the Senior Management Participants non-qualified stock options to purchase 13,110,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of the Plan. We later granted non-qualified stock options to certain other employees pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Effective January 21, 2008, our Board also granted to Mr. Dreiling non-qualified stock options to purchase 2.5 million shares of our common stock and 890,000 shares of restricted common stock pursuant to the terms of the Plan. SFAS 123R grant date fair values of the post-merger option grants to Messrs. Dreiling, Beré, Tehle, Buley and Gibson and Mss. Guion, Lanigan, Lowe and Elliott are $6,241,750, $6,084,450, $2,974,620, $2,366,175, $1,081,680, $2,366,175, $1,825,335, $1,825,335 and $1,081,680, respectively. Half of these options will vest ratably on each of the five anniversary dates of July 6, 2007 solely based upon continued employment over that time period, while the other half of these options will vest based both upon continued employment and upon the achievement of predetermined annual or cumulative financial-based targets over time which coincide with our fiscal year. The options also have certain accelerated vesting provisions upon a change in control or initial public offering, as defined in the Plan. The options have a 10-year maximum expiration date and an exercise price of $5.00 per share, which represented the fair market value on the grant date. The SFAS 123R grant date fair value of the post-merger restricted stock grant to Mr. Dreiling is $4,450,000. The restricted stock will vest on the last day of our 2011 fiscal year if Mr. Dreiling remains employed by us through that date. The restricted stock also has certain accelerated vesting provisions upon a change in control, initial public offering, termination without cause or due to death or
162

disability, or resignation for good reason, all as defined in Mr. Dreiling’s employment agreement. We believe that the Plan has been designed to effectively align the interests of our employees and shareholders.

 (2)           Relationships with the Investors:

Operating Agreements.  In connection with the Merger, the Investors (or funds affiliated with the Investors) directly or indirectly acquired limited partnership interests in Parent and certain of such Investors also acquired membership interests in Parent’s general partner, Buck Holdings, LLC. These entities entered into a limited partnership agreement with respect to their investment in Parent and an operating agreement with respect to their investment in Parent’s general partner and a registration rights agreement relating to such investment. These agreements contain agreements among the parties with respect to, among other things, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of interests, other special corporate governance provisions (including the right to approve various corporate actions), the election of managers of Parent’s general partner, the election of our Board members, and registration rights (including customary indemnification provisions).

Monitoring Agreement and Indemnity Agreement.  In connection with the Merger, we and Parent entered into a monitoring agreement, dated July 6, 2007, with an affiliate of KKR and Goldman, Sachs & Co. pursuant to which such parties have provided and will continue to provide management and advisory services to us and our affiliates. Under the terms of the monitoring agreement, among other things, we are obligated to pay an aggregate annual management fee of $5.0 million, which amount will increase by 5.0% annually, payable quarterly in arrears at the end of each calendar quarter. The initial annual fee was prorated for our fiscal 2007. Those entities also are entitled to receive a fee equal to 1% of the gross transaction value in connection with certain subsequent financing, acquisition or disposition of assets or equity interests, recapitalization and other similar transactions, as well as a termination fee in the event of an initial public offering or under certain other circumstances. All such fees are to be split based upon an agreed upon formula, which results in an initial split of 78.38% of this fee payable to the KKR affiliate and 21.62% payable to Goldman, Sachs & Co. Under this agreement, we also are obligated to reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such entities and their respective affiliates in connection with rendering covered services. Pursuant to this agreement, we also paid aggregate fees of approximately $75 million in connection with services provided in connection with the Merger and related transactions, $58.8 million of which was paid to the KKR affiliate and $16.2 million of which was paid to Goldman, Sachs & Co.

In connection with entering into the monitoring agreement, on July 6, 2007 we and Parent also entered into a separate indemnification agreement with the parties to the monitoring agreement, pursuant to which we agreed to provide customary indemnification to such parties and their affiliates.

Messrs. Calbert and Agrawal, two of our Board members, serve as a Member and a Director of KKR, respectively. Mr. Jones, one of our Board members, serves as a Managing Director of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

163

Other Relationships.    In connection with the Merger, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and their affiliates participated in several related transactions with us. Specifically, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., along with other institutions, served as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner with respect to the credit agreements and related security and other agreements consisting of (i) a $2.3 billion senior secured term loan facility (affiliates of KKR and Wellington Management Company, LLP are also lenders under this facility) and (ii) a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility of up to $1.125 billion. Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. also served as syndication agent for each of the new facilities. Citicorp North America, Inc. served as administrative agent, collateral agent for the senior secured term loan facility. Goldman, Sachs & Co. also is a counterparty to certain interest rate swaps entered into in connection with these facilities. Pursuant to the swaps, which became effective on July 31, 2007, we swapped three month LIBOR rates for fixed interest rates receiving an all-in fixed rate of 7.683% which includes a 2.75% spread on a notional amount of $2,000.0 million which will amortize on a quarterly basis until maturity at July 31, 2012. Also in connection with the Merger, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., along with other institutions, (i) acted as initial purchasers for our issuance of $1,175.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.625% senior notes due 2015 and $725 million aggregate principal amount of 11.875%/12.625% senior subordinated notes due 2017 and (ii) provided financial advisory services to, and received financial advisory fees from us, the Investors and their affiliates. Finally, in connection with the Merger, we completed a cash tender offer to purchase any and all of our $200 million principal amount of 8-5/8% Notes due June 2010. Goldman, Sachs & Co. acted as dealer manager and consent solicitation agent for that tender offer. In the aggregate, approximately $32.0 million in fees were paid to Goldman, Sachs & Co. and its affiliates and approximately $26.2 million in fees were paid to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and its affiliates in connection with the foregoing transactions relating to the Merger, portions of which have been capitalized as debt financing costs or as direct acquisition costs. In addition, under the registration rights agreement, we agreed to file a “market-making” prospectus in order to enable Goldman, Sachs & Co. to engage in market-making activities for the notes.

In addition, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, we purchased a total of $25 million of the 11.857%/12.625% senior subordinated notes held by Goldman Sachs & Co. or its affiliates for a purchase price of $20 million, and paid a commission of $62,500 in connection therewith.

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are affiliates of GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P. and affiliated funds. In addition, Mr. Jones, who serves on our Board, and Sumit Rajpal, who served on our Board for a brief period following the Merger, each serve as Managing Directors of Goldman, Sachs & Co.  GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P. and affiliated funds indirectly own approximately 22% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Citicorp North America Inc. are affiliates of Citigroup Private Equity LP.  Funds managed by Citigroup Private Equity LP indirectly own approximately 7.2% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.

We use Capstone Consulting, LLC, a team of executives who work exclusively with KKR portfolio companies as an integral part of the value-creation process, for certain consulting
164

services. We pay Capstone a monthly fee, currently $210,000, plus expense reimbursements.  During fiscal 2007, we incurred aggregate fees and expense reimbursements paid or owing to Capstone for such services of approximately $1.9 million. We also paid approximately $78,750 of fees to Capstone for services provided in connection with the Merger and related transactions. Dean Nelson, who serves on our Board, is the Chief Executive Officer of Capstone. Although neither KKR nor any entity affiliated with KKR owns any of the equity of Capstone, prior to January 1, 2007 KKR had provided financing to Capstone.

(d)           Related Party Transaction Approval Policy.  Prior to the Merger, as a public company, we had policies and procedures in place regarding the review, approval and ratification of “related party” transactions. Those policies and procedures are described below. None of the Merger-related transactions or the transactions with the Investors discussed above were considered under the pre-existing policies and procedures.

On an annual basis, both before and after the Merger, each director and executive officer is asked to disclose, among other things, any relationship or transaction with us in which the director or executive officer, or any member of his or her immediate family (“related parties”), have a direct or indirect material interest. Our Legal Department determines which of those disclosed transactions or relationships fall below the related-party transaction disclosure threshold in, or are otherwise exempt from disclosure under, Item 404 of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act or, prior to the Merger, which fell within a Board-adopted categorical director independence standard. Prior to the Merger, our Legal Department ensured that any identified relationship or transaction that was not exempt from disclosure under Item 404 or that did not fall within a categorical director independence standard was submitted to the Board of Directors or an appropriate Board committee for consideration under our conflict of interest or other policy as further described below.

Pursuant to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and prior to the Merger, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of our Board reviewed and resolved any conflict of interest involving directors or executive officers. In addition, if a director’s relationship or transaction fell within any of the Board-adopted categorical standards for director independence, then the director’s interest in the relationship or transaction was deemed immaterial in the absence of other factors for purposes of both independence and related-party transaction disclosure. Finally, prior to the Merger our Compensation Committee reviewed and approved and/or ratified all material components of executive officer compensation as further discussed in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” above.
165

ITEM 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The table below shows the aggregate fees Ernst & Young LLP billed to us in connection with various audit and other services provided throughout fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006:

Service2007 Aggregate Fees Billed ($)2006 Aggregate Fees Billed ($)
   
Audit Fees(1)
2,586,4262,521,920
Audit-Related Fees(2)
119,51445,225
Tax Fees(3)
163,645182,937
All Other Fees(4)
6,0006,000
   
(1)

2007 fees include audit services, as well as services relating to the debt offering memorandum associated with the Merger and the subsequent exchange offer Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC. 2006 fees include audit services.  Such amounts include fees and expenses related to the fiscal year and interim reviews, notwithstanding when the fees and expenses were billed or when the services were rendered.
(2)

(a)

2007 fees include services relating to the employee benefit plan audit, as well as accounting consultation services relating to the Merger.  2006 fees include services relating to accounting consultations regarding Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” and a sale-leaseback transaction for one of our distribution centers.  Such amounts include fees and services rendered during the respective fiscal year, notwithstanding when the fees and expenses were billed.
(3)Both 2007 and 2006 fees include services relating to a LIFO tax calculation and tax advisory services related to inventory, as well as international, federal, state and local tax advice.  Such amounts include fees and services rendered during the respective fiscal year, notwithstanding when the fees and expenses were billed.
(4)Both 2007 and 2006 fees include a subscription fee to an on-line accounting research tool.  Such amounts include fees and services rendered during the respective fiscal  year, notwithstanding when the fees and expenses were billed.
The Audit Committee Charter requires committee pre-approval for all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent auditors. Where feasible, the committee considers and, when appropriate, pre-approves services at regularly scheduled meetings after disclosure by management and the auditors of the nature of the proposed services, the estimated fees (when available), and their opinions that the services will not impair the auditors’ independence. The committee also may consider and pre-approve any such services in between meetings.

166

PART IV
ITEM 15.EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Income

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(b)

(b)

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or the information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and, therefore, have been omitted.

(c)

(c)

Exhibits:  See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature pages hereto, which Exhibit Index is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

167



120



SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION

Date: March 22, 2011

March 28, 2008

By:

By:

/s/ Richard W. Dreiling

Richard W. Dreiling, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


We, the undersigned directors and officers of the Registrant,registrant, hereby severally constitute Richard W. Dreiling and David M. Tehle, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


NameTitle

Name

Date

Title

Date

/s/ Richard W. Dreiling

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer


(Principal Executive Officer)

March 27, 2008

22, 2011

RICHARD W. DREILING

/s/ David M. Tehle

Executive Vice President and& Chief
Financial Officer (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 27, 2008

22, 2011

DAVID M. TEHLE

/s/ Raj Agrawal

Director

March 22, 2011

RAJ AGRAWAL

/s/ Warren F. Bryant

Director

March 16, 2011

WARREN F. BRYANT

/s/ Michael M. Calbert

Director (Chairman of the Board)

March 25, 2008

22, 2011

MICHAEL M .M. CALBERT

/s/ Raj AgrawalDirectorMarch 26, 2008
RAJ AGRAWAL

/s/ Adrian Jones

Director

March 25, 2008

22, 2011

ADRIAN JONES




/s/ Dean B. NelsonWilliam C. Rhodes, III

Director

March 26, 2008

22, 2011

DEAN

WILLIAM C. RHODES, III

/s/ David B. NELSONRickard

Director

March 15, 2011

DAVID B. RICKARD

168





122



EXHIBIT INDEX


3.1

Amended and Restated Charter of Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2009, filed with the SEC on November 18, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))


3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2009, filed with the SEC on November 18, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))


4.1

Form of Stock Certificate for Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-161464))


4.2

Shareholders' Agreement of Dollar General Corporation, dated as of November 9, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2009, filed with the SEC on November 18, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))


4.3

Senior Indenture, dated July 6, 2007, among Buck Acquisition Corp., Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association (the successor trustee), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))


4.4

Form of 10.625% Senior Notes due 2015 (included in Exhibit 4.3)


4.5

First Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2007, between DC Financial, LLC, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and U.S. Bank National Association (the successor trustee), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.6

Second Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2007, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and U.S. Bank National Association (the successor trustee), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.32 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.7

Third Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Indenture, dated as of March 23, 2009, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries referenced therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-158281))


4.8

Fourth Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Indenture, dated as of March 25, 2010, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries referenced therein and U.S. Bank National



123



Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.9

Fifth Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Indenture, dated as of August 30, 2010, among Retail Property Investments, LLC and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.55 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.10

Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, effective as of February 25, 2009, by and among Dollar General Corporation, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 25, 2009, filed with the SEC on February 25, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))


4.11

Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated July 6, 2007, among Buck Acquisition Corp., Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association (the successor trustee), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))


4.12

Form of 11.875% / 12.625% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.11)


4.13

First Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2007, between DC Financial, LLC, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and U.S. Bank National Association (the successor trustee), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.14

Second Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2007, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and U.S. Bank National Association (the successor trustee), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.33 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.15

Third Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of March 23, 2009, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries referenced therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-158281))


4.16

Fourth Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of March 25, 2010, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries referenced therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))




4.17

Fifth Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of August 30, 2010, among Retail Property Investments, LLC and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.56 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.18

Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, among Buck Acquisition Corp., Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein and the initial purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))


4.19

Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, among Buck Holdings, L.P., Buck Holdings, LLC, Dollar General Corporation and Shareholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.20

Credit Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation, as Borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the other lending institutions from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))


4.21

Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Guarantors and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))


4.22

Supplement No.1, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC, as New Guarantor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.23

Supplement No. 2, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as New Guarantor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.34 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.24

Supplement No. 3, dated as of March 23, 2009, to the Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, between the New Guarantors referenced therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.30 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-158281))


4.25

Supplement No. 4, dated as of March 25, 2010, to the Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, between the New Guarantors referenced therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as



125



Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.33 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.26

Supplement No. 5 to the Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2010, by and between Retail Property Investments, LLC and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.57 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.27

Security Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation and certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Grantors, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))


4.28

Supplement No.1, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the Security Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC, as New Grantor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.29

Supplement No. 2, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the Security Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as New Grantor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.35 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.30

Supplement No. 3, dated as of March 23, 2009, to the Security Agreement, between the New Grantors referenced therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.34 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-158281))


4.31

Supplement No. 4, dated as of March 25, 2010, to the Security Agreement, between the New Grantors referenced therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.38 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.32

Supplement No. 5 to the Security Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2010, between Retail Property Investments, LLC and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.58 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.33

Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation and certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Pledgors, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))




4.34

Supplement No.1, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the Pledge Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC, as Additional Pledgor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.35

Supplement No. 2, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the Pledge Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as Additional Pledgor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.36 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.36

Supplement No. 3, dated as of March 23, 2009, to the Pledge Agreement, between the Additional Pledgors referenced therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.38 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-158281))  


4.37

Supplement No. 4, dated as of March 25, 2010, to the Pledge Agreement, between the Additional Pledgors referenced therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.43 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))  


4.38

Supplement No. 5 to the Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2010, between Retail Property Investments, LLC and Citicorp North America, inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.59 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.39

ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation, as Parent Borrower, certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Subsidiary Borrowers, The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Administrative Agent, and the other lending institutions from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))


4.40

Appointment of Successor Agent and Amendment No. 1 to the ABL Credit Agreement entered into as of July 31, 2009, by and among The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc., Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, Dollar General Corporation and the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Lenders signatory thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on August 4, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))


4.41

Guarantee, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the ABL Credit Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.29 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.42

Supplement No. 1, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the Guarantee to the ABL Credit Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as New Guarantor, and The CIT



127



Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.37 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.43

Supplement No. 2, dated as of March 23, 2009, to the Guarantee to the ABL Credit Agreement, between the New Guarantors referenced therein and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.42 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-158281))


4.44

Supplement No. 3, dated as of March 30, 2010, to the Guarantee to the ABL Credit Agreement, between the New Guarantors referenced therein and Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.49 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.45

Supplement No. 4 to the Guarantee to the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2010, between Retail Property Investments, LLC and Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.60 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.46

ABL Security Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation, as Parent Borrower, certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Subsidiary Borrowers, collectively the Grantors, and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))


4.47

Supplement No. 1, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the ABL Security Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC, as New Grantor, and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.31 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.48

Supplement No. 2, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the ABL Security Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as New Grantor, and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.38 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.49

Supplement No. 3, dated as of March 23, 2009, to the ABL Security Agreement, between the New Grantors referenced therein and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.46 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-158281))


4.50

Supplement No. 4, dated as of March 30, 2010, to the ABL Security Agreement, between the New Grantors referenced therein and Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.54 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))




4.51

Supplement No. 5 to the Security Agreement to the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2010, between Retail Property Investments, LLC and Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.61 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


10.1

Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Dollar General Corporation and its affiliates (as approved by shareholders on October 23, 2009) ((incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-161464))*


10.2

Form of Stock Option Agreement between Dollar General Corporation and certain officers of Dollar General Corporation granting stock options pursuant to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*


10.3

Form of Option Rollover Agreement between Dollar General Corporation and certain officers of Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*


10.4

Waiver of Certain Limitations Pertaining to Options Previously Granted under the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, effective August 26, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 30, 2010, filed with the SEC on August 31, 2010 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.5

Form of Management Stockholder’s Agreement among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and certain officers of Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*


10.6

Amendment to Management Stockholder's Agreement among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and key employees of Dollar General Corporation (July 2007 grant group) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2009, filed with the SEC on December 12, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.7

Amendment to Management Stockholder's Agreement among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and key employees of Dollar General Corporation (post-July 2007 grant group) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2009, filed with the SEC on December 12, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.8

Second Amendment to Management Stockholder’s Agreements, effective June 3, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly



129



Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 30, 2010, filed with the SEC on June 8, 2010 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.9

Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement in connection with restricted stock unit grants made to outside directors pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-161464))


10.10

Form of Director Stock Option Agreement in connection with option grants made to outside directors pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-161464))


10.11

1998 Stock Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated effective as of May 31, 2006) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 31, 2006, filed with the SEC on June 2, 2006 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.12

Amendment to Dollar General Corporation 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, effective November 28, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2007, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.13

Amendment to Dollar General Corporation 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, effective August 26, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 30, 2010, filed with the SEC on August 31, 2010 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.14

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice in connection with option grants made pursuant to the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2005, filed with the SEC on August 25, 2005 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.15

Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*


10.16

First Amendment to the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*


10.17

Second Amendment to the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007), dated as of June 3, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-



130



Q for the quarter ended August 1, 2008, filed with the SEC on September 3, 2008 (file no. 001-11421))*

10.18

Amended and Restated Dollar General Corporation Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-161464))*


10.19

Dollar General Corporation 2010 Teamshare Bonus Program for Named Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 30, 2010, filed with the SEC on June 8, 2010 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.20

Summary of Dollar General Corporation Life Insurance Program as Applicable to Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2007, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2007) (file no. 001-11421))*


10.21

Dollar General Corporation Domestic Relocation Policy for Officers *


10.22

Summary of Director Compensation


10.23

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective April 23, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 23, 2010, filed with the SEC on April 27, 2010 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.24

Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2008, between Dollar General Corporation and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*


10.25

Stock Option Agreement dated April 23, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 23, 2010, filed with the SEC on April 27, 2010 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.26

Restricted Stock Award Agreement, effective as of January 21, 2008, between Dollar General Corporation and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*


10.27

Management Stockholder’s Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2008, among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*


10.28

Employment Agreement effective April 1, 2009, by and between Dollar General Corporation and David M. Tehle (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Dollar



131



General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 30, 2009, filed with the SEC on April 3, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.29

Employment Agreement effective April 1, 2009, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Kathleen R. Guion (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 30, 2009, filed with the SEC on April 3, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.30

Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2008, between Dollar General Corporation and Todd Vasos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2010, filed with the SEC on March 24, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.31

Stock Option Agreement, dated December 19, 2008, between Dollar General Corporation and Todd Vasos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2010, filed with the SEC on March 24, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.32

Management Stockholder's Agreement, dated December 19, 2008, among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P., and Todd Vasos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2010, filed with the SEC on March 24, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.33

Employment Agreement, effective March 24, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and John Flanigan*


10.34

Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2008, by and between Dollar General Corporation and John Flanigan*


10.35

Stock Option Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, by and between Dollar General Corporation and John Flanigan*


10.36

Stock Option Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and John Flanigan*


10.37

Subscription Agreement entered into as of March 24, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and John Flanigan*


10.38

Management Stockholder’s Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2008, by and between Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P., and John Flanigan*


10.39

Employment Agreement, effective March 24, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Robert Ravener*


10.40

Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2008, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Robert Ravener*




10.41

Stock Option Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2008, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Robert Ravener*


10.42

Stock Option Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Robert Ravener*


10.43

Subscription Agreement entered into as of December 19, 2008 by and between Dollar General Corporation and Robert Ravener*


10.44

Management Stockholder’s Agreement entered into as of August 28, 2008 among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P., and Robert Ravener*


10.45

Indemnification Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, among Buck Holdings, L.P., Dollar General Corporation, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co L.P., and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


10.46

Indemnification Priority and Information Sharing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2009, among Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., the funds named therein and Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to be Furnished With Reports Filed PursuantExhibit 10.42 to Section 15(d)

Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-161464))


21

List of Subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation


23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


24

Powers of Attorney (included as part of the signature pages hereto)


31

Certifications of CEO and CFO under Exchange Act by Registrants Which Have Not Registered Securities Pursuant to Section 12Rule 13a-14(a)


32

Certifications of the Act

CEO and CFO under 18 U.S.C. 1350


The Registrant has not sent to its security holders an annual report covering its last fiscal year. In addition, the Registrant has not sent to security holders any proxy statement, form of proxy

*

Management Contract or other proxy soliciting material since such time as the registration of Registrant’s securities under Section 12 of the Act was terminated.Compensatory Plan




133


169

EXHIBIT INDEX
2.1Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 11, 2007, by and among Buck Holdings, L.P., Buck Acquisition Corp., and Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 11, 2007, filed with the SEC on March 12, 2007 (file number 001-11421))
3.1Amended and Restated Charter of Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file number 001-11421))
3.2Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dollar General Corporation (adopted on September 20, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))
4.1Sections 7 and 8 of Dollar General Corporation’s Amended and Restated Charter (included in Exhibit 3.1)
4.2Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2000, by and among Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein, as guarantors, and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on August 1, 2000 (file number 333-42704))
4.3First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2000, by and among Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein, as guarantors, and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2003, filed with the SEC on March 19, 2003 (file number 001-11421))
4.4Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 18, 2001, by and among Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein, as guarantors, and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2003, filed with the SEC on March 19, 2003 (file number 001-11421))
4.5
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2002, by and among Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein, as guarantors, and Wachovia Bank,
National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2003, filed with the SEC on March 19, 2003 (file number 001-11421))
170

4.6Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 11, 2002, by and among Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein, as guarantors, and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2003, filed with the SEC on March 19, 2003 (file number 001-11421))
4.7Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 23, 2003, by and among Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein, as guarantors, and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 1, 2003, filed with the SEC on August 29, 2003 (file number 001-11421))
4.8Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July��15, 2003, by and among Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein, as guarantors, and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 1, 2003, filed with the SEC on August 29, 2003 (file number 001-11421))
4.9Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 23, 2005, by and among Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein, as guarantors, and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2005, filed with the SEC on August 25, 2005 (file number 001-11421))
4.10Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 27, 2005, by and among Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein, as guarantors, and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2005, filed with the SEC on August 25, 2005 (file number 001-11421))
4.11Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 30, 2006, by and among Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association (successor to Wachovia Bank, National Association), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 3, 2006, filed with the SEC on December 12, 2006 (file number 001-11421))
4.12Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2007, by and among Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association (successor to Wachovia Bank, National Association), as trustee (incorporated
171

by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file number 001-11421))
4.13Senior Indenture, dated July 6, 2007, among Buck Acquisition Corp., Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file number 001-11421))
4.14Form of 10.625% Senior Notes due 2015 (included in Exhibit 4.13)
4.15
First Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2007, between DC Financial, LLC, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))
4.16Second Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2007, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.32 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))
4.17Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated July 6, 2007, among Buck Acquisition Corp., Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file number 001-11421))
4.18Form of 11.875% / 12.625% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.17)
4.19First Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2007, between DC Financial, LLC, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))
4.20Second Supplemental Indenture to the Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2007, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.33 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))
172

4.21Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, among Buck Acquisition Corp., Dollar General Corporation, the guarantors named therein and the initial purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file number 001-11421))
4.22Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, among Buck Holdings, L.P., Buck Holdings, LLC, Dollar General Corporation and Shareholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))
4.23Credit Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation, as Borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the other lending institutions from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file number 001-11421))
4.24
Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Guarantors and Citicorp North America,
Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file number 001-11421))
4.25
Supplement No.1, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC, as New Guarantor, and Citicorp North America, Inc.,
as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))
4.26Supplement No. 2, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as New Guarantor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.32 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))
4.27Security Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation and certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Grantors, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file number 001-11421))
4.28
Supplement No.1, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the Security Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC, as New Grantor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral
Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to Dollar General Corporation’s
173

Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))
4.29Supplement No. 2, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the Security Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as New Grantor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.32 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))
4.30Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation and certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Pledgors, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file number 001-11421))
4.31Supplement No.1, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the Pledge Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC, as Additional Pledgor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))
4.32Supplement No. 2, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the Pledge Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as Additional Pledgor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.32 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))
4.33ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation, as Parent Borrower, certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Subsidiary Borrowers, The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Administrative Agent, and the other lending institutions from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file number 001-11421))
4.34Guarantee, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the ABL Credit Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.29 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))
4.35Supplement No. 1, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the Guarantee to the ABL Credit Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as New Guarantor, and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.32 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))
174

4.36ABL Security Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation, as Parent Borrower, certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Subsidiary Borrowers, collectively the Grantors, and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file number 001-11421))
4.37Supplement No.1, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the ABL Security Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC, as New Grantor, and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.31 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))
4.38Supplement No. 2, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the ABL Security Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as New Grantor, and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.32 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))
10.1  2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Dollar General Corporation and its Affiliates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))*
10.2  Form of Stock Option Agreement between Dollar General Corporation and officers of Dollar General Corporation granting stock options pursuant to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))*
10.3  Form of Option Rollover Agreement between Dollar General Corporation and officers of Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))*
10.4  Form of Management Stockholder’s Agreement among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and officers of Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))*
10.5  Form of Sale Participation Agreement between Buck Holdings, L.P. and certain officer-level employees, dated July 6, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))*
175

10.6  Agreement among Challis Lowe, Buck Holdings, L.P. and Dollar General Corporation, dated July 5, 2007, regarding call right and termination without good reason provision in Management Stockholder’s Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))*
10.7  1998 Stock Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated effective as of May 31, 2006) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 31, 2006, filed with the SEC on June 2, 2006 (file number 001-11421))*
10.8  Amendment to Dollar General Corporation 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, effective November 28, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2007, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2007 (file number 001-11421))*
10.9  Form of Stock Option Grant Notice in connection with option grants made pursuant to the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2005, filed with the SEC on August 25, 2005 (file number 001-11421))*
10.10  Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))*
10.11  First Amendment to the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))*
10.12  Dollar General Corporation Annual Incentive Plan (effective March 16, 2005, as approved by shareholders on May 24, 2005) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2005, filed with the SEC on August 25, 2005) (file number 001-11421))*
10.13  Dollar General Corporation 2007 Teamshare Bonus Program for Named Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 Dollar General Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 4, 2007, filed with the SEC on June 7, 2007) (file number 001-11421))*
10.14  Summary of Dollar General Corporation Life Insurance Program as Applicable to Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2007, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2007) (file number 001-11421))*
176

10.15  Dollar General Corporation Domestic Relocation Policy for Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2007, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2007) (file number 001-11421))*
10.16  Summary of Director Compensation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))
10.17  Employment Agreement, effective as of January 11, 2008, between Dollar General Corporation and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))*
10.18  Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2008, between Dollar General Corporation and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))*
10.19  Restricted Stock Award Agreement, effective as of January 21, 2008, between Dollar General Corporation and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))*
10.20  Management Stockholder’s Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2008, among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))*
10.21  Sale Participation Agreement, dated January 21, 2008, between Buck Holdings, L.P. and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))*
10.22  Employment Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, by and between Dollar General Corporation and David L. Beré (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file number 001-11421))*
10.23  Extension of Initial Term of Employment Agreement, dated December 27, 2007, between Dollar General Corporation and David Beré (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))*
177

10.24  Notice of Initiation of Transition Period under Employment Agreement, dated January 8, 2008, by Dollar General Corporation to David Beré (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))*
10.25  Employment Agreement with David M. Tehle effective April 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 30, 2006, filed with the SEC on April 5, 2006) (file number 001-11421))*
10.26  Employment Agreement with Beryl J. Buley effective April 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 6, 2006, filed with the SEC on April 12, 2006) (file number 001-11421))*
10.27  Employment Agreement with Kathleen R. Guion effective April 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Dollar General Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 30, 2006, filed with the SEC on April 5, 2006) (file number 001-11421))*
10.28  Employment Agreement with Challis M. Lowe effective April 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Dollar General Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2007, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2007 (file number 001-11421))*
10.29  Monitoring Fee Letter Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, among Buck Holdings, L.P., Dollar General Corporation, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co L.P., and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))
10.30  Indemnification Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, among Buck Holdings, L.P., Dollar General Corporation, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co L.P., and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))
10.31  Purchase Letter Agreement, dated August 15, 2007, between Principal Life Insurance Company and DC Financial, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Dollar General Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007 (file number 333-148320))
10.32  Supplemental Release Agreement between Dollar General Corporation and David Perdue dated December 28, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to Dollar General Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2008 (file number 333-148320))*
21  List of Subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation

178

24 Powers of Attorney (included as part of the signature pages hereto)
31 Certifications of CEO and CFO under Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).
32  Certifications of CEO and CFO under 18 U.S.C. 1350.
*  Management Contract or Compensatory Plan
179